Drude weight of the spin-(1)/(2) XXZ chain: Density matrix renormalization group versus exact diagonalization

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Karrasch, C.; Hauschild, J.; Langer, S.; Heidrich-Meisner, F.

2013-06-01

We revisit the problem of the spin Drude weight D of the integrable spin-1/2 XXZ chain using two complementary approaches, exact diagonalization (ED) and the time-dependent density-matrix renormalization group (tDMRG). We pursue two main goals. First, we present extensive results for the temperature dependence of D. By exploiting time translation invariance within tDMRG, one can extract D for significantly lower temperatures than in previous tDMRG studies. Second, we discuss the numerical quality of the tDMRG data and elaborate on details of the finite-size scaling of the ED results, comparing calculations carried out in the canonical and grand-canonical ensembles. Furthermore, we analyze the behavior of the Drude weight as the point with SU(2)-symmetric exchange is approached and discuss the relative contribution of the Drude weight to the sum rule as a function of temperature.

DMRG study of fractional quantum Hall effect and valley skyrmions in graphene

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Shibata, Naokazu

2011-12-01

The ground state and low-energy excitations of graphene and its bilayer are investigated by the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) method. We analyze the effect of Coulomb interaction between the electrons including valley degrees of freedoms. The obtained results show finite charge excitation gap at various fractional fillings νn = 1/3, 2/5, 2/3 in the n = 0 and 1 Landau levels of single-layer graphene (SLG) and n = 2 Landau level of bilayer graphene (BLG). The lowest charge excitations at ν = 1/3, and 1 in SLG are valley skyrmions.

Implementing the SU(2) Symmetry for the DMRG

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Alvarez, Gonzalo

2010-03-01

In the Density Matrix Renormalization Group (DMRG) algorithm (White, 1992), Hamiltonian symmetries play an important role. Using symmetries, the matrix representation of the Hamiltonian can be blocked. Diagonalizing each matrix block is more efficient than diagonalizing the original matrix. This talk will explain how the DMRG++ codefootnotetextarXiv:0902.3185 or Computer Physics Communications 180 (2009) 1572-1578. has been extended to handle the non-local SU(2) symmetry in a model independent way. Improvements in CPU times compared to runs with only local symmetries will be discussed for typical tight-binding models of strongly correlated electronic systems. The computational bottleneck of the algorithm, and the use of shared memory parallelization will also be addressed. Finally, a roadmap for future work on DMRG++ will be presented.

Hybrid Grid and Basis Set Approach to Quantum Chemistry DMRG

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Stoudenmire, Edwin Miles; White, Steven

We present a new approach for using DMRG for quantum chemistry that combines the advantages of a basis set with that of a grid approximation. Because DMRG scales linearly for quasi-one-dimensional systems, it is feasible to approximate the continuum with a fine grid in one direction while using a standard basis set approach for the transverse directions. Compared to standard basis set methods, we reach larger systems and achieve better scaling when approaching the basis set limit. The flexibility and reduced costs of our approach even make it feasible to incoporate advanced DMRG techniques such as simulating real-time dynamics. Supported by the Simons Collaboration on the Many-Electron Problem.

An efficient matrix product operator representation of the quantum chemical Hamiltonian

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Keller, Sebastian, E-mail: sebastian.keller@phys.chem.ethz.ch; Reiher, Markus, E-mail: markus.reiher@phys.chem.ethz.ch; Dolfi, Michele, E-mail: dolfim@phys.ethz.ch

We describe how to efficiently construct the quantum chemical Hamiltonian operator in matrix product form. We present its implementation as a density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm for quantum chemical applications. Existing implementations of DMRG for quantum chemistry are based on the traditional formulation of the method, which was developed from the point of view of Hilbert space decimation and attained higher performance compared to straightforward implementations of matrix product based DMRG. The latter variationally optimizes a class of ansatz states known as matrix product states, where operators are correspondingly represented as matrix product operators (MPOs). The MPO construction schememore » presented here eliminates the previous performance disadvantages while retaining the additional flexibility provided by a matrix product approach, for example, the specification of expectation values becomes an input parameter. In this way, MPOs for different symmetries — abelian and non-abelian — and different relativistic and non-relativistic models may be solved by an otherwise unmodified program.« less

Spectral functions with the density matrix renormalization group: Krylov-space approach for correction vectors

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

None, None

Frequency-dependent correlations, such as the spectral function and the dynamical structure factor, help illustrate condensed matter experiments. Within the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) framework, an accurate method for calculating spectral functions directly in frequency is the correction-vector method. The correction vector can be computed by solving a linear equation or by minimizing a functional. Our paper proposes an alternative to calculate the correction vector: to use the Krylov-space approach. This paper also studies the accuracy and performance of the Krylov-space approach, when applied to the Heisenberg, the t-J, and the Hubbard models. The cases we studied indicate that themore » Krylov-space approach can be more accurate and efficient than the conjugate gradient, and that the error of the former integrates best when a Krylov-space decomposition is also used for ground state DMRG.« less

Spectral functions with the density matrix renormalization group: Krylov-space approach for correction vectors

DOE PAGES

None, None

2016-11-21

Frequency-dependent correlations, such as the spectral function and the dynamical structure factor, help illustrate condensed matter experiments. Within the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) framework, an accurate method for calculating spectral functions directly in frequency is the correction-vector method. The correction vector can be computed by solving a linear equation or by minimizing a functional. Our paper proposes an alternative to calculate the correction vector: to use the Krylov-space approach. This paper also studies the accuracy and performance of the Krylov-space approach, when applied to the Heisenberg, the t-J, and the Hubbard models. The cases we studied indicate that themore » Krylov-space approach can be more accurate and efficient than the conjugate gradient, and that the error of the former integrates best when a Krylov-space decomposition is also used for ground state DMRG.« less

Extending the range of real time density matrix renormalization group simulations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kennes, D. M.; Karrasch, C.

2016-03-01

We discuss a few simple modifications to time-dependent density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithms which allow to access larger time scales. We specifically aim at beginners and present practical aspects of how to implement these modifications within any standard matrix product state (MPS) based formulation of the method. Most importantly, we show how to 'combine' the Schrödinger and Heisenberg time evolutions of arbitrary pure states | ψ 〉 and operators A in the evaluation of 〈A〉ψ(t) = 〈 ψ | A(t) | ψ 〉 . This includes quantum quenches. The generalization to (non-)thermal mixed state dynamics 〈A〉ρ(t) =Tr [ ρA(t) ] induced by an initial density matrix ρ is straightforward. In the context of linear response (ground state or finite temperature T > 0) correlation functions, one can extend the simulation time by a factor of two by 'exploiting time translation invariance', which is efficiently implementable within MPS DMRG. We present a simple analytic argument for why a recently-introduced disentangler succeeds in reducing the effort of time-dependent simulations at T > 0. Finally, we advocate the python programming language as an elegant option for beginners to set up a DMRG code.

Multireference second order perturbation theory with a simplified treatment of dynamical correlation.

PubMed

Xu, Enhua; Zhao, Dongbo; Li, Shuhua

2015-10-13

A multireference second order perturbation theory based on a complete active space configuration interaction (CASCI) function or density matrix renormalized group (DMRG) function has been proposed. This method may be considered as an approximation to the CAS/A approach with the same reference, in which the dynamical correlation is simplified with blocked correlated second order perturbation theory based on the generalized valence bond (GVB) reference (GVB-BCPT2). This method, denoted as CASCI-BCPT2/GVB or DMRG-BCPT2/GVB, is size consistent and has a similar computational cost as the conventional second order perturbation theory (MP2). We have applied it to investigate a number of problems of chemical interest. These problems include bond-breaking potential energy surfaces in four molecules, the spectroscopic constants of six diatomic molecules, the reaction barrier for the automerization of cyclobutadiene, and the energy difference between the monocyclic and bicyclic forms of 2,6-pyridyne. Our test applications demonstrate that CASCI-BCPT2/GVB can provide comparable results with CASPT2 (second order perturbation theory based on the complete active space self-consistent-field wave function) for systems under study. Furthermore, the DMRG-BCPT2/GVB method is applicable to treat strongly correlated systems with large active spaces, which are beyond the capability of CASPT2.

Spin orbit coupling for molecular ab initio density matrix renormalization group calculations: Application to g-tensors

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Roemelt, Michael, E-mail: michael.roemelt@theochem.rub.de

Spin Orbit Coupling (SOC) is introduced to molecular ab initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) calculations. In the presented scheme, one first approximates the electronic ground state and a number of excited states of the Born-Oppenheimer (BO) Hamiltonian with the aid of the DMRG algorithm. Owing to the spin-adaptation of the algorithm, the total spin S is a good quantum number for these states. After the non-relativistic DMRG calculation is finished, all magnetic sublevels of the calculated states are constructed explicitly, and the SOC operator is expanded in the resulting basis. To this end, spin orbit coupled energies and wavefunctionsmore » are obtained as eigenvalues and eigenfunctions of the full Hamiltonian matrix which is composed of the SOC operator matrix and the BO Hamiltonian matrix. This treatment corresponds to a quasi-degenerate perturbation theory approach and can be regarded as the molecular equivalent to atomic Russell-Saunders coupling. For the evaluation of SOC matrix elements, the full Breit-Pauli SOC Hamiltonian is approximated by the widely used spin-orbit mean field operator. This operator allows for an efficient use of the second quantized triplet replacement operators that are readily generated during the non-relativistic DMRG algorithm, together with the Wigner-Eckart theorem. With a set of spin-orbit coupled wavefunctions at hand, the molecular g-tensors are calculated following the scheme proposed by Gerloch and McMeeking. It interprets the effective molecular g-values as the slope of the energy difference between the lowest Kramers pair with respect to the strength of the applied magnetic field. Test calculations on a chemically relevant Mo complex demonstrate the capabilities of the presented method.« less

Implementation of rigorous renormalization group method for ground space and low-energy states of local Hamiltonians

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Roberts, Brenden; Vidick, Thomas; Motrunich, Olexei I.

2017-12-01

The success of polynomial-time tensor network methods for computing ground states of certain quantum local Hamiltonians has recently been given a sound theoretical basis by Arad et al. [Math. Phys. 356, 65 (2017), 10.1007/s00220-017-2973-z]. The convergence proof, however, relies on "rigorous renormalization group" (RRG) techniques which differ fundamentally from existing algorithms. We introduce a practical adaptation of the RRG procedure which, while no longer theoretically guaranteed to converge, finds matrix product state ansatz approximations to the ground spaces and low-lying excited spectra of local Hamiltonians in realistic situations. In contrast to other schemes, RRG does not utilize variational methods on tensor networks. Rather, it operates on subsets of the system Hilbert space by constructing approximations to the global ground space in a treelike manner. We evaluate the algorithm numerically, finding similar performance to density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) in the case of a gapped nondegenerate Hamiltonian. Even in challenging situations of criticality, large ground-state degeneracy, or long-range entanglement, RRG remains able to identify candidate states having large overlap with ground and low-energy eigenstates, outperforming DMRG in some cases.

Implementation of the SU(2) Hamiltonian Symmetry for the DMRG Algorithm

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Alvarez, Gonzalo

2012-01-01

In the Density Matrix Renormalization Group (DMRG) algorithm (White, 1992, 1993) and Hamiltonian symmetries play an important role. Using symmetries, the matrix representation of the Hamiltonian can be blocked. Diagonalizing each matrix block is more efficient than diagonalizing the original matrix. This paper explains how the the DMRG++ code (Alvarez, 2009) has been extended to handle the non-local SU(2) symmetry in a model independent way. Improvements in CPU times compared to runs with only local symmetries are discussed for the one-orbital Hubbard model, and for a two-orbital Hubbard model for iron-based superconductors. The computational bottleneck of the algorithm and themore » use of shared memory parallelization are also addressed.« less

One dimensionalization in the spin-1 Heisenberg model on the anisotropic triangular lattice

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gonzalez, M. G.; Ghioldi, E. A.; Gazza, C. J.; Manuel, L. O.; Trumper, A. E.

2017-11-01

We investigate the effect of dimensional crossover in the ground state of the antiferromagnetic spin-1 Heisenberg model on the anisotropic triangular lattice that interpolates between the regime of weakly coupled Haldane chains (J'≪J ) and the isotropic triangular lattice (J'=J ). We use the density-matrix renormalization group (DMRG) and Schwinger boson theory performed at the Gaussian correction level above the saddle-point solution. Our DMRG results show an abrupt transition between decoupled spin chains and the spirally ordered regime at (J'/J) c˜0.42 , signaled by the sudden closing of the spin gap. Coming from the magnetically ordered side, the computation of the spin stiffness within Schwinger boson theory predicts the instability of the spiral magnetic order toward a magnetically disordered phase with one-dimensional features at (J'/J) c˜0.43 . The agreement of these complementary methods, along with the strong difference found between the intra- and the interchain DMRG short spin-spin correlations for sufficiently large values of the interchain coupling, suggests that the interplay between the quantum fluctuations and the dimensional crossover effects gives rise to the one-dimensionalization phenomenon in this frustrated spin-1 Hamiltonian.

Lanczos algorithm with matrix product states for dynamical correlation functions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dargel, P. E.; Wöllert, A.; Honecker, A.; McCulloch, I. P.; Schollwöck, U.; Pruschke, T.

2012-05-01

The density-matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm can be adapted to the calculation of dynamical correlation functions in various ways which all represent compromises between computational efficiency and physical accuracy. In this paper we reconsider the oldest approach based on a suitable Lanczos-generated approximate basis and implement it using matrix product states (MPS) for the representation of the basis states. The direct use of matrix product states combined with an ex post reorthogonalization method allows us to avoid several shortcomings of the original approach, namely the multitargeting and the approximate representation of the Hamiltonian inherent in earlier Lanczos-method implementations in the DMRG framework, and to deal with the ghost problem of Lanczos methods, leading to a much better convergence of the spectral weights and poles. We present results for the dynamic spin structure factor of the spin-1/2 antiferromagnetic Heisenberg chain. A comparison to Bethe ansatz results in the thermodynamic limit reveals that the MPS-based Lanczos approach is much more accurate than earlier approaches at minor additional numerical cost.

Obtaining highly excited eigenstates of the localized XX chain via DMRG-X.

PubMed

Devakul, Trithep; Khemani, Vedika; Pollmann, Frank; Huse, David A; Sondhi, S L

2017-12-13

We benchmark a variant of the recently introduced density matrix renormalization group (DMRG)-X algorithm against exact results for the localized random field XX chain. We find that the eigenstates obtained via DMRG-X exhibit a highly accurate l-bit description for system sizes much bigger than the direct, many-body, exact diagonalization in the spin variables is able to access. We take advantage of the underlying free fermion description of the XX model to accurately test the strengths and limitations of this algorithm for large system sizes. We discuss the theoretical constraints on the performance of the algorithm from the entanglement properties of the eigenstates, and its actual performance at different values of disorder. A small but significant improvement to the algorithm is also presented, which helps significantly with convergence. We find that, at high entanglement, DMRG-X shows a bias towards eigenstates with low entanglement, but can be improved with increased bond dimension. This result suggests that one must be careful when applying the algorithm for interacting many-body localized spin models near a transition.This article is part of the themed issue 'Breakdown of ergodicity in quantum systems: from solids to synthetic matter'. © 2017 The Author(s).

Obtaining highly excited eigenstates of the localized XX chain via DMRG-X

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Devakul, Trithep; Khemani, Vedika; Pollmann, Frank; Huse, David A.; Sondhi, S. L.

2017-10-01

We benchmark a variant of the recently introduced density matrix renormalization group (DMRG)-X algorithm against exact results for the localized random field XX chain. We find that the eigenstates obtained via DMRG-X exhibit a highly accurate l-bit description for system sizes much bigger than the direct, many-body, exact diagonalization in the spin variables is able to access. We take advantage of the underlying free fermion description of the XX model to accurately test the strengths and limitations of this algorithm for large system sizes. We discuss the theoretical constraints on the performance of the algorithm from the entanglement properties of the eigenstates, and its actual performance at different values of disorder. A small but significant improvement to the algorithm is also presented, which helps significantly with convergence. We find that, at high entanglement, DMRG-X shows a bias towards eigenstates with low entanglement, but can be improved with increased bond dimension. This result suggests that one must be careful when applying the algorithm for interacting many-body localized spin models near a transition. This article is part of the themed issue 'Breakdown of ergodicity in quantum systems: from solids to synthetic matter'.

The ab-initio density matrix renormalization group in practice.

PubMed

Olivares-Amaya, Roberto; Hu, Weifeng; Nakatani, Naoki; Sharma, Sandeep; Yang, Jun; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

2015-01-21

The ab-initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) is a tool that can be applied to a wide variety of interesting problems in quantum chemistry. Here, we examine the density matrix renormalization group from the vantage point of the quantum chemistry user. What kinds of problems is the DMRG well-suited to? What are the largest systems that can be treated at practical cost? What sort of accuracies can be obtained, and how do we reason about the computational difficulty in different molecules? By examining a diverse benchmark set of molecules: π-electron systems, benchmark main-group and transition metal dimers, and the Mn-oxo-salen and Fe-porphine organometallic compounds, we provide some answers to these questions, and show how the density matrix renormalization group is used in practice.

Variational optimization algorithms for uniform matrix product states

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zauner-Stauber, V.; Vanderstraeten, L.; Fishman, M. T.; Verstraete, F.; Haegeman, J.

2018-01-01

We combine the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) with matrix product state tangent space concepts to construct a variational algorithm for finding ground states of one-dimensional quantum lattices in the thermodynamic limit. A careful comparison of this variational uniform matrix product state algorithm (VUMPS) with infinite density matrix renormalization group (IDMRG) and with infinite time evolving block decimation (ITEBD) reveals substantial gains in convergence speed and precision. We also demonstrate that VUMPS works very efficiently for Hamiltonians with long-range interactions and also for the simulation of two-dimensional models on infinite cylinders. The new algorithm can be conveniently implemented as an extension of an already existing DMRG implementation.

Matrix-Product-State Algorithm for Finite Fractional Quantum Hall Systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Liu, Zhao; Bhatt, R. N.

2015-09-01

Exact diagonalization is a powerful tool to study fractional quantum Hall (FQH) systems. However, its capability is limited by the exponentially increasing computational cost. In order to overcome this difficulty, density-matrix-renormalization-group (DMRG) algorithms were developed for much larger system sizes. Very recently, it was realized that some model FQH states have exact matrix-product-state (MPS) representation. Motivated by this, here we report a MPS code, which is closely related to, but different from traditional DMRG language, for finite FQH systems on the cylinder geometry. By representing the many-body Hamiltonian as a matrix-product-operator (MPO) and using single-site update and density matrix correction, we show that our code can efficiently search the ground state of various FQH systems. We also compare the performance of our code with traditional DMRG. The possible generalization of our code to infinite FQH systems and other physical systems is also discussed.

Symmetrized density matrix renormalization group algorithm for low-lying excited states of conjugated carbon systems: Application to 1,12-benzoperylene and polychrysene

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Prodhan, Suryoday; Ramasesha, S.

2018-05-01

The symmetry adapted density matrix renormalization group (SDMRG) technique has been an efficient method for studying low-lying eigenstates in one- and quasi-one-dimensional electronic systems. However, the SDMRG method had bottlenecks involving the construction of linearly independent symmetry adapted basis states as the symmetry matrices in the DMRG basis were not sparse. We have developed a modified algorithm to overcome this bottleneck. The new method incorporates end-to-end interchange symmetry (C2) , electron-hole symmetry (J ) , and parity or spin-flip symmetry (P ) in these calculations. The one-to-one correspondence between direct-product basis states in the DMRG Hilbert space for these symmetry operations renders the symmetry matrices in the new basis with maximum sparseness, just one nonzero matrix element per row. Using methods similar to those employed in the exact diagonalization technique for Pariser-Parr-Pople (PPP) models, developed in the 1980s, it is possible to construct orthogonal SDMRG basis states while bypassing the slow step of the Gram-Schmidt orthonormalization procedure. The method together with the PPP model which incorporates long-range electronic correlations is employed to study the correlated excited-state spectra of 1,12-benzoperylene and a narrow mixed graphene nanoribbon with a chrysene molecule as the building unit, comprising both zigzag and cove-edge structures.

Construction of CASCI-type wave functions for very large active spaces.

PubMed

Boguslawski, Katharina; Marti, Konrad H; Reiher, Markus

2011-06-14

We present a procedure to construct a configuration-interaction expansion containing arbitrary excitations from an underlying full-configuration-interaction-type wave function defined for a very large active space. Our procedure is based on the density-matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm that provides the necessary information in terms of the eigenstates of the reduced density matrices to calculate the coefficient of any basis state in the many-particle Hilbert space. Since the dimension of the Hilbert space scales binomially with the size of the active space, a sophisticated Monte Carlo sampling routine is employed. This sampling algorithm can also construct such configuration-interaction-type wave functions from any other type of tensor network states. The configuration-interaction information obtained serves several purposes. It yields a qualitatively correct description of the molecule's electronic structure, it allows us to analyze DMRG wave functions converged for the same molecular system but with different parameter sets (e.g., different numbers of active-system (block) states), and it can be considered a balanced reference for the application of a subsequent standard multi-reference configuration-interaction method.

Quantum bright solitons in a quasi-one-dimensional optical lattice

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Barbiero, Luca; Salasnich, Luca

2014-06-01

We study a quasi-one-dimensional attractive Bose gas confined in an optical lattice with a superimposed harmonic potential by analyzing the one-dimensional Bose-Hubbard Hamiltonian of the system. Starting from the three-dimensional many-body quantum Hamiltonian, we derive strong inequalities involving the transverse degrees of freedom under which the one-dimensional Bose-Hubbard Hamiltonian can be safely used. To have a reliable description of the one-dimensional ground state, which we call a quantum bright soliton, we use the density-matrix-renormalization-group (DMRG) technique. By comparing DMRG results with mean-field (MF) ones, we find that beyond-mean-field effects become relevant by increasing the attraction between bosons or by decreasing the frequency of the harmonic confinement. In particular, we find that, contrary to the MF predictions based on the discrete nonlinear Schrödinger equation, average density profiles of quantum bright solitons are not shape-invariant. We also use the time-evolving-block-decimation method to investigate the dynamical properties of bright solitons when the frequency of the harmonic potential is suddenly increased. This quantum quench induces a breathing mode whose period crucially depends on the final strength of the superimposed harmonic confinement.

The density matrix renormalization group algorithm on kilo-processor architectures: Implementation and trade-offs

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nemes, Csaba; Barcza, Gergely; Nagy, Zoltán; Legeza, Örs; Szolgay, Péter

2014-06-01

In the numerical analysis of strongly correlated quantum lattice models one of the leading algorithms developed to balance the size of the effective Hilbert space and the accuracy of the simulation is the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm, in which the run-time is dominated by the iterative diagonalization of the Hamilton operator. As the most time-dominant step of the diagonalization can be expressed as a list of dense matrix operations, the DMRG is an appealing candidate to fully utilize the computing power residing in novel kilo-processor architectures. In the paper a smart hybrid CPU-GPU implementation is presented, which exploits the power of both CPU and GPU and tolerates problems exceeding the GPU memory size. Furthermore, a new CUDA kernel has been designed for asymmetric matrix-vector multiplication to accelerate the rest of the diagonalization. Besides the evaluation of the GPU implementation, the practical limits of an FPGA implementation are also discussed.

Radical O-O coupling reaction in diferrate-mediated water oxidation studied using multireference wave function theory.

PubMed

Kurashige, Yuki; Saitow, Masaaki; Chalupský, Jakub; Yanai, Takeshi

2014-06-28

The O-O (oxygen-oxygen) bond formation is widely recognized as a key step of the catalytic reaction of dioxygen evolution from water. Recently, the water oxidation catalyzed by potassium ferrate (K2FeO4) was investigated on the basis of experimental kinetic isotope effect analysis assisted by density functional calculations, revealing the intramolecular oxo-coupling mechanism within a di-iron(vi) intermediate, or diferrate [Sarma et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2012, 134, 15371]. Here, we report a detailed examination of this diferrate-mediated O-O bond formation using scalable multireference electronic structure theory. High-dimensional correlated many-electron wave functions beyond the one-electron picture were computed using the ab initio density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) method along the O-O bond formation pathway. The necessity of using large active space arises from the description of complex electronic interactions and varying redox states both associated with two-center antiferromagnetic multivalent iron-oxo coupling. Dynamic correlation effects on top of the active space DMRG wave functions were additively accounted for by complete active space second-order perturbation (CASPT2) and multireference configuration interaction (MRCI) based methods, which were recently introduced by our group. These multireference methods were capable of handling the double shell effects in the extended active space treatment. The calculations with an active space of 36 electrons in 32 orbitals, which is far over conventional limitation, provide a quantitatively reliable prediction of potential energy profiles and confirmed the viability of the direct oxo coupling. The bonding nature of Fe-O and dual bonding character of O-O are discussed using natural orbitals.

Spin Andreev-like Reflection in Metal-Mott Insulator Heterostructures

DOE PAGES

Al-Hassanieh, K. A.; Rincón, Julián; Alvarez, G.; ...

2015-02-09

Here we used the time-dependent density-matrix renormalization group (tDMRG) to study the time evolution of electron wave packets in one-dimensional (1D) metal-superconductor heterostructures. The results show Andreev reflection at the interface, as expected. By combining these results with the well-known single- spin-species electron-hole transformation in the Hubbard model, we predict an analogous spin Andreev reflection in metal-Mott insulator heterostructures. This effect is numerically confirmed using 1D tDMRG, but it is expected to also be present in higher dimensions, as well as in more general Hamiltonians. We present an intuitive picture of the spin reflection, analogous to that of Andreev reflectionmore » at metal- superconductor interfaces. This allows us to discuss a novel antiferromagnetic proximity effect. Possible experimental realizations are discussed.« less

Inner Space Perturbation Theory in Matrix Product States: Replacing Expensive Iterative Diagonalization.

PubMed

Ren, Jiajun; Yi, Yuanping; Shuai, Zhigang

2016-10-11

We propose an inner space perturbation theory (isPT) to replace the expensive iterative diagonalization in the standard density matrix renormalization group theory (DMRG). The retained reduced density matrix eigenstates are partitioned into the active and secondary space. The first-order wave function and the second- and third-order energies are easily computed by using one step Davidson iteration. Our formulation has several advantages including (i) keeping a balance between the efficiency and accuracy, (ii) capturing more entanglement with the same amount of computational time, (iii) recovery of the standard DMRG when all the basis states belong to the active space. Numerical examples for the polyacenes and periacene show that the efficiency gain is considerable and the accuracy loss due to the perturbation treatment is very small, when half of the total basis states belong to the active space. Moreover, the perturbation calculations converge in all our numerical examples.

Critical behavior of the extended Hubbard model with bond dimerization

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ejima, Satoshi; Lange, Florian; Essler, Fabian H. L.; Fehske, Holger

2018-05-01

Exploiting the matrix-product-state based density-matrix renormalization group (DMRG) technique we study the one-dimensional extended (U-V) Hubbard model with explicit bond dimerization in the half-filled band sector. In particular we investigate the nature of the quantum phase transition, taking place with growing ratio V / U between the symmetry-protected-topological and charge-density-wave insulating states. The (weak-coupling) critical line of continuous Ising transitions with central charge c = 1 / 2 terminates at a tricritical point belonging to the universality class of the dilute Ising model with c = 7 / 10 . We demonstrate that our DMRG data perfectly match with (tricritical) Ising exponents, e.g., for the order parameter β = 1 / 8 (1/24) and correlation length ν = 1 (5/9). Beyond the tricritical Ising point, in the strong-coupling regime, the quantum phase transition becomes first order.

Generic construction of efficient matrix product operators

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hubig, C.; McCulloch, I. P.; Schollwöck, U.

2017-01-01

Matrix product operators (MPOs) are at the heart of the second-generation density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) algorithm formulated in matrix product state language. We first summarize the widely known facts on MPO arithmetic and representations of single-site operators. Second, we introduce three compression methods (rescaled SVD, deparallelization, and delinearization) for MPOs and show that it is possible to construct efficient representations of arbitrary operators using MPO arithmetic and compression. As examples, we construct powers of a short-ranged spin-chain Hamiltonian, a complicated Hamiltonian of a two-dimensional system and, as proof of principle, the long-range four-body Hamiltonian from quantum chemistry.

Theory of optical transitions in π-conjugated macrocycles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Marcus, Max; Coonjobeeharry, Jaymee; Barford, William

2016-04-01

We describe a theoretical and computational investigation of the optical properties of π-conjugated macrocycles. Since the low-energy excitations of these systems are Frenkel excitons that couple to high-frequency dispersionless phonons, we employ the quantized Frenkel-Holstein model and solve it via the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) method. First we consider optical emission from perfectly circular systems. Owing to optical selection rules, such systems radiate via two mechanisms: (i) within the Condon approximation, by thermally induced emission from the optically allowed j = ± 1 states and (ii) beyond the Condon approximation, by emission from the j = 0 state via coupling with a totally non-symmetric phonon (namely, the Herzberg-Teller effect). Using perturbation theory, we derive an expression for the Herzberg-Teller correction and show via DMRG calculations that this expression soon fails as ħ ω/J and the size of the macrocycle increase. Next, we consider the role of broken symmetry caused by torsional disorder. In this case the quantum number j no longer labels eigenstates of angular momentum, but instead labels localized local exciton groundstates (LEGSs) or quasi-extended states (QEESs). As for linear polymers, LEGSs define chromophores, with the higher energy QEESs being extended over numerous LEGSs. Within the Condon approximation (i.e., neglecting the Herzberg-Teller correction) we show that increased disorder increases the emissive optical intensity, because all the LEGSs are optically active. We next consider the combined role of broken symmetry and curvature, by explicitly evaluating the Herzberg-Teller correction in disordered systems via the DMRG method. The Herzberg-Teller correction is most evident in the emission intensity ratio, I00/I01. In the Condon approximation I00/I01 is a constant function of curvature, whereas in practice it vanishes for closed rings and only approaches a constant in the limit of vanishing curvature. We calculate the optical spectra of a model system, cyclo-poly(para-phenylene ethynylene), for different amounts of torsional disorder within and beyond the Condon approximation. We show how broken symmetry and the Herzberg-Teller effect explain the spectral features. The Herzberg-Teller correction to the 0-1 emission vibronic peak is always significant. Finally, we note the qualitative similarities between the optical properties of conformationally disordered linear polymers and macrocycles in the limit of sufficiently large disorder, because in both cases they are determined by the optical properties of curved chromophores.

Multireference quantum chemistry through a joint density matrix renormalization group and canonical transformation theory.

PubMed

Yanai, Takeshi; Kurashige, Yuki; Neuscamman, Eric; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

2010-01-14

We describe the joint application of the density matrix renormalization group and canonical transformation theory to multireference quantum chemistry. The density matrix renormalization group provides the ability to describe static correlation in large active spaces, while the canonical transformation theory provides a high-order description of the dynamic correlation effects. We demonstrate the joint theory in two benchmark systems designed to test the dynamic and static correlation capabilities of the methods, namely, (i) total correlation energies in long polyenes and (ii) the isomerization curve of the [Cu(2)O(2)](2+) core. The largest complete active spaces and atomic orbital basis sets treated by the joint DMRG-CT theory in these systems correspond to a (24e,24o) active space and 268 atomic orbitals in the polyenes and a (28e,32o) active space and 278 atomic orbitals in [Cu(2)O(2)](2+).

Absence of Long-Range Order in a Triangular Spin System with Dipolar Interactions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Keleş, Ahmet; Zhao, Erhai

2018-05-01

The antiferromagnetic Heisenberg model on the triangular lattice is perhaps the best known example of frustrated magnets, but it orders at low temperatures. Recent density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) calculations find that the next nearest neighbor interaction J2 enhances the frustration, and it leads to a spin liquid for J2/J1∈(0.08 ,0.15 ). In addition, a DMRG study of a dipolar Heisenberg model with longer range interactions gives evidence for a spin liquid at a small dipole tilting angle θ ∈[0 ,1 0 ° ). In both cases, the putative spin liquid region appears to be small. Here, we show that for the triangular lattice dipolar Heisenberg model, a robust quantum paramagnetic phase exists in a surprisingly wide region, θ ∈[0 ,5 4 ° ) , for dipoles tilted along the lattice diagonal direction. We obtain the phase diagram of the model by functional renormalization group (RG), which treats all magnetic instabilities on equal footing. The quantum paramagnetic phase is characterized by a smooth continuous flow of vertex functions and spin susceptibility down to the lowest RG scale, in contrast to the apparent breakdown of RG flow in phases with stripe or spiral order. Our finding points to a promising direction to search for quantum spin liquids in ultracold dipolar molecules.

Interaction-induced conducting-non-conducting transition of ultra-cold atoms in one-dimensional optical lattices

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chien, Chih-Chun; Gruss, Daniel; Di Ventra, Massimiliano; Zwolak, Michael

2013-06-01

The study of time-dependent, many-body transport phenomena is increasingly within reach of ultra-cold atom experiments. We show that the introduction of spatially inhomogeneous interactions, e.g., generated by optically controlled collisions, induce negative differential conductance in the transport of atoms in one-dimensional optical lattices. Specifically, we simulate the dynamics of interacting fermionic atoms via a micro-canonical transport formalism within both a mean-field and a higher-order approximation, as well as with a time-dependent density-matrix renormalization group (DMRG). For weakly repulsive interactions, a quasi-steady-state atomic current develops that is similar to the situation occurring for electronic systems subject to an external voltage bias. At the mean-field level, we find that this atomic current is robust against the details of how the interaction is switched on. Further, a conducting-non-conducting transition exists when the interaction imbalance exceeds some threshold from both our approximate and time-dependent DMRG simulations. This transition is preceded by the atomic equivalent of negative differential conductivity observed in transport across solid-state structures.

Two-leg ladder systems with dipole–dipole Fermion interactions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mosadeq, Hamid; Asgari, Reza

2018-05-01

The ground-state phase diagram of a two-leg fermionic dipolar ladder with inter-site interactions is studied using density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) techniques. We use a state-of-the-art implementation of the DMRG algorithm and finite size scaling to simulate large system sizes with high accuracy. We also consider two different model systems and explore stable phases in half and quarter filling factors. We find that in the half filling, the charge and spin gaps emerge in a finite value of the dipole–dipole and on-site interactions. In the quarter filling case, s-wave superconducting state, charge density wave, homogenous insulating and phase separation phases occur depend on the interaction values. Moreover, in the dipole–dipole interaction, the D-Mott phase emerges when the hopping terms along the chain and rung are the same, whereas, this phase has been only proposed for the anisotropic Hubbard model. In the half filling case, on the other hand, there is either charge-density wave or charged Mott order phase depends on the orientation of the dipole moments of the particles with respect to the ladder geometry.

Numerical simulations of strongly correlated electron and spin systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Changlani, Hitesh Jaiprakash

Developing analytical and numerical tools for strongly correlated systems is a central challenge for the condensed matter physics community. In the absence of exact solutions and controlled analytical approximations, numerical techniques have often contributed to our understanding of these systems. Exact Diagonalization (ED) requires the storage of at least two vectors the size of the Hilbert space under consideration (which grows exponentially with system size) which makes it affordable only for small systems. The Density Matrix Renormalization Group (DMRG) uses an intelligent Hilbert space truncation procedure to significantly reduce this cost, but in its present formulation is limited to quasi-1D systems. Quantum Monte Carlo (QMC) maps the Schrodinger equation to the diffusion equation (in imaginary time) and only samples the eigenvector over time, thereby avoiding the memory limitation. However, the stochasticity involved in the method gives rise to the "sign problem" characteristic of fermion and frustrated spin systems. The first part of this thesis is an effort to make progress in the development of a numerical technique which overcomes the above mentioned problems. We consider novel variational wavefunctions, christened "Correlator Product States" (CPS), that have a general functional form which hopes to capture essential correlations in the ground states of spin and fermion systems in any dimension. We also consider a recent proposal to modify projector (Green's Function) Quantum Monte Carlo to ameliorate the sign problem for realistic and model Hamiltonians (such as the Hubbard model). This exploration led to our own set of improvements, primarily a semistochastic formulation of projector Quantum Monte Carlo. Despite their limitations, existing numerical techniques can yield physical insights into a wide variety of problems. The second part of this thesis considers one such numerical technique - DMRG - and adapts it to study the Heisenberg antiferromagnet on a generic tree graph. Our attention turns to a systematic numerical and semi-analytical study of the effect of local even/odd sublattice imbalance on the low energy spectrum of antiferromagnets on regular Cayley trees. Finally, motivated by previous experiments and theories of randomly diluted antiferromagnets (where an even/odd sublattice imbalance naturally occurs), we present our study of the Heisenberg antiferromagnet on the Cayley tree at the percolation threshold. Our work shows how to detect "emergent" low energy degrees of freedom and compute the effective interactions between them by using data from DMRG calculations.

Selection of active spaces for multiconfigurational wavefunctions

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Keller, Sebastian; Boguslawski, Katharina; Reiher, Markus, E-mail: markus.reiher@phys.chem.ethz.ch

2015-06-28

The efficient and accurate description of the electronic structure of strongly correlated systems is still a largely unsolved problem. The usual procedures start with a multiconfigurational (usually a Complete Active Space, CAS) wavefunction which accounts for static correlation and add dynamical correlation by perturbation theory, configuration interaction, or coupled cluster expansion. This procedure requires the correct selection of the active space. Intuitive methods are unreliable for complex systems. The inexpensive black-box unrestricted natural orbital (UNO) criterion postulates that the Unrestricted Hartree-Fock (UHF) charge natural orbitals with fractional occupancy (e.g., between 0.02 and 1.98) constitute the active space. UNOs generally approximatemore » the CAS orbitals so well that the orbital optimization in CAS Self-Consistent Field (CASSCF) may be omitted, resulting in the inexpensive UNO-CAS method. A rigorous testing of the UNO criterion requires comparison with approximate full configuration interaction wavefunctions. This became feasible with the advent of Density Matrix Renormalization Group (DMRG) methods which can approximate highly correlated wavefunctions at affordable cost. We have compared active orbital occupancies in UNO-CAS and CASSCF calculations with DMRG in a number of strongly correlated molecules: compounds of electronegative atoms (F{sub 2}, ozone, and NO{sub 2}), polyenes, aromatic molecules (naphthalene, azulene, anthracene, and nitrobenzene), radicals (phenoxy and benzyl), diradicals (o-, m-, and p-benzyne), and transition metal compounds (nickel-acetylene and Cr{sub 2}). The UNO criterion works well in these cases. Other symmetry breaking solutions, with the possible exception of spatial symmetry, do not appear to be essential to generate the correct active space. In the case of multiple UHF solutions, the natural orbitals of the average UHF density should be used. The problems of the UNO criterion and their potential solutions are discussed: finding the UHF solutions, discontinuities on potential energy surfaces, and inclusion of dynamical electron correlation and generalization to excited states.« less

Selection of active spaces for multiconfigurational wavefunctions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Keller, Sebastian; Boguslawski, Katharina; Janowski, Tomasz; Reiher, Markus; Pulay, Peter

2015-06-01

The efficient and accurate description of the electronic structure of strongly correlated systems is still a largely unsolved problem. The usual procedures start with a multiconfigurational (usually a Complete Active Space, CAS) wavefunction which accounts for static correlation and add dynamical correlation by perturbation theory, configuration interaction, or coupled cluster expansion. This procedure requires the correct selection of the active space. Intuitive methods are unreliable for complex systems. The inexpensive black-box unrestricted natural orbital (UNO) criterion postulates that the Unrestricted Hartree-Fock (UHF) charge natural orbitals with fractional occupancy (e.g., between 0.02 and 1.98) constitute the active space. UNOs generally approximate the CAS orbitals so well that the orbital optimization in CAS Self-Consistent Field (CASSCF) may be omitted, resulting in the inexpensive UNO-CAS method. A rigorous testing of the UNO criterion requires comparison with approximate full configuration interaction wavefunctions. This became feasible with the advent of Density Matrix Renormalization Group (DMRG) methods which can approximate highly correlated wavefunctions at affordable cost. We have compared active orbital occupancies in UNO-CAS and CASSCF calculations with DMRG in a number of strongly correlated molecules: compounds of electronegative atoms (F2, ozone, and NO2), polyenes, aromatic molecules (naphthalene, azulene, anthracene, and nitrobenzene), radicals (phenoxy and benzyl), diradicals (o-, m-, and p-benzyne), and transition metal compounds (nickel-acetylene and Cr2). The UNO criterion works well in these cases. Other symmetry breaking solutions, with the possible exception of spatial symmetry, do not appear to be essential to generate the correct active space. In the case of multiple UHF solutions, the natural orbitals of the average UHF density should be used. The problems of the UNO criterion and their potential solutions are discussed: finding the UHF solutions, discontinuities on potential energy surfaces, and inclusion of dynamical electron correlation and generalization to excited states.

Orbital currents in a generalized Hubbard ladder

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Fjaerestad, John O.

2004-03-01

We study a phase with orbital currents (d-density wave (DDW)/staggered flux phase) in a generalized Hubbard model on the two-leg ladder at zero temperature. Bosonization and perturbative renormalization-group calculations are used to identify a parameter region with long-range DDW order in the weakly interacting half-filled ladder. Finite-size density-matrix renormalization-group (DMRG) studies of ladders with up to 200 rungs, for rational hole dopings δ and intermediate-strength interactions, find that currents remain large in the doped DDW phase, with no evidence of decay.^1,2,3 Motivated by these results, we consider an effective bosonization description of the doped DDW phase in which quantum fluctuations in the total charge mode are neglected.^3 This leads to an analytically solvable Frenkel-Kontorova-like model which predicts that the staggered rung current and the rung electron density show periodic spatial oscillations with wavelengths 2/δ and 1/δ, respectively, with the density minima located at the zeros (domain walls) of the staggered rung current, in good agreement with the DMRG results. We comment on the question of the nature of the asymptotic current correlations in the doped DDW phase. ^1U. Schollwöck, S. Chakravarty, J. O. Fjaerestad, J. B. Marston, and M. Troyer, Phys. Rev. Lett. 90, 186401 (2003). ^2M. Troyer, invited talk at this meeting. ^3J. O. Fjaerestad, J. B. Marston, and U. Schollwöck, unpublished.

Quantum Dynamics of Solitons in Strongly Interacting Systems on Optical Lattices

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rubbo, Chester; Balakrishnan, Radha; Reinhardt, William; Satija, Indubala; Rey, Ana; Manmana, Salvatore

2012-06-01

We present results of the quantum dynamics of solitons in XXZ spin-1/2 systems which in general can be derived from a system of spinless fermions or hard-core bosons (HCB) with nearest neighbor interaction on a lattice. A mean-field treatment using spin-coherent states revealed analytic solutions of both bright and dark solitons [1]. We take these solutions and apply a full quantum evolution using the adaptive time-dependent density matrix renormalization group method (adaptive t-DMRG), which takes into account the effect of strong correlations. We use local spin observables, correlations functions, and entanglement entropies as measures for the stability of these soliton solutions over the simulation times. [4pt] [1] R. Balakrishnan, I.I. Satija, and C.W. Clark, Phys. Rev. Lett. 103, 230403 (2009).

A minimal model for the structural energetics of VO2

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kim, Chanul; Marianetti, Chris; The Marianetti Group Team

Resolving the structural, magnetic, and electronic structure of VO2 from the first-principles of quantum mechanics is still a forefront problem despite decades of attention. Hybrid functionals have been shown to qualitatively ruin the structural energetics. While density functional theory (DFT) combined with cluster extensions of dynamical mean-field theory (DMFT) have demonstrated promising results in terms of the electronic properties, structural phase stability has not yet been addressed. In order to capture the basic physics of the structural transition, we propose a minimal model of VO2 based on the one dimensional Peierls-Hubbard model and parameterize this based on DFT calculations of VO2. The total energy versus dimerization in the minimal mode is then solved numerically exactly using density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) and compared to the Hartree-Fock solution. We demonstrate that the Hartree-Fock solution exhibits the same pathologies as DFT+U, and spin density functional theory for that matter, while the DMRG solution is consistent with experimental observation. Our results demonstrate the critical role of non-locality in the total energy, and this will need to be accounted for to obtain a complete description of VO2 from first-principles. The authors acknowledge support from FAME, one of six centers of STARnet, a Semiconductor Research Corporation program sponsored by MARCO and DARPA.

Magnetoelectric effects in the spin-1/2 XXZ model with Dzyaloshinskii-Moriya interaction

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Thakur, Pradeep; Durganandini, P., E-mail: pdn@physics.unipune.ac.in

2015-06-24

We study the 1D spin-1/2 XXZ chain in the presence of the Dzyaloshinskii-Moriya (D-M) interaction and with longitudinal and transverse magnetic fields. We assume the spin-current mechanism of Katsura-Nagaosa-Balatsky at play and interpret the D-M interaction as a coupling between the local electric polarization and an external electric field. We study the interplay of electric and magnetic order in the ground state using the numerical density matrix renormalization group(DMRG) method. Specifically, we investigate the dependences of the magnetization and electric polarization on the external electric and magnetic fields. We find that for transverse magnetic fields, there are two different regimesmore » of polarization while for longitudinal magnetic fields, there are three different regimes of polarization. The different regimes can be tuned by the external magnetic fields.« less

Chiral Luttinger liquids and a generalized Luttinger's theorem in fractional quantum Hall edges via finite-entanglement scaling

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Varjas, Daniel; Zaletel, Michael; Moore, Joel

2014-03-01

We use bosonic field theories and the infinite system density matrix renormalization group (iDMRG) method to study infinite strips of fractional quantum Hall (FQH) states starting from microscopic Hamiltonians. Finite-entanglement scaling allows us to accurately measure chiral central charge, edge mode exponents and momenta without finite-size errors. We analyze states in the first and second level of the standard hierarchy and compare our results to predictions of the chiral Luttinger liquid (χLL) theory. The results confirm the universality of scaling exponents in chiral edges and demonstrate that renormalization is subject to universal relations in the non-chiral case. We prove a generalized Luttinger's theorem involving all singularities in the momentum-resolved density, which naturally arises when mapping Landau levels on a cylinder to a fermion chain and deepens our understanding of non-Fermi liquids in 1D.

Studies on entanglement entropy for Hubbard model with hole-doping and external magnetic field [rapid communication

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yao, K. L.; Li, Y. C.; Sun, X. Z.; Liu, Q. M.; Qin, Y.; Fu, H. H.; Gao, G. Y.

2005-10-01

By using the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) method for the one-dimensional (1D) Hubbard model, we have studied the von Neumann entropy of a quantum system, which describes the entanglement of the system block and the rest of the chain. It is found that there is a close relation between the entanglement entropy and properties of the system. The hole-doping can alter the charge charge and spin spin interactions, resulting in charge polarization along the chain. By comparing the results before and after the doping, we find that doping favors increase of the von Neumann entropy and thus also favors the exchange of information along the chain. Furthermore, we calculated the spin and entropy distribution in external magnetic filed. It is confirmed that both the charge charge and the spin spin interactions affect the exchange of information along the chain, making the entanglement entropy redistribute.

Density matrix renormalization group study of Y-junction spin systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Guo, Haihui

Junction systems are important to understand both from the fundamental and the practical point of view, as they are essential components in existing and future electronic and spintronic devices. With the continuous advance of technology, device size will eventual reach the atomic scale. Some of the most interesting and useful junction systems will be strongly correlated. We chose the Density Matrix Renormalization Group method to study two types of Y-junction systems, the Y and YDelta junctions, on strongly correlated spin chains. With new ideas coming from the quantum information field, we have made a very efficient. Y-junction DMRG algorithm, which improves the overall CUB cost from O(m6) to O(m4), where m is the number of states kept per block. We studied the ground state properties, the correlation length, and investigated the degeneracy problem on the Y and YDelta junctions. For the excited states, we researched the existence of magnon bound states for various conditions, and have shown that the bound state exists when the central coupling constant is small.

Theory of optical transitions in conjugated polymers. II. Real systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Marcus, Max; Tozer, Oliver Robert; Barford, William

2014-10-01

The theory of optical transitions developed in Barford and Marcus ["Theory of optical transitions in conjugated polymers. I. Ideal systems," J. Chem. Phys. 141, 164101 (2014)] for linear, ordered polymer chains is extended in this paper to model conformationally disordered systems. Our key result is that in the Born-Oppenheimer regime the emission intensities are proportional to S(1)/⟨IPR⟩, where S(1) is the Huang-Rhys parameter for a monomer. ⟨IPR⟩ is the average inverse participation ratio for the emitting species, i.e., local exciton ground states (LEGSs). Since the spatial coherence of LEGSs determines the spatial extent of chromophores, the significance of this result is that it directly relates experimental observables to chromophore sizes (where ⟨IPR⟩ is half the mean chromophore size in monomer units). This result is independent of the chromophore shape, because of the Born-Oppenheimer factorization of the many body wavefunction. We verify this prediction by density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) calculations of the Frenkel-Holstein model in the adiabatic limit for both linear, disordered chains and for coiled, ordered chains. We also model optical spectra for poly(p-phenylene) and poly(p-phenylene-vinylene) oligomers and polymers. For oligomers, we solve the fully quantized Frenkel-Holstein model via the DMRG method. For polymers, we use the much simpler method of solving the one-particle Frenkel model and employ the Born-Oppenheimer expressions relating the effective Franck-Condon factor of a chromophore to its inverse participation ratio. We show that increased disorder decreases chromophore sizes and increases the inhomogeneous broadening, but has a non-monotonic effect on transition energies. We also show that as planarizing the polymer chain increases the exciton band width, it causes the chromophore sizes to increase, the transition energies to decrease, and the broadening to decrease. Finally, we show that the absorption spectra are more broadened than the emission spectra and that the broadening of the absorption spectra increases as the chains become more coiled. This is primarily because absorption occurs to both LEGSs and quasi-extended exciton states (QEESs), and QEES acquire increased intensity as chromophores bend, while emission only occurs from LEGSs.

NMR relaxation rate in quasi one-dimensional antiferromagnets

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Capponi, Sylvain; Dupont, Maxime; Laflorencie, Nicolas; Sengupta, Pinaki; Shao, Hui; Sandvik, Anders W.

We compare results of different numerical approaches to compute the NMR relaxation rate 1 /T1 in quasi one-dimensional (1d) antiferromagnets. In the purely 1d regime, recent numerical simulations using DMRG have provided the full crossover behavior from classical regime at high temperature to universal Tomonaga-Luttinger liquid at low-energy (in the gapless case) or activated behavior (in the gapped case). For quasi 1d models, we can use mean-field approaches to reduce the problem to a 1d one that can be studied using DMRG. But in some cases, we can also simulate the full microscopic model using quantum Monte-Carlo techniques. This allows to compute dynamical correlations in imaginary time and we will discuss recent advances to perform stochastic analytic continuation to get real frequency spectra. Finally, we connect our results to experiments on various quasi 1d materials.

Probabilistic low-rank factorization accelerates tensor network simulations of critical quantum many-body ground states.

PubMed

Kohn, Lucas; Tschirsich, Ferdinand; Keck, Maximilian; Plenio, Martin B; Tamascelli, Dario; Montangero, Simone

2018-01-01

We provide evidence that randomized low-rank factorization is a powerful tool for the determination of the ground-state properties of low-dimensional lattice Hamiltonians through tensor network techniques. In particular, we show that randomized matrix factorization outperforms truncated singular value decomposition based on state-of-the-art deterministic routines in time-evolving block decimation (TEBD)- and density matrix renormalization group (DMRG)-style simulations, even when the system under study gets close to a phase transition: We report linear speedups in the bond or local dimension of up to 24 times in quasi-two-dimensional cylindrical systems.

Probabilistic low-rank factorization accelerates tensor network simulations of critical quantum many-body ground states

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kohn, Lucas; Tschirsich, Ferdinand; Keck, Maximilian; Plenio, Martin B.; Tamascelli, Dario; Montangero, Simone

2018-01-01

We provide evidence that randomized low-rank factorization is a powerful tool for the determination of the ground-state properties of low-dimensional lattice Hamiltonians through tensor network techniques. In particular, we show that randomized matrix factorization outperforms truncated singular value decomposition based on state-of-the-art deterministic routines in time-evolving block decimation (TEBD)- and density matrix renormalization group (DMRG)-style simulations, even when the system under study gets close to a phase transition: We report linear speedups in the bond or local dimension of up to 24 times in quasi-two-dimensional cylindrical systems.

Spin Bose-metal phase in a spin- (1)/(2) model with ring exchange on a two-leg triangular strip

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sheng, D. N.; Motrunich, Olexei I.; Fisher, Matthew P. A.

2009-05-01

Recent experiments on triangular lattice organic Mott insulators have found evidence for a two-dimensional (2D) spin liquid in close proximity to the metal-insulator transition. A Gutzwiller wave function study of the triangular lattice Heisenberg model with a four-spin ring exchange term appropriate in this regime has found that the projected spinon Fermi sea state has a low variational energy. This wave function, together with a slave particle-gauge theory analysis, suggests that this putative spin liquid possesses spin correlations that are singular along surfaces in momentum space, i.e., “Bose surfaces.” Signatures of this state, which we will refer to as a “spin Bose metal” (SBM), are expected to manifest in quasi-one-dimensional (quasi-1D) ladder systems: the discrete transverse momenta cut through the 2D Bose surface leading to a distinct pattern of 1D gapless modes. Here, we search for a quasi-1D descendant of the triangular lattice SBM state by exploring the Heisenberg plus ring model on a two-leg triangular strip (zigzag chain). Using density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) supplemented by variational wave functions and a bosonization analysis, we map out the full phase diagram. In the absence of ring exchange the model is equivalent to the J1-J2 Heisenberg chain, and we find the expected Bethe-chain and dimerized phases. Remarkably, moderate ring exchange reveals a new gapless phase over a large swath of the phase diagram. Spin and dimer correlations possess singular wave vectors at particular “Bose points” (remnants of the 2D Bose surface) and allow us to identify this phase as the hoped for quasi-1D descendant of the triangular lattice SBM state. We use bosonization to derive a low-energy effective theory for the zigzag spin Bose metal and find three gapless modes and one Luttinger parameter controlling all power law correlations. Potential instabilities out of the zigzag SBM give rise to other interesting phases such as a period-3 valence bond solid or a period-4 chirality order, which we discover in the DMRG. Another interesting instability is into a spin Bose-metal phase with partial ferromagnetism (spin polarization of one spinon band), which we also find numerically using the DMRG.

Theoretical and computational studies of excitons in conjugated polymers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Barford, William; Bursill, Robert J.; Smith, Richard W.

2002-09-01

We present a theoretical and computational analysis of excitons in conjugated polymers. We use a tight-binding model of π-conjugated electrons, with 1/r interactions for large r. In both the weak-coupling limit (defined by W>>U) and the strong-coupling limit (defined by W<

DMRG study of the Kagome Antiferromagnetic Heisenberg Model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yan, Simeng; White, Steven

2010-03-01

We have used DMRG to study the S=1/2 Heisenberg model on the Kagome lattice, using cylindrical boundary conditions and large clusters. We have focused on the spin gap and the presence or absence of the Valence Bond Crystal (VBC) order with a 36 unit cell as studied by Marston and Zeng, Singh and Huse, and others. Our results are probably the highest accuracy results for large clusters to date. Our extrapolated results find a finite spin gap with a value of about 0.05 J. To determine whether VBC order occurs, we calculated the ground states of a variety of clusters, some of which allow the 36 site VBC order, and others which do not allow it. For narrower cylinders (width < 12) , the VBC patterns are found to vanish as the number of kept states increases. For wider systems, we do observe VBC ground states, but it is not always clear that the calculations have converged. The extrapolated energies of the two types of states are very close, within about 1%.

Ab initio optimization principle for the ground states of translationally invariant strongly correlated quantum lattice models.

PubMed

Ran, Shi-Ju

2016-05-01

In this work, a simple and fundamental numeric scheme dubbed as ab initio optimization principle (AOP) is proposed for the ground states of translational invariant strongly correlated quantum lattice models. The idea is to transform a nondeterministic-polynomial-hard ground-state simulation with infinite degrees of freedom into a single optimization problem of a local function with finite number of physical and ancillary degrees of freedom. This work contributes mainly in the following aspects: (1) AOP provides a simple and efficient scheme to simulate the ground state by solving a local optimization problem. Its solution contains two kinds of boundary states, one of which play the role of the entanglement bath that mimics the interactions between a supercell and the infinite environment, and the other gives the ground state in a tensor network (TN) form. (2) In the sense of TN, a novel decomposition named as tensor ring decomposition (TRD) is proposed to implement AOP. Instead of following the contraction-truncation scheme used by many existing TN-based algorithms, TRD solves the contraction of a uniform TN in an opposite way by encoding the contraction in a set of self-consistent equations that automatically reconstruct the whole TN, making the simulation simple and unified; (3) AOP inherits and develops the ideas of different well-established methods, including the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG), infinite time-evolving block decimation (iTEBD), network contractor dynamics, density matrix embedding theory, etc., providing a unified perspective that is previously missing in this fields. (4) AOP as well as TRD give novel implications to existing TN-based algorithms: A modified iTEBD is suggested and the two-dimensional (2D) AOP is argued to be an intrinsic 2D extension of DMRG that is based on infinite projected entangled pair state. This paper is focused on one-dimensional quantum models to present AOP. The benchmark is given on a transverse Ising chain and 2D classical Ising model, showing the remarkable efficiency and accuracy of the AOP.

Staggered Orbital Currents in the Half-Filled Two-Leg Ladder

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Fjaerestad, J. O.; Marston, Brad; Sudbo, A.

2002-03-01

We present strong analytical and numerical evidence for the existence of a staggered flux (SF) phase in the half-filled two-leg ladder, with true long-range order in the counter-circulating currents. Using abelian bosonization with a careful treatment of the Klein factors, we show that a certain phase of the half-filled ladder, previously identified as having spin-Peierls order, instead exhibits staggered orbital currents with no dimerization.(J. O. Fjærestad and J. B. Marston, cond- mat/0107094.) This result, combined with a weak-coupling renormalization-group analysis, implies that the SF phase exists in a region of the phase diagram of the half-filled t-U-V-J ladder. Using the density-matrix renormalization-group (DMRG) approach generalized to complex-valued wavefunctions, we demonstrate that the SF phase exhibits robust currents at intermediate values of the interaction strengths.

Stripe order from the perspective of the Hubbard model

DOE PAGES

Huang, Edwin W.; Mendl, Christian B.; Jiang, Hong-Chen; ...

2018-04-20

A microscopic understanding of the strongly correlated physics of the cuprates must account for the translational and rotational symmetry breaking that is present across all cuprate families, commonly in the form of stripes. Here we investigate emergence of stripes in the Hubbard model, a minimal model believed to be relevant to the cuprate superconductors, using determinant quantum Monte Carlo (DQMC) simulations at finite temperatures and density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) ground state calculations. By varying temperature, doping, and model parameters, we characterize the extent of stripes throughout the phase diagram of the Hubbard model. Our results show that including themore » often neglected next-nearest-neighbor hopping leads to the absence of spin incommensurability upon electron-doping and nearly half-filled stripes upon hole-doping. The similarities of these findings to experimental results on both electron and hole-doped cuprate families support a unified description across a large portion of the cuprate phase diagram.« less

Pairing versus phase coherence of doped holes in distinct quantum spin backgrounds

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhu, Zheng; Sheng, D. N.; Weng, Zheng-Yu

2018-03-01

We examine the pairing structure of holes injected into two distinct spin backgrounds: a short-range antiferromagnetic phase versus a symmetry protected topological phase. Based on density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) simulation, we find that although there is a strong binding between two holes in both phases, phase fluctuations can significantly influence the pair-pair correlation depending on the spin-spin correlation in the background. Here the phase fluctuation is identified as an intrinsic string operator nonlocally controlled by the spins. We show that while the pairing amplitude is generally large, the coherent Cooper pairing can be substantially weakened by the phase fluctuation in the symmetry-protected topological phase, in contrast to the short-range antiferromagnetic phase. It provides an example of a non-BCS mechanism for pairing, in which the paring phase coherence is determined by the underlying spin state self-consistently, bearing an interesting resemblance to the pseudogap physics in the cuprate.

Emergence of chiral spin liquids via quantum melting of noncoplanar magnetic orders

DOE PAGES

Hickey, Ciarán; Cincio, Lukasz; Papić, Zlatko; ...

2017-09-11

Quantum spin liquids (QSLs) are highly entangled states of quantum magnets which lie beyond the Landau paradigm of classifying phases of matter via broken symmetries. A physical route to arriving at QSLs is via frustration-induced quantum melting of ordered states such as valence bond crystals or magnetic orders. Using extensive exact diagonalization (ED) and density-matrix renormalization group (DMRG)we show studies of concrete S U ( 2 ) invariant spin models on honeycomb, triangular, and square lattices, that chiral spin liquids (CSLs) emerge as descendants of triple- Q spin crystals with tetrahedral magnetic order and a large scalar spin chirality. Suchmore » ordered-to-CSL melting transitions may yield lattice realizations of effective Chern-Simons-Higgs field theories. We provides a distinct unifying perspective on the emergence of CSLs and suggests that materials with certain noncoplanar magnetic orders might provide a good starting point to search for CSLs.« less

Stripe order from the perspective of the Hubbard model

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Huang, Edwin W.; Mendl, Christian B.; Jiang, Hong-Chen

A microscopic understanding of the strongly correlated physics of the cuprates must account for the translational and rotational symmetry breaking that is present across all cuprate families, commonly in the form of stripes. Here we investigate emergence of stripes in the Hubbard model, a minimal model believed to be relevant to the cuprate superconductors, using determinant quantum Monte Carlo (DQMC) simulations at finite temperatures and density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) ground state calculations. By varying temperature, doping, and model parameters, we characterize the extent of stripes throughout the phase diagram of the Hubbard model. Our results show that including themore » often neglected next-nearest-neighbor hopping leads to the absence of spin incommensurability upon electron-doping and nearly half-filled stripes upon hole-doping. The similarities of these findings to experimental results on both electron and hole-doped cuprate families support a unified description across a large portion of the cuprate phase diagram.« less

Relaxation of photoexcitations in polaron-induced magnetic microstructures

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Köhler, Thomas; Rajpurohit, Sangeeta; Schumann, Ole; Paeckel, Sebastian; Biebl, Fabian R. A.; Sotoudeh, Mohsen; Kramer, Stephan C.; Blöchl, Peter E.; Kehrein, Stefan; Manmana, Salvatore R.

2018-06-01

We investigate the evolution of a photoexcitation in correlated materials over a wide range of time scales. The system studied is a one-dimensional model of a manganite with correlated electron, spin, orbital, and lattice degrees of freedom, which we relate to the three-dimensional material Pr1 -xCaxMnO3 . The ground-state phases for the entire composition range are determined and rationalized by a coarse-grained polaron model. At half doping a pattern of antiferromagnetically coupled Zener polarons is realized. Using time-dependent density-matrix renormalization group (tDMRG), we treat the electronic quantum dynamics following the excitation. The emergence of quasiparticles is addressed, and the relaxation of the nonequilibrium quasiparticle distribution is investigated via a linearized quantum-Boltzmann equation. Our approach shows that the magnetic microstructure caused by the Zener polarons leads to an increase of the relaxation times of the excitation.

Emergence of chiral spin liquids via quantum melting of noncoplanar magnetic orders

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Hickey, Ciarán; Cincio, Lukasz; Papić, Zlatko

Quantum spin liquids (QSLs) are highly entangled states of quantum magnets which lie beyond the Landau paradigm of classifying phases of matter via broken symmetries. A physical route to arriving at QSLs is via frustration-induced quantum melting of ordered states such as valence bond crystals or magnetic orders. Using extensive exact diagonalization (ED) and density-matrix renormalization group (DMRG)we show studies of concrete S U ( 2 ) invariant spin models on honeycomb, triangular, and square lattices, that chiral spin liquids (CSLs) emerge as descendants of triple- Q spin crystals with tetrahedral magnetic order and a large scalar spin chirality. Suchmore » ordered-to-CSL melting transitions may yield lattice realizations of effective Chern-Simons-Higgs field theories. We provides a distinct unifying perspective on the emergence of CSLs and suggests that materials with certain noncoplanar magnetic orders might provide a good starting point to search for CSLs.« less

Magnetic field dependent dynamics and field-driven metal-to-insulator transition of the half-filled Hubbard model: A DMFT+DMRG study

DOE PAGES

Zhu, Wei; Sheng, D. N.; Zhu, Jian -Xin

2017-08-14

Here, we study the magnetic field-driven metal-to-insulator transition in half-filled Hubbard model on the Bethe lattice, using the dynamical mean-field theory by solving the quantum impurity problem with density-matrix renormalization group algorithm. The method enables us to obtain a high-resolution spectral densities in the presence of a magnetic field. It is found that the Kondo resonance at the Fermi level splits at relatively high magnetic field: the spin-up and -down components move away from the Fermi level and finally form a spin-polarized band insulator. By calculating the magnetization and spin susceptibility, we clarify that an applied magnetic field drives amore » transition from a paramagnetic metallic phase to a band insulating phase. In the weak interaction regime, the nature of the transition is continuous and captured by the Stoner's description, while in the strong interaction regime the transition is very likely to be metamagnetic, evidenced by the hysteresis curve. Furthermore, we determine the phase boundary by tracking the kink in the magnetic susceptibility, and the steplike change of the entanglement entropy and the entanglement gap closing. Interestingly, the phase boundaries determined from these two different ways are largely consistent with each other.« less

Magnetic field dependent dynamics and field-driven metal-to-insulator transition of the half-filled Hubbard model: A DMFT+DMRG study

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Zhu, Wei; Sheng, D. N.; Zhu, Jian -Xin

Here, we study the magnetic field-driven metal-to-insulator transition in half-filled Hubbard model on the Bethe lattice, using the dynamical mean-field theory by solving the quantum impurity problem with density-matrix renormalization group algorithm. The method enables us to obtain a high-resolution spectral densities in the presence of a magnetic field. It is found that the Kondo resonance at the Fermi level splits at relatively high magnetic field: the spin-up and -down components move away from the Fermi level and finally form a spin-polarized band insulator. By calculating the magnetization and spin susceptibility, we clarify that an applied magnetic field drives amore » transition from a paramagnetic metallic phase to a band insulating phase. In the weak interaction regime, the nature of the transition is continuous and captured by the Stoner's description, while in the strong interaction regime the transition is very likely to be metamagnetic, evidenced by the hysteresis curve. Furthermore, we determine the phase boundary by tracking the kink in the magnetic susceptibility, and the steplike change of the entanglement entropy and the entanglement gap closing. Interestingly, the phase boundaries determined from these two different ways are largely consistent with each other.« less

Nicholas Metropolis Award for Outstanding Doctoral Thesis Work in Computational Physics: Quantum many-body physics of ultracold molecules in optical lattices: models and simulation methods

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wall, Michael

2014-03-01

Experimental progress in generating and manipulating synthetic quantum systems, such as ultracold atoms and molecules in optical lattices, has revolutionized our understanding of quantum many-body phenomena and posed new challenges for modern numerical techniques. Ultracold molecules, in particular, feature long-range dipole-dipole interactions and a complex and selectively accessible internal structure of rotational and hyperfine states, leading to many-body models with long range interactions and many internal degrees of freedom. Additionally, the many-body physics of ultracold molecules is often probed far from equilibrium, and so algorithms which simulate quantum many-body dynamics are essential. Numerical methods which are to have significant impact in the design and understanding of such synthetic quantum materials must be able to adapt to a variety of different interactions, physical degrees of freedom, and out-of-equilibrium dynamical protocols. Matrix product state (MPS)-based methods, such as the density-matrix renormalization group (DMRG), have become the de facto standard for strongly interacting low-dimensional systems. Moreover, the flexibility of MPS-based methods makes them ideally suited both to generic, open source implementation as well as to studies of the quantum many-body dynamics of ultracold molecules. After introducing MPSs and variational algorithms using MPSs generally, I will discuss my own research using MPSs for many-body dynamics of long-range interacting systems. In addition, I will describe two open source implementations of MPS-based algorithms in which I was involved, as well as educational materials designed to help undergraduates and graduates perform research in computational quantum many-body physics using a variety of numerical methods including exact diagonalization and static and dynamic variational MPS methods. Finally, I will mention present research on ultracold molecules in optical lattices, such as the exploration of many-body physics with polyatomic molecules, and the next generation of open source matrix product state codes. This work was performed in the research group of Prof. Lincoln D. Carr.

Broken Time-Reversal Symmetry in Strongly Correlated Ladder Structures

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Troyer, Matthias

2004-03-01

A decade after the first detailed numerical investigations of strongly correlated ladder models, exotic and interesting phases are still being discovered. Besides charge and spin density wave states with broken translational symmetry, and resonating valence bond (RVB) type superconductivity, a time reversal symmetry borken phase was recently found at half filling [J.B. Marston et al., Phys. Rev. Lett 89, 056404 (2002)]. In this talk I will present our recent results of density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) calculations [Phys. Rev. Lett. 90, 186401 (2003)], where we provide, for the first time, in a doped strongly correlated system (two-leg ladder), a controlled theoretical demonstration of the existence of this state in which long-range ordered orbital currents are arranged in a staggered pattern. This phase, which we found to coexist with a charge density wave, is known in the literature under the names ``staggered flux phase'', ``orbital antiferromagnetism'' or ``d-density wave (DDW)''. This brings us closer to recent proposals that this order might be realized in the enigmatic pseudogap phase of the cuprate high temperature superconductors.

Computational studies of model disordered and strongly correlated electronic systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Johri, Sonika

The theory of non-interacting electrons in perfect crystals was completed soon after the advent of quantum mechanics. Though capable of describing electron behaviour in most simple solid state physics systems, this approach falls woefully short of describing condensed matter systems of interest today, and designing the quantum devices of the future. The reason is that nature is never free of disorder, and emergent properties arising from interactions can be clearly seen in the pure, low-dimensional materials that can be engineered today. In this thesis, I address some salient problems in disordered and correlated electronic systems using modern numerical techniques like sparse matrix diagonalization, density matrix renormalization group (DMRG), and large disorder renormalization group (LDRG) methods. The pioneering work of P. W. Anderson, in 1958, led to an understanding of how an electron can stop diffusing and become localized in a region of space when a crystal is sufficiently disordered. Thus disorder can lead to metal-insulator transitions, for instance, in doped semiconductors. Theoretical research on the Anderson disorder model since then has mostly focused on the localization-delocalization phase transition. The localized phase in itself was not thought to exhibit any interesting physics. Our work has uncovered a new singularity in the disorder-averaged inverse participation ratio of wavefunctions within the localized phase, arising from resonant states. The effects of system size, dimension and disorder distribution on the singularity have been studied. A novel wavefunction-based LDRG technique has been designed for the Anderson model which captures the singular behaviour. While localization is well established for a single electron in a disordered potential, the situation is less clear in the case of many interacting particles. Most studies of a many-body localized phase are restricted to a system which is isolated from its environment. Such a condition cannot be achieved perfectly in experiments. A chapter of this thesis is devoted to studying signatures of incomplete localization in a disordered system with interacting particles which is coupled to a bath. . Strongly interacting particles can also give rise to topological phases of matter that have exotic emergent properties, such as quasiparticles with fractional charges and anyonic, or perhaps even non-Abelian statistics. In addition to their intrinsic novelty, these particles (e.g. Majorana fermions) may be the building blocks of future quantum computers. The third part of my thesis focuses on the best experimentally known realizations of such systems - the fractional quantum Hall effect (FQHE) which occurs in two-dimensional electron gases in a strong perpendicular magnetic field. It has been observed in systems such as semiconductor heterostructures and, more recently, graphene. I have developed software for exact diagonalization of the many-body FQHE problem on the surface of a cylinder, a hitherto unstudied type of geometry. This geometry turns out to be optimal for the DMRG algorithm. Using this new geometry, I have studied properties of various fractionally-filled states, computing the overlap between exact ground states and model wavefunctions, their edge excitations, and entanglement spectra. I have calculated the sizes and tunneling amplitudes of quasiparticles, information which is needed to design the interferometers used to experimentally measure their Aharanov-Bohm phase. I have also designed numerical probes of the recently discovered geometric degree of freedom of FQHE states.

Direct Solution of the Chemical Master Equation Using Quantized Tensor Trains

PubMed Central

Kazeev, Vladimir; Khammash, Mustafa; Nip, Michael; Schwab, Christoph

2014-01-01

The Chemical Master Equation (CME) is a cornerstone of stochastic analysis and simulation of models of biochemical reaction networks. Yet direct solutions of the CME have remained elusive. Although several approaches overcome the infinite dimensional nature of the CME through projections or other means, a common feature of proposed approaches is their susceptibility to the curse of dimensionality, i.e. the exponential growth in memory and computational requirements in the number of problem dimensions. We present a novel approach that has the potential to “lift” this curse of dimensionality. The approach is based on the use of the recently proposed Quantized Tensor Train (QTT) formatted numerical linear algebra for the low parametric, numerical representation of tensors. The QTT decomposition admits both, algorithms for basic tensor arithmetics with complexity scaling linearly in the dimension (number of species) and sub-linearly in the mode size (maximum copy number), and a numerical tensor rounding procedure which is stable and quasi-optimal. We show how the CME can be represented in QTT format, then use the exponentially-converging -discontinuous Galerkin discretization in time to reduce the CME evolution problem to a set of QTT-structured linear equations to be solved at each time step using an algorithm based on Density Matrix Renormalization Group (DMRG) methods from quantum chemistry. Our method automatically adapts the “basis” of the solution at every time step guaranteeing that it is large enough to capture the dynamics of interest but no larger than necessary, as this would increase the computational complexity. Our approach is demonstrated by applying it to three different examples from systems biology: independent birth-death process, an example of enzymatic futile cycle, and a stochastic switch model. The numerical results on these examples demonstrate that the proposed QTT method achieves dramatic speedups and several orders of magnitude storage savings over direct approaches. PMID:24626049

Spin-Projected Matrix Product States: Versatile Tool for Strongly Correlated Systems.

PubMed

Li, Zhendong; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

2017-06-13

We present a new wave function ansatz that combines the strengths of spin projection with the language of matrix product states (MPS) and matrix product operators (MPO) as used in the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG). Specifically, spin-projected matrix product states (SP-MPS) are constructed as [Formula: see text], where [Formula: see text] is the spin projector for total spin S and |Ψ MPS (N,M) ⟩ is an MPS wave function with a given particle number N and spin projection M. This new ansatz possesses several attractive features: (1) It provides a much simpler route to achieve spin adaptation (i.e., to create eigenfunctions of Ŝ 2 ) compared to explicitly incorporating the non-Abelian SU(2) symmetry into the MPS. In particular, since the underlying state |Ψ MPS (N,M) ⟩ in the SP-MPS uses only Abelian symmetries, one does not need the singlet embedding scheme for nonsinglet states, as normally employed in spin-adapted DMRG, to achieve a single consistent variationally optimized state. (2) Due to the use of |Ψ MPS (N,M) ⟩ as its underlying state, the SP-MPS can be closely connected to broken-symmetry mean-field states. This allows one to straightforwardly generate the large number of broken-symmetry guesses needed to explore complex electronic landscapes in magnetic systems. Further, this connection can be exploited in the future development of quantum embedding theories for open-shell systems. (3) The sum of MPOs representation for the Hamiltonian and spin projector [Formula: see text] naturally leads to an embarrassingly parallel algorithm for computing expectation values and optimizing SP-MPS. (4) Optimizing SP-MPS belongs to the variation-after-projection (VAP) class of spin-projected theories. Unlike usual spin-projected theories based on determinants, the SP-MPS ansatz can be made essentially exact simply by increasing the bond dimensions in |Ψ MPS (N,M) ⟩. Computing excited states is also simple by imposing orthogonality constraints, which are simple to implement with MPS. To illustrate the versatility of SP-MPS, we formulate algorithms for the optimization of ground and excited states, develop perturbation theory based on SP-MPS, and describe how to evaluate spin-independent and spin-dependent properties such as the reduced density matrices. We demonstrate the numerical performance of SP-MPS with applications to several models typical of strong correlation, including the Hubbard model, and [2Fe-2S] and [4Fe-4S] model complexes.

A Non-Perturbative Treatment of Quantum Impurity Problems in Real Lattices

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Allerdt, Andrew C.

Historically, the RKKY or indirect exchange, interaction has been accepted as being able to be described by second order perturbation theory. A typical universal expression is usually given in this context. This approach, however, fails to incorporate many body effects, quantum fluctuations, and other important details. In Chapter 2, a novel numerical approach is developed to tackle these problems in a quasi-exact, non-perturbative manner. Behind the method lies the main concept of being able to exactly map an n-dimensional lattice problem onto a 1-dimensional chain. The density matrix renormalization group algorithm is then employed to solve the newly cast Hamiltonian. In the following chapters, it is demonstrated that conventional RKKY theory does not capture the crucial physics. It is found that the Kondo effect, i.e. the screening of an impurity spin, tends to dominate over a ferromagnetic interaction between impurity spins. Furthermore, it is found that the indirect exchange interaction does not decay algebraically. Instead, there is a crossover upon increasing JK, where impurities favor forming their own independent Kondo states after just a few lattice spacings. This is not a trivial result, as one may naively expect impurities to interact when their conventional Kondo clouds overlap. The spin structure around impurities coupled to the edge of a 2D topological insulator is investigated in Chapter 7. Modeled after materials such as silicine, germanene, and stanene, it is shown with spatial resolution of the lattice that the specific impurity placement plays a key role. Effects of spin-orbit interactions are also discussed. Finally, in the last chapter, transition metal complexes are studied. This really shows the power and versatility of the method developed throughout the work. The spin states of an iron atom in the molecule FeN4C 10 are calculated and compared to DFT, showing the importance of inter-orbital coulomb interactions. Using dynamical DMRG, the density of states for the 3d-orbitals can also be obtained.

Final Technical Report for Quantum Embedding for Correlated Electronic Structure in Large Systems and the Condensed Phase

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

2017-04-30

This is the final technical report. We briefly describe some selected results below. Developments in density matrix embedding. DMET is a quantum embedding theory that we introduced at the beginning of the last funding period, around 2012-2013. Since the first DMET papers, which demonstrated proof-of- principle calculations on the Hubbard model and hydrogen rings, we have carried out a number of different developments, including: Extending the DMET technology to compute broken symmetry phases, including magnetic phases and super- conductivity (Pub. 13); Calibrating the accuracy of DMET and its cluster size convergence against other methods, and formulation of a dynamical clustermore » analog (Pubs. 4, 10) (see Fig. 1); Implementing DMET for ab-initio molecular calculations, and exploring different self-consistency criteria (Pubs. 9, 14); Using embedding to defi ne quantum classical interfaces Pub. 2; Formulating DMET for spectral functions (Pub. 7) (see Fig. 1); Extending DMET to coupled fermion-boson problems (Pub. 12). Together with these embedding developments, we have also implemented a wide variety of impurity solvers within our DMET framework, including DMRG (Pub. 3), AFQMC (Pub. 10), and coupled cluster theory (CC) (Pub. 9).« less

Boundary versus bulk behavior of time-dependent correlation functions in one-dimensional quantum systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Eliëns, I. S.; Ramos, F. B.; Xavier, J. C.; Pereira, R. G.

2016-05-01

We study the influence of reflective boundaries on time-dependent responses of one-dimensional quantum fluids at zero temperature beyond the low-energy approximation. Our analysis is based on an extension of effective mobile impurity models for nonlinear Luttinger liquids to the case of open boundary conditions. For integrable models, we show that boundary autocorrelations oscillate as a function of time with the same frequency as the corresponding bulk autocorrelations. This frequency can be identified as the band edge of elementary excitations. The amplitude of the oscillations decays as a power law with distinct exponents at the boundary and in the bulk, but boundary and bulk exponents are determined by the same coupling constant in the mobile impurity model. For nonintegrable models, we argue that the power-law decay of the oscillations is generic for autocorrelations in the bulk, but turns into an exponential decay at the boundary. Moreover, there is in general a nonuniversal shift of the boundary frequency in comparison with the band edge of bulk excitations. The predictions of our effective field theory are compared with numerical results obtained by time-dependent density matrix renormalization group (tDMRG) for both integrable and nonintegrable critical spin-S chains with S =1 /2 , 1, and 3 /2 .

Quantum Hall ferroelectrics and nematics in multivalley systems

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sodemann, I.; Zhu, Zheng; Fu, Liang

We study broken symmetry states in multivalley quantum Hall systems whose low energy dispersions are anisotropic. Interactions tend to select states that are maximally valley polarized and have nematic character. Interestingly, in certain systems like the recently studied Bismuth (111) surfaces, the formation of these nematic states can be accompanied by appearance of an spontaneous dipole moment, leading to formation of a quantum Hall ferroelectric state. We study these states combining mean field calculations with state of the art DMRG numerical approach, and demonstrate that skyrmion-type charged excitations are extremely robust to the presence of nematic anisotropy. Supported by DOE Office of Basic Energy Sciences, Division of Materials Sciences and Engineering Award DE-SC0010526. IS. supported by Pappalardo Fellowship. We used Extreme Science and Engineering Discovery Environment (XSEDE) under NSF Grant ACI-1053575.

Encoding the structure of many-body localization with matrix product operators

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pekker, David; Clark, Bryan K.

2015-03-01

Anderson insulators are non-interacting disordered systems which have localized single particle eigenstates. The interacting analogue of Anderson insulators are the Many-Body Localized (MBL) phases. The natural language for representing the spectrum of the Anderson insulator is that of product states over the single-particle modes. We show that product states over Matrix Product Operators of small bond dimension is the corresponding natural language for describing the MBL phases. In this language all of the many-body eigenstates are encode by Matrix Product States (i.e. DMRG wave function) consisting of only two sets of low bond-dimension matrices per site: the Gi matrix corresponding to the local ground state on site i and the Ei matrix corresponding to the local excited state. All 2 n eigenstates can be generated from all possible combinations of these matrices.

Expansion Potentials for Exact Far-from-Equilibrium Spreading of Particles and Energy

DOE PAGES

Vasseur, Romain; Karrasch, Christoph; Moore, Joel E.

2015-12-01

We report that the rates at which energy and particle densities move to equalize arbitrarily large temperature and chemical potential differences in an isolated quantum system have an emergent thermodynamical description whenever energy or particle current commutes with the Hamiltonian. Concrete examples include the energy current in the 1D spinless fermion model with nearest-neighbor interactions (XXZ spin chain), energy current in Lorentz-invariant theories or particle current in interacting Bose gases in arbitrary dimension. Even far from equilibrium, these rates are controlled by state functions, which we call "expansion potentials", expressed as integrals of equilibrium Drude weights. This relation between nonequilibriummore » quantities and linear response implies non-equilibrium Maxwell relations for the Drude weights. Lastly, we verify our results via DMRG calculations for the XXZ chain.« less

Rényi entropies after releasing the Néel state in the XXZ spin-chain

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Alba, Vincenzo; Calabrese, Pasquale

2017-11-01

We study the Rényi entropies in the spin-1/2 anisotropic Heisenberg chain after a quantum quench starting from the Néel state. The quench action method allows us to obtain the stationary Rényi entropies for arbitrary values of the index α as generalised free energies evaluated over a calculable thermodynamic macrostate depending on α. We work out this macrostate for several values of α and of the anisotropy Δ by solving the thermodynamic Bethe ansatz equations. By varying α different regions of the Hamiltonian spectrum are accessed. The two extremes are α\\to∞ for which the thermodynamic macrostate is either the ground state or a low-lying excited state (depending on Δ) and α=0 when the macrostate is the infinite temperature state. The Rényi entropies are easily obtained from the macrostate as function of α and a few interesting limits are analytically characterised. We provide robust numerical evidence to confirm our results using exact diagonalisation and a stochastic numerical implementation of Bethe ansatz. Finally, using tDMRG we calculate the time evolution of the Rényi entanglement entropies. For large subsystems and for any α, their density turns out to be compatible with that of the thermodynamic Rényi entropies.

Physics of Resonating Valence Bond Spin Liquids

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wildeboer, Julia Saskia

This thesis will investigate various aspects of the physics of resonating valence bond spin liquids. After giving an introduction to the world that lies beyond Landau's priciple of symmetry breaking, e.g. giving an overview of exotic magnetic phases and how they can be described and (possibly) found, we will study a spin-rotationally invariant model system with a known parent Hamiltonian, and argue its ground state to lie within a highly sought after exotic phase, namely the Z2 quantum spin liquid phase. A newly developed numerical procedure --Pfaffian Monte Carlo-- will be introduced to amass evidence that our model Hamiltonian indeed exhibits a Z2 quantum spin liquid phase. Subsequently, we will prove a useful mathematical property of the resonating valence bond states: these states are shown to be linearly independent. Various lattices are investigated concerning this property, and its applications and usefullness are discussed. Eventually, we present a simplified model system describing the interplay of the well known Heisenberg interaction and the Dzyaloshinskii-Moriya (DM) interaction term acting on a sawtooth chain. The effect of the interplay between the two interaction couplings on the phase diagram is investigated. To do so, we employ modern techniques such as the density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) scheme. We find that for weak DM interaction the system exhibits valence bond order. However, a strong enough DM coupling destroys this order.

Reducing Memory Cost of Exact Diagonalization using Singular Value Decomposition

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Weinstein, Marvin; Chandra, Ravi; Auerbach, Assa

2012-02-01

We present a modified Lanczos algorithm to diagonalize lattice Hamiltonians with dramatically reduced memory requirements. In contrast to variational approaches and most implementations of DMRG, Lanczos rotations towards the ground state do not involve incremental minimizations, (e.g. sweeping procedures) which may get stuck in false local minima. The lattice of size N is partitioned into two subclusters. At each iteration the rotating Lanczos vector is compressed into two sets of nsvd small subcluster vectors using singular value decomposition. For low entanglement entropy See, (satisfied by short range Hamiltonians), the truncation error is bounded by (-nsvd^1/See). Convergence is tested for the Heisenberg model on Kagom'e clusters of 24, 30 and 36 sites, with no lattice symmetries exploited, using less than 15GB of dynamical memory. Generalization of the Lanczos-SVD algorithm to multiple partitioning is discussed, and comparisons to other techniques are given. Reference: arXiv:1105.0007

Phase transitions and adiabatic preparation of a fractional Chern insulator in a boson cold-atom model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Motruk, Johannes; Pollmann, Frank

2017-10-01

We investigate the fate of hardcore bosons in a Harper-Hofstadter model which was experimentally realized by Aidelsburger et al. [Nat. Phys. 11, 162 (2015), 10.1038/nphys3171] at half-filling of the lowest band. We discuss the stability of an emergent fractional Chern insulator (FCI) state in a finite region of the phase diagram that is separated from a superfluid state by a first-order transition when tuning the band topology following the protocol used in the experiment. Since crossing a first-order transition is unfavorable for adiabatically preparing the FCI state, we extend the model to stabilize a featureless insulating state. The transition between this phase and the topological state proves to be continuous, providing a path in parameter space along which an FCI state could be adiabatically prepared. To further corroborate this statement, we perform time-dependent DMRG calculations which demonstrate that the FCI state may indeed be reached by adiabatically tuning a simple product state.

U (1 ) -symmetric infinite projected entangled-pair states study of the spin-1/2 square J1-J2 Heisenberg model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Haghshenas, R.; Sheng, D. N.

2018-05-01

We develop an improved variant of U (1 ) -symmetric infinite projected entangled-pair states (iPEPS) ansatz to investigate the ground-state phase diagram of the spin-1 /2 square J1-J2 Heisenberg model. In order to improve the accuracy of the ansatz, we discuss a simple strategy to select automatically relevant symmetric sectors and also introduce an optimization method to treat second-neighbor interactions more efficiently. We show that variational ground-state energies of the model obtained by the U (1 ) -symmetric iPEPS ansatz (for a fixed bond dimension D ) set a better upper bound, improving previous tensor-network-based results. By studying the finite-D scaling of the magnetically order parameter, we find a Néel phase for J2/J1<0.53 . For 0.53

Theory of electron transfer and molecular state in DNA

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Endres, Robert Gunter

2002-09-01

In this thesis, a mechanism for long-range electron transfer in DNA and a systematic search for high conductance DNA are developed. DNA is well known for containing the genetic code of all living species. On the other hand, there are some experimental indications that DNA can mediate effectively long-range electron transfer leading to the concept of chemistry at a distance. This can be important for DNA damage and healing. In the first part of the thesis, a possible mechanism for long-range electron transfer is introduced. The weak distance dependent electron transfer was experimentally observed using transition metal intercalators for donor and acceptor. In our model calculations, the transfer is mediated by the molecular analogue of a Kondo bound state well known from solid state physics of mixed-valence rare-earth compounds. We believe this is quite realistic, since localized d orbitals of the transition metal ions could function as an Anderson impurity embedded in a reservoir of rather delocalized molecular orbitals of the intercalator ligands and DNA pi orbitals. The effective Anderson model is solved with a physically intuitive variational ansatz as well as with the essentially exact DMRG method. The electronic transition matrix element, which is important because it contains the donor-acceptor distance dependence, is obtained with the Mulliken-Hush algorithm as well as from Born-Oppenheimer potential energy surfaces. Our possible explanation of long-range electron transfer is put in context to other more conventional mechanisms which also could lead to similar behavior. Another important issue of DNA is its possible use for nano-technology. Although DNA's mechanical properties are excellent, the question whether it can be conducting and be used for nano-wires is highly controversial. Experimentally, DNA shows conducting, semi-conducting and insulating properties. Motivated by these wide ranging experimental results on the conductivity of DNA, we have embarked on a theoretical effort to ascertain what conditions might induce such remarkable behavior. We use a combination of an ab initio density functional theory method and a parameterized Huckel-Slater-Koster model. Our focus here is to examine whether any likely DNA structures or environments can yield reduced activation gaps to conduction or enhanced electronic overlaps. In particular, we study a hypothetical stretched ribbon structure, A-, and B-form DNA, and the effects of counterions and humidity. Unlike solids, DNA and other molecules are considered soft condensed matter. Hence, we study the influence of vibrations upon the electronic structure of DNA. We calculate parameters for charge transfer rates between adjacent bases. We find good agreement between our estimated rates and recent experimental data assuming that torsional vibrations limit the charge transfer most significantly.

Comparing Indirect Effects in Different Groups in Single-Group and Multi-Group Structural Equation Models

PubMed Central

Ryu, Ehri; Cheong, Jeewon

2017-01-01

In this article, we evaluated the performance of statistical methods in single-group and multi-group analysis approaches for testing group difference in indirect effects and for testing simple indirect effects in each group. We also investigated whether the performance of the methods in the single-group approach was affected when the assumption of equal variance was not satisfied. The assumption was critical for the performance of the two methods in the single-group analysis: the method using a product term for testing the group difference in a single path coefficient, and the Wald test for testing the group difference in the indirect effect. Bootstrap confidence intervals in the single-group approach and all methods in the multi-group approach were not affected by the violation of the assumption. We compared the performance of the methods and provided recommendations. PMID:28553248

Study on ABO and RhD blood grouping: Comparison between conventional tile method and a new solid phase method (InTec Blood Grouping Test Kit).

PubMed

Yousuf, R; Abdul Ghani, S A; Abdul Khalid, N; Leong, C F

2018-04-01

'InTec Blood Grouping Test kit' using solid-phase technology is a new method which may be used at outdoor blood donation site or at bed side as an alternative to the conventional tile method in view of its stability at room temperature and fulfilled the criteria as point of care test. This study aimed to compare the efficiency of this solid phase method (InTec Blood Grouping Test Kit) with the conventional tile method in determining the ABO and RhD blood group of healthy donors. A total of 760 voluntary donors who attended the Blood Bank, Penang Hospital or offsite blood donation campaigns from April to May 2014 were recruited. The ABO and RhD blood groups were determined by the conventional tile method and the solid phase method, in which the tube method was used as the gold standard. For ABO blood grouping, the tile method has shown 100% concordance results with the gold standard tube method, whereas the solid-phase method only showed concordance result for 754/760 samples (99.2%). Therefore, for ABO grouping, tile method has 100% sensitivity and specificity while the solid phase method has slightly lower sensitivity of 97.7% but both with good specificity of 100%. For RhD grouping, both the tile and solid phase methods have grouped one RhD positive specimen as negative each, thus giving the sensitivity and specificity of 99.9% and 100% for both methods respectively. The 'InTec Blood Grouping Test Kit' is suitable for offsite usage because of its simplicity and user friendliness. However, further improvement in adding the internal quality control may increase the test sensitivity and validity of the test results.

Instrumental variables vs. grouping approach for reducing bias due to measurement error.

PubMed

Batistatou, Evridiki; McNamee, Roseanne

2008-01-01

Attenuation of the exposure-response relationship due to exposure measurement error is often encountered in epidemiology. Given that error cannot be totally eliminated, bias correction methods of analysis are needed. Many methods require more than one exposure measurement per person to be made, but the `group mean OLS method,' in which subjects are grouped into several a priori defined groups followed by ordinary least squares (OLS) regression on the group means, can be applied with one measurement. An alternative approach is to use an instrumental variable (IV) method in which both the single error-prone measure and an IV are used in IV analysis. In this paper we show that the `group mean OLS' estimator is equal to an IV estimator with the group mean used as IV, but that the variance estimators for the two methods are different. We derive a simple expression for the bias in the common estimator which is a simple function of group size, reliability and contrast of exposure between groups, and show that the bias can be very small when group size is large. We compare this method with a new proposal (group mean ranking method), also applicable with a single exposure measurement, in which the IV is the rank of the group means. When there are two independent exposure measurements per subject, we propose a new IV method (EVROS IV) and compare it with Carroll and Stefanski's (CS IV) proposal in which the second measure is used as an IV; the new IV estimator combines aspects of the `group mean' and `CS' strategies. All methods are evaluated in terms of bias, precision and root mean square error via simulations and a dataset from occupational epidemiology. The `group mean ranking method' does not offer much improvement over the `group mean method.' Compared with the `CS' method, the `EVROS' method is less affected by low reliability of exposure. We conclude that the group IV methods we propose may provide a useful way to handle mismeasured exposures in epidemiology with or without replicate measurements. Our finding may also have implications for the use of aggregate variables in epidemiology to control for unmeasured confounding.

A Novel Multilayered RFID Tagged Cargo Integrity Assurance Scheme

PubMed Central

Yang, Ming Hour; Luo, Jia Ning; Lu, Shao Yong

2015-01-01

To minimize cargo theft during transport, mobile radio frequency identification (RFID) grouping proof methods are generally employed to ensure the integrity of entire cargo loads. However, conventional grouping proofs cannot simultaneously generate grouping proofs for a specific group of RFID tags. The most serious problem of these methods is that nonexistent tags are included in the grouping proofs because of the considerable amount of time it takes to scan a high number of tags. Thus, applying grouping proof methods in the current logistics industry is difficult. To solve this problem, this paper proposes a method for generating multilayered offline grouping proofs. The proposed method provides tag anonymity; moreover, resolving disputes between recipients and transporters over the integrity of cargo deliveries can be expedited by generating grouping proofs and automatically authenticating the consistency between the receipt proof and pick proof. The proposed method can also protect against replay attacks, multi-session attacks, and concurrency attacks. Finally, experimental results verify that, compared with other methods for generating grouping proofs, the proposed method can efficiently generate offline grouping proofs involving several parties in a supply chain using mobile RFID. PMID:26512673

A Selective Review of Group Selection in High-Dimensional Models

PubMed Central

Huang, Jian; Breheny, Patrick; Ma, Shuangge

2013-01-01

Grouping structures arise naturally in many statistical modeling problems. Several methods have been proposed for variable selection that respect grouping structure in variables. Examples include the group LASSO and several concave group selection methods. In this article, we give a selective review of group selection concerning methodological developments, theoretical properties and computational algorithms. We pay particular attention to group selection methods involving concave penalties. We address both group selection and bi-level selection methods. We describe several applications of these methods in nonparametric additive models, semiparametric regression, seemingly unrelated regressions, genomic data analysis and genome wide association studies. We also highlight some issues that require further study. PMID:24174707

Meta-analysis and The Cochrane Collaboration: 20 years of the Cochrane Statistical Methods Group

PubMed Central

2013-01-01

The Statistical Methods Group has played a pivotal role in The Cochrane Collaboration over the past 20 years. The Statistical Methods Group has determined the direction of statistical methods used within Cochrane reviews, developed guidance for these methods, provided training, and continued to discuss and consider new and controversial issues in meta-analysis. The contribution of Statistical Methods Group members to the meta-analysis literature has been extensive and has helped to shape the wider meta-analysis landscape. In this paper, marking the 20th anniversary of The Cochrane Collaboration, we reflect on the history of the Statistical Methods Group, beginning in 1993 with the identification of aspects of statistical synthesis for which consensus was lacking about the best approach. We highlight some landmark methodological developments that Statistical Methods Group members have contributed to in the field of meta-analysis. We discuss how the Group implements and disseminates statistical methods within The Cochrane Collaboration. Finally, we consider the importance of robust statistical methodology for Cochrane systematic reviews, note research gaps, and reflect on the challenges that the Statistical Methods Group faces in its future direction. PMID:24280020

[Efficacy observation of nonspecific low back pain treated with the dragon-tiger fighting needling method].

PubMed

Zhao, Feng; Cao, Dong-bo; Yuan, Yi-qin; Luo, Jian; Wen, Yan-yun; Wang, Yue; Yu, Jie

2012-06-01

To compare the difference in the clinical efficacy on nonspecific low back pain (NLBP) treated with the dragon-tiger fighting needling method, the uniform reinforcing-reducing method and the intermediate frequency physiotherapy. Ninety cases of NLBP were randomly divided into a dragon-tiger fighting needling group (group A), an uniform reinforcing-reducing needling group (group B) and an intermediate frequency physiotherapy group (group C), 30 cases in each one. In the group A, the dragon-tiger fighting needling method was used. In the group B, the uniform reinforcing-reducing method was applied. Two groups of acupoints were prescribed. One group included Shenshu (BL 23), Dachangshu (BL 25), Weizhong (BL 40) and Ashi points. The other group included Qihaishu (BL 24), Guanyuanshu (BL 26), Kunlun (BL 60), Yaoyangguan (GV 3). These two groups of acupoints were used alternatively in the above two groups. In the group C, the intermediate frequency physiotherapy was adopted in the pain area of the lumbar region. The treatment was given once per day in each group. Six treatments made one session. Totally, 2 sessions were required. The Visual Analogue Scale (VAS), the Oswestry Disability Index (ODD and the clinical efficacy were observed in each group. The scores of VAS and ODI were reduced obviously after treatment in each group (P < 0.05, P < 0.01). The score reducing in the group A was much more remarkable than those in the other two groups (all P < 0.05). The clinical curative rate was 30.0% (9/30), 23.3% (7/30) and 16.7% (5/30) in the group A, the group B and the group C, respectively. In comparison, the clinical efficacy in the group A was superior to that in either of the other groups (all P< 0.05). The dragon-tiger fighting needling method achieves the much better efficacy on NLBP compared with either the uniform reinforcing-reducing method or the intermediate frequency physiotherapy. It is one of the more effective needling method for analgesia.

Group Variable Selection Via Convex Log-Exp-Sum Penalty with Application to a Breast Cancer Survivor Study

PubMed Central

Geng, Zhigeng; Wang, Sijian; Yu, Menggang; Monahan, Patrick O.; Champion, Victoria; Wahba, Grace

2017-01-01

Summary In many scientific and engineering applications, covariates are naturally grouped. When the group structures are available among covariates, people are usually interested in identifying both important groups and important variables within the selected groups. Among existing successful group variable selection methods, some methods fail to conduct the within group selection. Some methods are able to conduct both group and within group selection, but the corresponding objective functions are non-convex. Such a non-convexity may require extra numerical effort. In this article, we propose a novel Log-Exp-Sum(LES) penalty for group variable selection. The LES penalty is strictly convex. It can identify important groups as well as select important variables within the group. We develop an efficient group-level coordinate descent algorithm to fit the model. We also derive non-asymptotic error bounds and asymptotic group selection consistency for our method in the high-dimensional setting where the number of covariates can be much larger than the sample size. Numerical results demonstrate the good performance of our method in both variable selection and prediction. We applied the proposed method to an American Cancer Society breast cancer survivor dataset. The findings are clinically meaningful and may help design intervention programs to improve the qualify of life for breast cancer survivors. PMID:25257196

Comparison of Control Group Generating Methods.

PubMed

Szekér, Szabolcs; Fogarassy, György; Vathy-Fogarassy, Ágnes

2017-01-01

Retrospective studies suffer from drawbacks such as selection bias. As the selection of the control group has a significant impact on the evaluation of the results, it is very important to find the proper method to generate the most appropriate control group. In this paper we suggest two nearest neighbors based control group selection methods that aim to achieve good matching between the individuals of case and control groups. The effectiveness of the proposed methods is evaluated by runtime and accuracy tests and the results are compared to the classical stratified sampling method.

Unsedation colonoscopy can be not that painful: Evaluation of the effect of "Lamaze method of colonoscopy".

PubMed

Yu, Shao-Ping; Lin, Xiao-Dong; Wu, Guang-Yao; Li, Song-Hu; Wen, Zong-Quan; Cen, Xiao-Hong; Huang, Xian-Guang; Huang, Mei-Ting

2015-10-25

To evaluate the pain relieving effect of intervention with "Lamaze method of colonoscopy" in the process of colonoscopy. Five hundred and eighty-five patients underwent colonoscopy were randomly divided into three groups, Lamaze group, anesthetic group and control group. Two hundred and twenty-four patients of Lamaze group, the "Lamaze method of colonoscopy" were practiced in the process of colonoscopy. The Lamaze method of colonoscopy is modified from the Lamaze method of childbirth, which helped patients to relieve pain through effective breathing control. One hundred and seventy-eight patients in anesthetic group accepted sedation colonoscopy. For 183 patients in control group, colonoscopy was performed without any intervention. The satisfactory of colon cleaning, intestinal lesions, intubation time, success ratio, pain grading and complications were recorded. All data were statistically analyzed. There were no significant differences at base line of the three groups (P > 0.05). Anesthetic group shows advantage in intubation time than the other two groups (P < 0.05). Lamaze group shows no advantage in intubation time than that in control group (P > 0.05). The anesthetic group showed an apparent advantage in relieving pain (P < 0.01). Therefore, the "Lamaze method of colonoscopy" performed in colonoscopy could relieve pain effectively comparing with control group (P < 0.05). The patients in anesthetic group had the highest incidence of complications (P < 0.05). The performance of the "Lamaze method of colonoscopy" in the process of colonoscopy could relieve patients' pain, minimize the incidence of complications, and is worthy promotion in clinical practice.

Isotonic designs for phase I trials in partially ordered groups.

PubMed

Conaway, Mark

2017-10-01

Dose-finding trials can be conducted such that patients are first stratified into multiple risk groups before doses are allocated. The risk groups are often completely ordered in that, for a fixed dose, the probability of toxicity is monotonically increasing across groups. In some trials, the groups are only partially ordered. For example, one of several groups in a trial may be known to have the least risk of toxicity for a given dose, but the ordering of the risk among the remaining groups may not be known. The aim of the article is to introduce a method for designing dose-finding trials of cytotoxic agents in completely or partially ordered groups of patients. This article presents a method for dose-finding that combines previously proposed mathematical models, augmented with results using order restricted inference. The resulting method is computationally convenient and allows for dose-finding in trials with completely or partially ordered groups. Extensive simulations are done to evaluate the performance of the method, using randomly generated dose-toxicity curves where, within each group, the risk of toxicity is an increasing function of dose. Our simulations show that the hybrid method, in which order-restricted estimation is applied to parameters of a parsimonious mathematical model, gives results that are similar to previously proposed methods for completely ordered groups. Our method generalizes to a wide range of partial orders among the groups. The problem of dose-finding in partially ordered groups has not been extensively studied in the statistical literature. The proposed method is computationally feasible, and provides a potential solution to the design of dose-finding studies in completely or partially ordered groups.

A novel method for right one-lung ventilation modeling in rabbits.

PubMed

Xu, Ze-Ping; Gu, Lian-Bing; Bian, Qing-Ming; Li, Peng-Yi; Wang, Li-Jun; Chen, Xiao-Xiang; Zhang, Jing-Yuan

2016-08-01

There is no standard method by which to establish a right one-lung ventilation (OLV) model in rabbits. In the present study, a novel method is proposed to compare with two other methods. After 0.5 h of baseline two-lung ventilation (TLV), 40 rabbits were randomly divided into sham group (TLV for 3 h as a contrast) and three right-OLV groups (right OLV for 3 h with different methods): Deep intubation group, clamp group and blocker group (deeply intubate the self-made bronchial blocker into the left main bronchus, the novel method). These three methods were compared using a number of variables: Circulation by heart rate (HR), mean arterial pressure (MAP); oxygenation by arterial blood gas analysis; airway pressure; lung injury by histopathology; and time, blood loss, success rate of modeling. Following OLV, compared with the sham group, arterial partial pressure of oxygen and arterial hemoglobin oxygen saturation decreased, peak pressure increased and lung injury scores were higher in three OLV groups at 3 h of OLV. All these indexes showed no differences between the three OLV groups. During right-OLV modeling, less time was spent in the blocker group (6±2 min), compared with the other two OLV groups (13±4 min in deep intubation group, P<0.05; 33±9 min in clamp group, P<0.001); more blood loss was observed in clamp group (11.7±2.8 ml), compared with the other two OLV groups (2.3±0.5 ml in deep intubation group, P<0.001; 2.1±0.6 ml in blocker group, P<0.001). The first-time and final success rate of modeling showed no differences among the three OLV groups. Deep intubation of the self-made bronchial blocker into the left main bronchus is an easy, effective and reliable method to establish a right-OLV model in rabbits.

A novel method for right one-lung ventilation modeling in rabbits

PubMed Central

Xu, Ze-Ping; Gu, Lian-Bing; Bian, Qing-Ming; Li, Peng-Yi; Wang, Li-Jun; Chen, Xiao-Xiang; Zhang, Jing-Yuan

2016-01-01

There is no standard method by which to establish a right one-lung ventilation (OLV) model in rabbits. In the present study, a novel method is proposed to compare with two other methods. After 0.5 h of baseline two-lung ventilation (TLV), 40 rabbits were randomly divided into sham group (TLV for 3 h as a contrast) and three right-OLV groups (right OLV for 3 h with different methods): Deep intubation group, clamp group and blocker group (deeply intubate the self-made bronchial blocker into the left main bronchus, the novel method). These three methods were compared using a number of variables: Circulation by heart rate (HR), mean arterial pressure (MAP); oxygenation by arterial blood gas analysis; airway pressure; lung injury by histopathology; and time, blood loss, success rate of modeling. Following OLV, compared with the sham group, arterial partial pressure of oxygen and arterial hemoglobin oxygen saturation decreased, peak pressure increased and lung injury scores were higher in three OLV groups at 3 h of OLV. All these indexes showed no differences between the three OLV groups. During right-OLV modeling, less time was spent in the blocker group (6±2 min), compared with the other two OLV groups (13±4 min in deep intubation group, P<0.05; 33±9 min in clamp group, P<0.001); more blood loss was observed in clamp group (11.7±2.8 ml), compared with the other two OLV groups (2.3±0.5 ml in deep intubation group, P<0.001; 2.1±0.6 ml in blocker group, P<0.001). The first-time and final success rate of modeling showed no differences among the three OLV groups. Deep intubation of the self-made bronchial blocker into the left main bronchus is an easy, effective and reliable method to establish a right-OLV model in rabbits. PMID:27446346

Evaluating user reputation in online rating systems via an iterative group-based ranking method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gao, Jian; Zhou, Tao

2017-05-01

Reputation is a valuable asset in online social lives and it has drawn increased attention. Due to the existence of noisy ratings and spamming attacks, how to evaluate user reputation in online rating systems is especially significant. However, most of the previous ranking-based methods either follow a debatable assumption or have unsatisfied robustness. In this paper, we propose an iterative group-based ranking method by introducing an iterative reputation-allocation process into the original group-based ranking method. More specifically, the reputation of users is calculated based on the weighted sizes of the user rating groups after grouping all users by their rating similarities, and the high reputation users' ratings have larger weights in dominating the corresponding user rating groups. The reputation of users and the user rating group sizes are iteratively updated until they become stable. Results on two real data sets with artificial spammers suggest that the proposed method has better performance than the state-of-the-art methods and its robustness is considerably improved comparing with the original group-based ranking method. Our work highlights the positive role of considering users' grouping behaviors towards a better online user reputation evaluation.

The construction of arbitrary order ERKN methods based on group theory for solving oscillatory Hamiltonian systems with applications

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Mei, Lijie, E-mail: bxhanm@126.com; Wu, Xinyuan, E-mail: xywu@nju.edu.cn

In general, extended Runge–Kutta–Nyström (ERKN) methods are more effective than traditional Runge–Kutta–Nyström (RKN) methods in dealing with oscillatory Hamiltonian systems. However, the theoretical analysis for ERKN methods, such as the order conditions, the symplectic conditions and the symmetric conditions, becomes much more complicated than that for RKN methods. Therefore, it is a bottleneck to construct high-order ERKN methods efficiently. In this paper, we first establish the ERKN group Ω for ERKN methods and the RKN group G for RKN methods, respectively. We then rigorously show that ERKN methods are a natural extension of RKN methods, that is, there exists anmore » epimorphism η of the ERKN group Ω onto the RKN group G. This epimorphism gives a global insight into the structure of the ERKN group by the analysis of its kernel and the corresponding RKN group G. Meanwhile, we establish a particular mapping φ of G into Ω so that each image element is an ideal representative element of the congruence class in Ω. Furthermore, an elementary theoretical analysis shows that this map φ can preserve many structure-preserving properties, such as the order, the symmetry and the symplecticity. From the epimorphism η together with its section φ, we may gain knowledge about the structure of the ERKN group Ω via the RKN group G. In light of the theoretical analysis of this paper, we obtain high-order structure-preserving ERKN methods in an effective way for solving oscillatory Hamiltonian systems. Numerical experiments are carried out and the results are very promising, which strongly support our theoretical analysis presented in this paper.« less

Evaluation of a rapid method for the detection of streptococcal group A antigen directly from throat swabs.

PubMed Central

Venezia, R A; Ryan, A; Alward, S; Kostun, W A

1985-01-01

Throat swabs from 196 pediatric patients were processed by a direct extraction-latex agglutination method (Group A Strep Direct Antigen Identification Test [DAI]) that detects group A streptococci in the specimen. The method requires a 45-min enzymatic extraction period at 37 degrees C and a 4-min reaction period with antibody-linked latex particles. The results were compared with those of the culture and fluorescent antibody methods and the clinical presentation of the patient for pharyngitis. Ninety-three percent of the specimens resulted in agreement by all tests, and 28% were culture positive for group A streptococci. Compared with the culture method, the DAI had a sensitivity and a specificity of 83% and 99%, respectively. The positive predictive values were 98% versus the culture method and 93% versus the fluorescent antibody method, whereas the negative predictive values were 94% versus both other methods. Of the 14 discrepant results when both clinical presentation of an acute pharyngitis and the test results were compared, the culture method provided the best correlation. An additional 64 specimens were processed by the DAI and another direct extraction-latex agglutination method (Culturette Ten-Minute Group A Strep ID Test), and the results were compared with those of the culture method. This group had a 40.6% culture isolation rate for group A streptococci. The sensitivity and specificity of the DAI and Strep ID methods versus the culture method were 81 and 100%, and 77 and 97%, respectively. These results indicate that the DAI is accurate for diagnosing group A streptococcal pharyngitis directly from throat swabs. However, negative results in the presence of a symptomatic patient must be confirmed by standard culture techniques. PMID:3884656

Concave 1-norm group selection

PubMed Central

Jiang, Dingfeng; Huang, Jian

2015-01-01

Grouping structures arise naturally in many high-dimensional problems. Incorporation of such information can improve model fitting and variable selection. Existing group selection methods, such as the group Lasso, require correct membership. However, in practice it can be difficult to correctly specify group membership of all variables. Thus, it is important to develop group selection methods that are robust against group mis-specification. Also, it is desirable to select groups as well as individual variables in many applications. We propose a class of concave \\documentclass[12pt]{minimal} \\usepackage{amsmath} \\usepackage{wasysym} \\usepackage{amsfonts} \\usepackage{amssymb} \\usepackage{amsbsy} \\usepackage{upgreek} \\usepackage{mathrsfs} \\setlength{\\oddsidemargin}{-69pt} \\begin{document} }{}$1$\\end{document}-norm group penalties that is robust to grouping structure and can perform bi-level selection. A coordinate descent algorithm is developed to calculate solutions of the proposed group selection method. Theoretical convergence of the algorithm is proved under certain regularity conditions. Comparison with other methods suggests the proposed method is the most robust approach under membership mis-specification. Simulation studies and real data application indicate that the \\documentclass[12pt]{minimal} \\usepackage{amsmath} \\usepackage{wasysym} \\usepackage{amsfonts} \\usepackage{amssymb} \\usepackage{amsbsy} \\usepackage{upgreek} \\usepackage{mathrsfs} \\setlength{\\oddsidemargin}{-69pt} \\begin{document} }{}$1$\\end{document}-norm concave group selection approach achieves better control of false discovery rates. An R package grppenalty implementing the proposed method is available at CRAN. PMID:25417206

The effectiveness of digital microscopy as a teaching tool in medical laboratory science curriculum.

PubMed

Castillo, Demetra

2012-01-01

A fundamental component to the practice of Medical Laboratory Science (MLS) is the microscope. While traditional microscopy (TM) is gold standard, the high cost of maintenance has led to an increased demand for alternative methods, such as digital microscopy (DM). Slides embedded with blood specimens are converted into a digital form that can be run with computer driven software. The aim of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of digital microscopy as a teaching tool in the field of Medical Laboratory Science. Participants reviewed known study slides using both traditional and digital microscopy methods and were assessed using both methods. Participants were randomly divided into two groups. Group 1 performed TM as the primary method and DM as the alternate. Group 2 performed DM as the primary and TM as the alternate. Participants performed differentials with their primary method, were assessed with both methods, and then performed differentials with their alternate method. A detailed assessment rubric was created to determine the accuracy of student responses through comparison of clinical laboratory and instructor results. Student scores were reflected as a percentage correct from these methods. This assessment was done over two different classes. When comparing results between methods for each, independent of the primary method used, results were not statistically different. However, when comparing methods between groups, Group 1 (n = 11) (TM = 73.79% +/- 9.19, DM = 81.43% +/- 8.30; paired t10 = 0.182, p < 0.001) showed a significant difference from Group 2 (n = 14) (TM = 85.64% +/- 5.30, DM = 85.91% +/- 7.62; paired t13 = 3.647, p = 0.860). In the subsequent class, results between both groups (n = 13, n = 16, respectively) did not show any significant difference between groups (Group 1 TM = 86.38% +/- 8.17, Group 1 DM = 88.69% +/- 3.86; paired t12 = 1.253, p = 0.234; Group 2 TM = 86.75% +/- 5.37, Group 2 DM = 86.25% +/- 7.01, paired t15 = 0.280, p = 0.784). The data suggest that DM is comparable to TM. DM could be used as an enhancement model after foundational information was provided using TM.

An effective purification method using large bottles for human pancreatic islet isolation

PubMed Central

Shimoda, Masayuki; Itoh, Takeshi; Iwahashi, Shuichi; Takita, Morihito; Sugimoto, Koji; Kanak, Mazhar A.; Chujo, Daisuke; Naziruddin, Bashoo; Levy, Marlon F.; Grayburn, Paul A.; Matsumoto, Shinichi

2012-01-01

The purification process is one of the most difficult procedures in pancreatic islet isolation. It was demonstrated that the standard purification method using a COBE 2991 cell processor with Ficoll density gradient solution harmed islets mechanically by high shear force. We reported that purification using large bottles with a lower viscosity gradient solution could improve the efficacy of porcine islet purification. In this study, we examined whether the new bottle purification method could improve the purification of human islets. Nine human pancreata from brain-dead donors were used. After pancreas digestion, the digested tissue was divided into three groups. Each group was purified by continuous density gradient using ET-Kyoto and iodixanol gradient solution with either the standard COBE method (COBE group) or the top loading (top group) or bottom loading (bottom group) bottle purification methods. Islet yield, purity, recovery rate after purification, and in vitro and in vivo viability were compared. Islet yield per pancreas weight (IE/g) and the recovery rate in the top group were significantly higher than in the COBE and bottom groups. Furthermore, the average size of purified islets in the top group was significantly larger than in the COBE group, which indicated that the bottle method could reduce the shear force to the islets. In vivo viability was also significantly higher in the top group compared with the COBE group. In conclusion, the top-loading bottle method could improve the quality and quantity of human islets after purification. PMID:23221740

Qualitative Research in Group Work: Status, Synergies, and Implementation

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Rubel, Deborah; Okech, Jane E. Atieno

2017-01-01

The article aims to advance the use of qualitative research methods to understand group work. The first part of this article situates the use of qualitative research methods in relationship to group work research. The second part examines recent qualitative group work research using a framework informed by scoping and systematic review methods and…

Modified Peritoneal Dialysis Catheter Insertion: Comparison with a Conventional Method

PubMed Central

Lee, Yong Kyu; Yang, Pil-Sung; Park, Kyoung Sook; Choi, Kyu Hun

2015-01-01

Purpose The conventional trocar and cannula method in peritoneal dialysis (PD) catheter insertion has its limitation in clinical setting. The aim of this study was to compare a modified method for percutaneous PD catheter insertion with the conventional method, and demonstrate advantages of the modified method. Materials and Methods Patients at a single center who had percutaneous PD catheters inserted by nephrologists from January 2006 until September 2012, using either a modified method (group M) or the conventional trocar and cannula method (group C), were retrospectively analyzed, in terms of baseline characteristics, complications experienced up to 3 months after the procedure, and the suitability of the procedure for patients. Results Group M included 82 subjects, while group C included 66 cases. The overall early complication rate in group M (1.2%) was significantly lower than that in group C (19.7%) (p<0.001). The catheter revision rate during timeframe for early complications was significantly lower in group M (0%) than in group C (6.1%) (p=0.024). When comparing Procedure time (1 h 3 min±16 min vs. 1 h 36 min±19 min, p<0.01), immediate post-procedural pain (2.43±1.80 vs. 3.14±2.07, p<0.05), and post-procedure days until ambulation (3.95±1.13 days vs. 6.17±1.34 days, p<0.01), group M was significantly lower than group C. There was no significant difference in total hospitalization period (14.71±7.05 days vs. 13.86±3.7 days). Conclusion Our modified PD catheter insertion method shows its advantages in early complication rate, early complications revision rate, and the patients' conveniences. PMID:26069120

Method for programming a flash memory

DOEpatents

Brosky, Alexander R.; Locke, William N.; Maher, Conrado M.

2016-08-23

A method of programming a flash memory is described. The method includes partitioning a flash memory into a first group having a first level of write-protection, a second group having a second level of write-protection, and a third group having a third level of write-protection. The write-protection of the second and third groups is disabled using an installation adapter. The third group is programmed using a Software Installation Device.

Method of manufacturing semiconductor having group II-group VI compounds doped with nitrogen

DOEpatents

Compaan, Alvin D.; Price, Kent J.; Ma, Xianda; Makhratchev, Konstantin

2005-02-08

A method of making a semiconductor comprises depositing a group II-group VI compound onto a substrate in the presence of nitrogen using sputtering to produce a nitrogen-doped semiconductor. This method can be used for making a photovoltaic cell using sputtering to apply a back contact layer of group II-group VI compound to a substrate in the presence of nitrogen, the back coating layer being doped with nitrogen. A semiconductor comprising a group II-group VI compound doped with nitrogen, and a photovoltaic cell comprising a substrate on which is deposited a layer of a group II-group VI compound doped with nitrogen, are also included.

Using multiple travel paths to estimate daily travel distance in arboreal, group-living primates.

PubMed

Steel, Ruth Irene

2015-01-01

Primate field studies often estimate daily travel distance (DTD) in order to estimate energy expenditure and/or test foraging hypotheses. In group-living species, the center of mass (CM) method is traditionally used to measure DTD; a point is marked at the group's perceived center of mass at a set time interval or upon each move, and the distance between consecutive points is measured and summed. However, for groups using multiple travel paths, the CM method potentially creates a central path that is shorter than the individual paths and/or traverses unused areas. These problems may compromise tests of foraging hypotheses, since distance and energy expenditure could be underestimated. To better understand the magnitude of these potential biases, I designed and tested the multiple travel paths (MTP) method, in which DTD was calculated by recording all travel paths taken by the group's members, weighting each path's distance based on its proportional use by the group, and summing the weighted distances. To compare the MTP and CM methods, DTD was calculated using both methods in three groups of Udzungwa red colobus monkeys (Procolobus gordonorum; group size 30-43) for a random sample of 30 days between May 2009 and March 2010. Compared to the CM method, the MTP method provided significantly longer estimates of DTD that were more representative of the actual distance traveled and the areas used by a group. The MTP method is more time-intensive and requires multiple observers compared to the CM method. However, it provides greater accuracy for testing ecological and foraging models.

Groping My Way through the Group Method.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kinnick, B. Jo

1995-01-01

Reprints an article originally published in 1951. Argues that the group method should not be foisted on young teachers as the only way to teach. Notes that the group method requires a great deal of preparation and much teacher direction. Suggests that smart teachers will continue to use a variety of teaching methods. (RS)

Water supply management using an extended group fuzzy decision-making method: a case study in north-eastern Iran

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Minatour, Yasser; Bonakdari, Hossein; Zarghami, Mahdi; Bakhshi, Maryam Ali

2015-09-01

The purpose of this study was to develop a group fuzzy multi-criteria decision-making method to be applied in rating problems associated with water resources management. Thus, here Chen's group fuzzy TOPSIS method extended by a difference technique to handle uncertainties of applying a group decision making. Then, the extended group fuzzy TOPSIS method combined with a consistency check. In the presented method, initially linguistic judgments are being surveyed via a consistency checking process, and afterward these judgments are being used in the extended Chen's fuzzy TOPSIS method. Here, each expert's opinion is turned to accurate mathematical numbers and, then, to apply uncertainties, the opinions of group are turned to fuzzy numbers using three mathematical operators. The proposed method is applied to select the optimal strategy for the rural water supply of Nohoor village in north-eastern Iran, as a case study and illustrated example. Sensitivity analyses test over results and comparing results with project reality showed that proposed method offered good results for water resources projects.

Efficacy of Carotid Artery Stenting by the Universal Protection Method.

PubMed

Goto, Shunsaku; Ohshima, Tomotaka; Kato, Kyozo; Izumi, Takashi; Wakabayashi, Toshihiko

2018-04-18

To avoid distal plaques embolization during carotid artery stenting, we developed Universal Protection Method that combined the use of a proximal common carotid artery balloon, an external carotid artery balloon, and a distal internal carotid artery filter, with continuous flow reversal to the femoral vein. Herein, we assessed the efficacy of the Universal Protection Method by comparing stenting outcomes before and after its introduction. We assessed outcomes for 115 cases before and 41 cases after the Universal Protection Method was adopted (non-Universal Protection Method and Universal Protection Method groups, respectively). We then compared procedure details, magnetic resonance imaging (within 48 hours after the procedure), intraprocedural complications, and postoperative stroke rates. Ischemic stroke was not observed in the Universal Protection Method group, but 1 major stroke and 2 minor strokes were observed in the non-Universal Protection Method group. High-intensity areas were seen in 6 (15.0%) and 49 (42.6%) cases in the Universal Protection Method and non-Universal Protection Method groups, respectively (P = .001). Contrastingly, intraprocedural complications were observed in 9 (22.5%) and 21 (18.3%) cases in the Universal Protection Method and non-Universal Protection Method groups, respectively. Among these intraprocedural complication cases, high-intensity areas were observed in 1 case (11.1%) in the Universal Protection Method group and in 15 cases (71.4%) in the non-Universal Protection Method group. Universal Protection Method is a safe technique that is applicable to all patients undergoing carotid artery stenting, irrespective of individual risk factors. Notably, the incidence rates of both distal embolization and unexpected intraprocedural complications are low. Copyright © 2018 National Stroke Association. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Virtual reality anatomy: is it comparable with traditional methods in the teaching of human forearm musculoskeletal anatomy?

PubMed

Codd, Anthony M; Choudhury, Bipasha

2011-01-01

The use of cadavers to teach anatomy is well established, but limitations with this approach have led to the introduction of alternative teaching methods. One such method is the use of three-dimensional virtual reality computer models. An interactive, three-dimensional computer model of human forearm anterior compartment musculoskeletal anatomy was produced using the open source 3D imaging program "Blender." The aim was to evaluate the use of 3D virtual reality when compared with traditional anatomy teaching methods. Three groups were identified from the University of Manchester second year Human Anatomy Research Skills Module class: a "control" group (no prior knowledge of forearm anatomy), a "traditional methods" group (taught using dissection and textbooks), and a "model" group (taught solely using e-resource). The groups were assessed on anatomy of the forearm by a ten question practical examination. ANOVA analysis showed the model group mean test score to be significantly higher than the control group (mean 7.25 vs. 1.46, P < 0.001) and not significantly different to the traditional methods group (mean 6.87, P > 0.5). Feedback from all users of the e-resource was positive. Virtual reality anatomy learning can be used to compliment traditional teaching methods effectively. Copyright © 2011 American Association of Anatomists.

Comparison of Two Treatment Methods "One Shot" and "Sequential" on Reduction the Level of Hemoglobin in Patients with Percutaneous Nephrolithotripsy in Al Zahra Hospital in 2012-2013.

PubMed

Khorrami, Mohammad Hatef; Izadpanahi, Mohammad Hossein; Mohammadi, Mehrdad; Alizadeh, Farshid; Zargham, Mahtab; Khorrami, Farbod; Isfahani, Felora Farahini

2017-01-01

Access dilation is the most important part of percutaneous nephrolithotripsy (PCNL) that is done by different methods, especially metal telescoping and one shot. In this study, two different methods of access dilation one shot and telescoping were compared. In observational cross-sectional study, 240 patients who were a candidate for PCNL were selected and randomly divided into two groups. The first group was undergone one-shot method and the second group was undergone telescoping method. The decrease in hemoglobin (Hb), duration of hospitalization and the time of radiation exposure during access dilation was compared in two groups by SPSS software version 21, (SPSS Inc., Chicago, IL, USA). The decrease of Hb level after intervention in one-shot group was 1.08 ± 1.23 g/dl and in telescoping, group was 1.51 ± 1.08 g/dl with no difference statistically ( P = 0.37). The mean duration of hospitalization in one shot and telescoping group were 2.36 ± 0.67 and 2.28 ± 0.61 days, respectively. According to t -test, there was no significant difference between the two groups ( P = 0.37). Average radiation exposure in one shot group was 7.13 s and in telescoping, group was 35.75 s, and there was a significant difference between the two groups ( P < 0.001). One-shot method is superior to telescoping method due to less time for radiation exposure and no more blood loss and other complications during PCNL.

[Effect on tranquilizing and allaying excitement needling method on brain blood flow in the patients of insomnia of heart and spleen deficiency].

PubMed

Yan, Xing-ke; Zhang, Yan; Yu, Lu; Yue, Gong-lei; Li, Tie; Chen, Cheng; Cui, Hai-fu; Wang, Fu-chun

2010-02-01

To observe the therapeutic effect of tranquilizing and allaying excitement needling method on insomnia of heart and spleen deficiency and the effect of brain blood flow. Sixty cases were randomly divided into a tranquilizing and allaying excitement needling method group (observation group) and an eight confluence points selected group (control group), 30 cases in each group. The observation group was treated by acupuncture at Sishencong (EX-HN 1), Shenmen (HT 7), and Sanyinjiao (SP 6) with tranquilizing and allaying excitement needling method. The control group was treated by acupuncture at Shenmai (BL 62) and Zhaohai (KI 6). Their therapeutic effects and changes of brain blood flow were observed. The total effective rate was 93.3% (28/30) in the observation group which was better than 83.3% (25/30) in the control group (P < 0.05). After treatment, the peak velocity of systolic (Vp) and diastolic blood flow velocity (Vd) of middle cerebral artery, basilar artery and vertebral artery were increased in the both groups (P < 0.01, P < 0.05), with more obvious increase in the observation group (P < 0.01, P < 0.05), except the Vd of left vertebral artery. Both the tranquilizing and allaying excitement needling method and the eight confluence points selected needling method can improve the clinical signs and symptoms. Meanwhile, the therapeutic effect of acupuncture is related with improvement of brain blood flow. However, the tranquilizing and allaying excitement needling method has better therapeutic effect on insomnia of heart and spleen deficiency.

Comparison of chest compression quality between the modified chest compression method with the use of smartphone application and the standardized traditional chest compression method during CPR.

PubMed

Park, Sang-Sub

2014-01-01

The purpose of this study is to grasp difference in quality of chest compression accuracy between the modified chest compression method with the use of smartphone application and the standardized traditional chest compression method. Participants were progressed 64 people except 6 absentees among 70 people who agreed to participation with completing the CPR curriculum. In the classification of group in participants, the modified chest compression method was called as smartphone group (33 people). The standardized chest compression method was called as traditional group (31 people). The common equipments in both groups were used Manikin for practice and Manikin for evaluation. In the meantime, the smartphone group for application was utilized Android and iOS Operating System (OS) of 2 smartphone products (G, i). The measurement period was conducted from September 25th to 26th, 2012. Data analysis was used SPSS WIN 12.0 program. As a result of research, the proper compression depth (mm) was shown the proper compression depth (p< 0.01) in traditional group (53.77 mm) compared to smartphone group (48.35 mm). Even the proper chest compression (%) was formed suitably (p< 0.05) in traditional group (73.96%) more than smartphone group (60.51%). As for the awareness of chest compression accuracy, the traditional group (3.83 points) had the higher awareness of chest compression accuracy (p< 0.001) than the smartphone group (2.32 points). In the questionnaire that was additionally carried out 1 question only in smartphone group, the modified chest compression method with the use of smartphone had the high negative reason in rescuer for occurrence of hand back pain (48.5%) and unstable posture (21.2%).

Three-dimensional echocardiographic measurements using automated quantification software for big data processing.

PubMed

Feng, Cheng; Chen, Lixin; Li, Jian; Wang, Jiangtao; Dong, Fajin; Xu, Jinfeng

2017-01-01

To compare a full-automated software to quantify 3D transthoracic echocardiography namely, 3DE-HM (three-dimensional echocardiography HeartModel, Philips Healthcare) with the traditional manual quantitative method (3DE-manual) for assessing volumes of left atrial and ventricular volumes, and left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF). 3D full volume images acquired from 156 subjects were collected and divided into 3 groups, which include 70 normal control cases (Group A), 17 patients with left ventricular remodeling after acute myocardial infarction (AMI) (Group B), and 69 patients with left atrial remodeling secondary to hypertension (Group C). The 3DE-HM method was used to quantify left ventricular end-diastolic volume (LVEDV), left ventricular end-systolic volume (LVESV), left atrial end-systolic volume (LAESV), and left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF), respectively. The results were compared with those obtained with the 3DE-manual method for correlation and consistency analyses. The reproducibility of the 3DE-HM method was also evaluated. There was a high correlation between LVEDV, LVESV, LAESV and LVEF values obtained with the 3DE-HM method and those obtained using the 3DE-manual method (r = 0.72 to 0.97). The correlation was strongest for Group B, patients with left ventricular remodeling post-AMI also demonstrated the greatest degree of morphologic changes. There was a significant difference in all parameters measured with the 3DE-HM method in different groups (P < 0.05). The difference in the measurements of LVEDV and LVESV between the two methods was greatest in patients in Group B compared with patients with hypertension-induced left ventricular remodeling (Group C) and in normal controls (Group A) (P < 0.05). Lastly, the difference in the measurement of LAESV between the two methods was greater in patients with hypertension-induced left ventricular remodeling (Group C) than that in the control group (Group A) (P < 0.05). The post-processing time of the 3DE-HM data was significantly shorter than that using the 3DE-manual method (P < 0.05). There was no significant variability in repeated measurements at different time points using the 3DE-HM method either between subjects in different groups or within the same subject. 3DE-HM is a quick and feasible method for left ventricular quantification and is clinically applicable for evaluating patients with left atrial and left ventricular remodeling.

A Group Contribution Method for Estimating Cetane and Octane Numbers

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kubic, William Louis

Much of the research on advanced biofuels is devoted to the study of novel chemical pathways for converting nonfood biomass into liquid fuels that can be blended with existing transportation fuels. Many compounds under consideration are not found in the existing fuel supplies. Often, the physical properties needed to assess the viability of a potential biofuel are not available. The only reliable information available may be the molecular structure. Group contribution methods for estimating physical properties from molecular structure have been used for more than 60 years. The most common application is estimation of thermodynamic properties. More recently, group contributionmore » methods have been developed for estimating rate dependent properties including cetane and octane numbers. Often, published group contribution methods are limited in terms of types of function groups and range of applicability. In this study, a new, broadly-applicable group contribution method based on an artificial neural network was developed to estimate cetane number research octane number, and motor octane numbers of hydrocarbons and oxygenated hydrocarbons. The new method is more accurate over a greater range molecular weights and structural complexity than existing group contribution methods for estimating cetane and octane numbers.« less

Methods of forming single source precursors, methods of forming polymeric single source precursors, and single source precursors formed by such methods

DOEpatents

Fox, Robert V.; Rodriguez, Rene G.; Pak, Joshua J.; Sun, Chivin; Margulieux, Kelsey R.; Holland, Andrew W.

2016-04-19

Methods of forming single source precursors (SSPs) include forming intermediate products having the empirical formula 1/2{L.sub.2N(.mu.-X).sub.2M'X.sub.2}.sub.2, and reacting MER with the intermediate products to form SSPs of the formula L.sub.2N(.mu.-ER).sub.2M'(ER).sub.2, wherein L is a Lewis base, M is a Group IA atom, N is a Group IB atom, M' is a Group IIIB atom, each E is a Group VIB atom, each X is a Group VIIA atom or a nitrate group, and each R group is an alkyl, aryl, vinyl, (per)fluoro alkyl, (per)fluoro aryl, silane, or carbamato group. Methods of forming polymeric or copolymeric SSPs include reacting at least one of HE.sup.1R.sup.1E.sup.1H and MER with one or more substances having the empirical formula L.sub.2N(.mu.-ER).sub.2M'(ER).sub.2 or L.sub.2N(.mu.-X).sub.2M'(X).sub.2 to form a polymeric or copolymeric SSP. New SSPs and intermediate products are formed by such methods.

Methods of forming single source precursors, methods of forming polymeric single source precursors, and single source precursors formed by such methods

DOEpatents

Fox, Robert V.; Rodriguez, Rene G.; Pak, Joshua J.; Sun, Chivin; Margulieux, Kelsey R.; Holland, Andrew W.

2014-09-09

Methods of forming single source precursors (SSPs) include forming intermediate products having the empirical formula 1/2{L.sub.2N(.mu.-X).sub.2M'X.sub.2}.sub.2, and reacting MER with the intermediate products to form SSPs of the formula L.sub.2N(.mu.-ER).sub.2M'(ER).sub.2, wherein L is a Lewis base, M is a Group IA atom, N is a Group IB atom, M' is a Group IIIB atom, each E is a Group VIB atom, each X is a Group VIIA atom or a nitrate group, and each R group is an alkyl, aryl, vinyl, (per)fluoro alkyl, (per)fluoro aryl, silane, or carbamato group. Methods of forming polymeric or copolymeric SSPs include reacting at least one of HE.sup.1R.sup.1E.sup.1H and MER with one or more substances having the empirical formula L.sub.2N(.mu.-ER).sub.2M'(ER).sub.2 or L.sub.2N(.mu.-X).sub.2M'(X).sub.2 to form a polymeric or copolymeric SSP. New SSPs and intermediate products are formed by such methods.

Quantification of anhydride groups in anhydride-based epoxy hardeners by reaction headspace gas chromatography.

PubMed

Xie, Wei-Qi; Gong, Yi-Xian; Yu, Kong-Xian

2017-06-01

We demonstrate a reaction headspace gas chromatographic method for quantifying anhydride groups in anhydride-based epoxy hardeners. In this method, the conversion process of anhydride groups can be realized by two steps. In the first step, anhydride groups in anhydride-based epoxy hardeners completely reacted with water to form carboxyl groups. In the second step, the carboxyl groups reacted with sodium bicarbonate solution in a closed sample vial. After the complete reaction between the carboxyl groups and sodium bicarbonate, the CO 2 formed from this reaction was then measured by headspace gas chromatography. The data showed that the reaction in the closed headspace vial can be completed in 15 min at 55°C, the relative standard deviation of the reaction headspace gas chromatography method in the precision test was less than 3.94%, the relative differences between the new method and a reference method were no more than 9.38%. The present reaction method is automated, efficient and can be a reliable tool for quantifying the anhydride groups in anhydride-based epoxy hardeners and related research. © 2017 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

[Application of automatic photography in Schistosoma japonicum miracidium hatching experiments].

PubMed

Ming-Li, Zhou; Ai-Ling, Cai; Xue-Feng, Wang

2016-05-20

To explore the value of automatic photography in the observation of results of Schistosoma japonicum miracidium hatching experiments. Some fresh S. japonicum eggs were added into cow feces, and the samples of feces were divided into a low infested experimental group and a high infested group (40 samples each group). In addition, there was a negative control group with 40 samples of cow feces without S. japonicum eggs. The conventional nylon bag S. japonicum miracidium hatching experiments were performed. The process was observed with the method of flashlight and magnifying glass combined with automatic video (automatic photography method), and, at the same time, with the naked eye observation method. The results were compared. In the low infested group, the miracidium positive detection rates were 57.5% and 85.0% by the naked eye observation method and automatic photography method, respectively ( χ 2 = 11.723, P < 0.05). In the high infested group, the positive detection rates were 97.5% and 100% by the naked eye observation method and automatic photography method, respectively ( χ 2 = 1.253, P > 0.05). In the two infested groups, the average positive detection rates were 77.5% and 92.5% by the naked eye observation method and automatic photography method, respectively ( χ 2 = 6.894, P < 0.05). The automatic photography can effectively improve the positive detection rate in the S. japonicum miracidium hatching experiments.

A Residual Mass Ballistic Testing Method to Compare Armor Materials or Components (Residual Mass Ballistic Testing Method)

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Benjamin Langhorst; Thomas M Lillo; Henry S Chu

2014-05-01

A statistics based ballistic test method is presented for use when comparing multiple groups of test articles of unknown relative ballistic perforation resistance. The method is intended to be more efficient than many traditional methods for research and development testing. To establish the validity of the method, it is employed in this study to compare test groups of known relative ballistic performance. Multiple groups of test articles were perforated using consistent projectiles and impact conditions. Test groups were made of rolled homogeneous armor (RHA) plates and differed in thickness. After perforation, each residual projectile was captured behind the target andmore » its mass was measured. The residual masses measured for each test group were analyzed to provide ballistic performance rankings with associated confidence levels. When compared to traditional V50 methods, the residual mass (RM) method was found to require fewer test events and be more tolerant of variations in impact conditions.« less

Evaluating the Effects of Differences in Group Abilities on the Tucker and the Levine Observed-Score Methods for Common-Item Nonequivalent Groups Equating. ACT Research Report Series 2010-1

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Chen, Hanwei; Cui, Zhongmin; Zhu, Rongchun; Gao, Xiaohong

2010-01-01

The most critical feature of a common-item nonequivalent groups equating design is that the average score difference between the new and old groups can be accurately decomposed into a group ability difference and a form difficulty difference. Two widely used observed-score linear equating methods, the Tucker and the Levine observed-score methods,…

Nanowire-templated lateral epitaxial growth of non-polar group III nitrides

DOEpatents

Wang, George T [Albuquerque, NM; Li, Qiming [Albuquerque, NM; Creighton, J Randall [Albuquerque, NM

2010-03-02

A method for growing high quality, nonpolar Group III nitrides using lateral growth from Group III nitride nanowires. The method of nanowire-templated lateral epitaxial growth (NTLEG) employs crystallographically aligned, substantially vertical Group III nitride nanowire arrays grown by metal-catalyzed metal-organic chemical vapor deposition (MOCVD) as templates for the lateral growth and coalescence of virtually crack-free Group III nitride films. This method requires no patterning or separate nitride growth step.

Clinical outcomes of arthroscopic single and double row repair in full thickness rotator cuff tears

PubMed Central

Ji, Jong-Hun; Shafi, Mohamed; Kim, Weon-Yoo; Kim, Young-Yul

2010-01-01

Background: There has been a recent interest in the double row repair method for arthroscopic rotator cuff repair following favourable biomechanical results reported by some studies. The purpose of this study was to compare the clinical results of arthroscopic single row and double row repair methods in the full-thickness rotator cuff tears. Materials and Methods: 22 patients of arthroscopic single row repair (group I) and 25 patients who underwent double row repair (group II) from March 2003 to March 2005 were retrospectively evaluated and compared for the clinical outcomes. The mean age was 58 years and 56 years respectively for group I and II. The average follow-up in the two groups was 24 months. The evaluation was done by using the University of California Los Angeles (UCLA) rating scale and the shoulder index of the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons (ASES). Results: In Group I, the mean ASES score increased from 30.48 to 87.40 and the mean ASES score increased from 32.00 to 91.45 in the Group II. The mean UCLA score increased from the preoperative 12.23 to 30.82 in Group I and from 12.20 to 32.40 in Group II. Each method has shown no statistical clinical differences between two methods, but based on the sub scores of UCLA score, the double row repair method yields better results for the strength, and it gives more satisfaction to the patients than the single row repair method. Conclusions: Comparing the two methods, double row repair group showed better clinical results in recovering strength and gave more satisfaction to the patients but no statistical clinical difference was found between 2 methods. PMID:20697485

Modified Peritoneal Dialysis Catheter Insertion: Comparison with a Conventional Method.

PubMed

Lee, Yong Kyu; Yang, Pil-Sung; Park, Kyoung Sook; Choi, Kyu Hun; Kim, Beom Seok

2015-07-01

The conventional trocar and cannula method in peritoneal dialysis (PD) catheter insertion has its limitation in clinical setting. The aim of this study was to compare a modified method for percutaneous PD catheter insertion with the conventional method, and demonstrate advantages of the modified method. Patients at a single center who had percutaneous PD catheters inserted by nephrologists from January 2006 until September 2012, using either a modified method (group M) or the conventional trocar and cannula method (group C), were retrospectively analyzed, in terms of baseline characteristics, complications experienced up to 3 months after the procedure, and the suitability of the procedure for patients. Group M included 82 subjects, while group C included 66 cases. The overall early complication rate in group M (1.2%) was significantly lower than that in group C (19.7%) (p<0.001). The catheter revision rate during timeframe for early complications was significantly lower in group M (0%) than in group C (6.1%) (p=0.024). When comparing Procedure time (1 h 3 min±16 min vs. 1 h 36 min±19 min, p<0.01), immediate post-procedural pain (2.43±1.80 vs. 3.14±2.07, p<0.05), and post-procedure days until ambulation (3.95±1.13 days vs. 6.17±1.34 days, p<0.01), group M was significantly lower than group C. There was no significant difference in total hospitalization period (14.71±7.05 days vs. 13.86±3.7 days). Our modified PD catheter insertion method shows its advantages in early complication rate, early complications revision rate, and the patients' conveniences.

A Novel Group-Fused Sparse Partial Correlation Method for Simultaneous Estimation of Functional Networks in Group Comparison Studies.

PubMed

Liang, Xiaoyun; Vaughan, David N; Connelly, Alan; Calamante, Fernando

2018-05-01

The conventional way to estimate functional networks is primarily based on Pearson correlation along with classic Fisher Z test. In general, networks are usually calculated at the individual-level and subsequently aggregated to obtain group-level networks. However, such estimated networks are inevitably affected by the inherent large inter-subject variability. A joint graphical model with Stability Selection (JGMSS) method was recently shown to effectively reduce inter-subject variability, mainly caused by confounding variations, by simultaneously estimating individual-level networks from a group. However, its benefits might be compromised when two groups are being compared, given that JGMSS is blinded to other groups when it is applied to estimate networks from a given group. We propose a novel method for robustly estimating networks from two groups by using group-fused multiple graphical-lasso combined with stability selection, named GMGLASS. Specifically, by simultaneously estimating similar within-group networks and between-group difference, it is possible to address inter-subject variability of estimated individual networks inherently related with existing methods such as Fisher Z test, and issues related to JGMSS ignoring between-group information in group comparisons. To evaluate the performance of GMGLASS in terms of a few key network metrics, as well as to compare with JGMSS and Fisher Z test, they are applied to both simulated and in vivo data. As a method aiming for group comparison studies, our study involves two groups for each case, i.e., normal control and patient groups; for in vivo data, we focus on a group of patients with right mesial temporal lobe epilepsy.

[Cancer nursing care education programs: the effectiveness of different teaching methods].

PubMed

Cheng, Yun-Ju; Kao, Yu-Hsiu

2012-10-01

In-service education affects the quality of cancer care directly. Using classroom teaching to deliver in-service education is often ineffective due to participants' large workload and shift requirements. This study evaluated the learning effectiveness of different teaching methods in the dimensions of knowledge, attitude, and learning satisfaction. This study used a quasi-experimental study design. Participants were cancer ward nurses working at one medical center in northern Taiwan. Participants were divided into an experimental group and control group. The experimental group took an e-learning course and the control group took a standard classroom course using the same basic course material. Researchers evaluated the learning efficacy of each group using a questionnaire based on the quality of cancer nursing care learning effectiveness scale. All participants answered the questionnaire once before and once after completing the course. (1) Post-test "knowledge" scores for both groups were significantly higher than pre-test scores for both groups. Post-test "attitude" scores were significantly higher for the control group, while the experimental group reported no significant change. (2) after a covariance analysis of the pre-test scores for both groups, the post-test score for the experimental group was significantly lower than the control group in the knowledge dimension. Post-test scores did not differ significantly from pre-test scores for either group in the attitude dimension. (3) Post-test satisfaction scores between the two groups did not differ significantly with regard to teaching methods. The e-learning method, however, was demonstrated as more flexible than the classroom teaching method. Study results demonstrate the importance of employing a variety of teaching methods to instruct clinical nursing staff. We suggest that both classroom teaching and e-learning instruction methods be used to enhance the quality of cancer nursing care education programs. We also encourage that interactivity between student and instructor be incorporated into e-learning course designs to enhance effectiveness.

Virtual and stereoscopic anatomy: when virtual reality meets medical education.

PubMed

de Faria, Jose Weber Vieira; Teixeira, Manoel Jacobsen; de Moura Sousa Júnior, Leonardo; Otoch, Jose Pinhata; Figueiredo, Eberval Gadelha

2016-11-01

OBJECTIVE The authors sought to construct, implement, and evaluate an interactive and stereoscopic resource for teaching neuroanatomy, accessible from personal computers. METHODS Forty fresh brains (80 hemispheres) were dissected. Images of areas of interest were captured using a manual turntable and processed and stored in a 5337-image database. Pedagogic evaluation was performed in 84 graduate medical students, divided into 3 groups: 1 (conventional method), 2 (interactive nonstereoscopic), and 3 (interactive and stereoscopic). The method was evaluated through a written theory test and a lab practicum. RESULTS Groups 2 and 3 showed the highest mean scores in pedagogic evaluations and differed significantly from Group 1 (p < 0.05). Group 2 did not differ statistically from Group 3 (p > 0.05). Size effects, measured as differences in scores before and after lectures, indicate the effectiveness of the method. ANOVA results showed significant difference (p < 0.05) between groups, and the Tukey test showed statistical differences between Group 1 and the other 2 groups (p < 0.05). No statistical differences between Groups 2 and 3 were found in the practicum. However, there were significant differences when Groups 2 and 3 were compared with Group 1 (p < 0.05). CONCLUSIONS The authors conclude that this method promoted further improvement in knowledge for students and fostered significantly higher learning when compared with traditional teaching resources.

42 CFR 493.2 - Definitions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... throughout the reportable range for patient test results. Challenge means, for quantitative tests, an... requirement. Target value for quantitative tests means either the mean of all participant responses after... scientific protocol, a comparative method or a method group (“peer” group) may be used. If the method group...

42 CFR 493.2 - Definitions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... throughout the reportable range for patient test results. Challenge means, for quantitative tests, an... requirement. Target value for quantitative tests means either the mean of all participant responses after... scientific protocol, a comparative method or a method group (“peer” group) may be used. If the method group...

42 CFR 493.2 - Definitions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... throughout the reportable range for patient test results. Challenge means, for quantitative tests, an... requirement. Target value for quantitative tests means either the mean of all participant responses after... scientific protocol, a comparative method or a method group (“peer” group) may be used. If the method group...

42 CFR 493.2 - Definitions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... throughout the reportable range for patient test results. Challenge means, for quantitative tests, an... requirement. Target value for quantitative tests means either the mean of all participant responses after... scientific protocol, a comparative method or a method group (“peer” group) may be used. If the method group...

42 CFR 493.2 - Definitions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... throughout the reportable range for patient test results. Challenge means, for quantitative tests, an... requirement. Target value for quantitative tests means either the mean of all participant responses after... scientific protocol, a comparative method or a method group (“peer” group) may be used. If the method group...

A New Strategy for Dealing with Social Loafers on the Group Project: The Segment Manager Method

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Dommeyer, Curt J.

2012-01-01

Professors often give members of a group project the same grade or they use peer evaluations to provide individualized grades. Unfortunately, both these methods have shortcomings. This article describes the segment manager method (SMM), a method for assigning individualized grades on the group project that does not rely on peer evaluations. A…

[Group Discussions in Health Services Research - Part 1: Introduction and Deliberations on Selection of Method and Planning].

PubMed

Pohontsch, Nadine Janis; Müller, Veronika; Brandner, Susanne; Karlheim, Christoph; Jünger, Saskia; Klindtworth, Katharina; Stamer, Maren; Höfling-Engels, Nicole; Kleineke, Vera; Brandt, Benigna; Xyländer, Margret; Patzelt, Christiane; Meyer, Thorsten

2017-05-12

Health services researchers focus on the players, structures and impact of health care in "real life". They investigate how social aspects, financing, organizational structures, technologies and personal attitudes affect the process and outcomes of health care. Qualitative research methods are used here, which address how people act according to their unique living conditions (outside the context of experimental studies). Different methods of debriefing groups are essential for qualitative health services research. In 2 subsequent articles, we aim to outline the diverse facets and possible range of implementation of the above-mentioned methods, in order to highlight the potential of debriefing groups in health services research (focus groups or group discussions) using these methods. In the current article, we would like to encourage researchers to reflect on relevant topics such as the selection of an appropriate method, the planning and undertaking of investigations including sampling methods, and questions regarding ethics and privacy. A follow-up article (in preparation) will deal with theoretical considerations of the term "group", as well as with the process of moderating discussions, methods of analyzing data and (qualitative) online research. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

Impact of Integrated Teaching Sessions for Comprehensive Learning and Rational Pharmacotherapeutics for Medical Undergraduates

PubMed Central

Ambwani, Sneha; Vegada, Bhavisha; Sidhu, Rimple; Charan, Jaykaran

2017-01-01

Background: It is postulated that integrated teaching method may enhance retention of the knowledge and clinical applicability of the basic sciences as compared to the didactic method. Aim: The present study was undertaken to compare the integrated teaching method with the didactic method for the learning ability and clinical applicability of the basic sciences. Materials and Methods: The 2nd year MBBS students were divided into two groups randomly. The study was conducted into two stages. In the first stage, conventional didactic lectures on hypertension (HT) were delivered to one group and multidisciplinary integrated teaching to another group. For the second stage, diabetes mellitus groups were swapped. Retention of the knowledge between the groups were assessed through a multiple choice questions (MCQ) test. Feedback of the students and faculty was obtained on a 5 point Likert scale. For the comparison, student's data were regrouped into four groups, i.e., integrated HT, didactic HT, integrated diabetes and didactic diabetes. Results: There was no significant difference of MCQ score between integrated HT, didactic HT, and integrated diabetes group. However, the score obtained in didactic diabetes was significantly more (P = 0.00) than other groups. Majority of the students favored integrated teaching for clinical application of basic science and learning of the skill for the future clinical practice. Faculties considered integrated method as a useful method and suggested frequent use of this method. Conclusion: There was no clear difference in knowledge acquisition; however, the students and faculties favored integrated teaching method in the feedback questionnaire. PMID:29344460

Improving Nursing Students' Learning Outcomes in Fundamentals of Nursing Course through Combination of Traditional and e-Learning Methods

PubMed Central

Sheikhaboumasoudi, Rouhollah; Bagheri, Maryam; Hosseini, Sayed Abbas; Ashouri, Elaheh; Elahi, Nasrin

2018-01-01

Background: Fundamentals of nursing course are prerequisite to providing comprehensive nursing care. Despite development of technology on nursing education, effectiveness of using e-learning methods in fundamentals of nursing course is unclear in clinical skills laboratory for nursing students. The aim of this study was to compare the effect of blended learning (combining e-learning with traditional learning methods) with traditional learning alone on nursing students' scores. Materials and Methods: A two-group post-test experimental study was administered from February 2014 to February 2015. Two groups of nursing students who were taking the fundamentals of nursing course in Iran were compared. Sixty nursing students were selected as control group (just traditional learning methods) and experimental group (combining e-learning with traditional learning methods) for two consecutive semesters. Both groups participated in Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) and were evaluated in the same way using a prepared checklist and questionnaire of satisfaction. Statistical analysis was conducted through SPSS software version 16. Results: Findings of this study reflected that mean of midterm (t = 2.00, p = 0.04) and final score (t = 2.50, p = 0.01) of the intervention group (combining e-learning with traditional learning methods) were significantly higher than the control group (traditional learning methods). The satisfaction of male students in intervention group was higher than in females (t = 2.60, p = 0.01). Conclusions: Based on the findings, this study suggests that the use of combining traditional learning methods with e-learning methods such as applying educational website and interactive online resources for fundamentals of nursing course instruction can be an effective supplement for improving nursing students' clinical skills. PMID:29861761

OTSEGO COUNTY EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM FOR TESTING METHODS OF FORMING FARM MANAGEMENT STUDY GROUPS, A PROGRESS REPORT. EXTENSION STUDY, NUMBER 8.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

LONGEST, JAMES W.; GENGENBACK, WILLIAM H.

THE MOST FREQUENT METHOD OF GROUP FORMATION FOR INTENSIVE FARM MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS IN NEW YORK STATE HAS BEEN TO COMBINE ALL INTERESTED FARMERS IN LARGE GROUPS AT THE COUNTY EXTENSION HEADQUARTERS. THIS EXPERIMENT WAS SET UP TO STUDY THE EFFECTIVENESS OF TWO METHODS OF FORMING SMALL GROUPS--BY SOCIOMETRIC CHOICE OR SIMILAR CHARACTERISTICS. ALL…

Does theatre improve the quality of life of people with dementia?

PubMed

van Dijk, A Marijke; van Weert, Julia C M; Dröes, Rose-Marie

2012-03-01

A new communication method, the "Veder method", has recently been developed. Caregivers are trained to apply this method in a group activity ("living-room theatre activity") for people with dementia in which theatrical stimuli are used in combination with proven emotion-oriented care methods. The aim of this exploratory study was to evaluate the added value of the Veder method group activity compared to a regular reminiscence group activity and to investigate whether professional carers can achieve the same effects with the Veder method as professional actors. A quasi-experimental three-group design was used. Experimental group 1 (E1; n = 65) joined a living-room theatre activity offered by trained professional caregivers. Experimental group 2 (E2; n = 31) joined a living-room theatre activity offered by professional actors. The control group (n = 55) received a usual reminiscence group activity. Behavior, mood and aspects of quality of life were measured using standardized observation scales at three points in time: (T1) pretest; (T2) during the intervention and; (T3) post-test, two hours after the intervention. During the intervention, significant differences were found in favor of the group that was offered a living-room theatre activity by actors (E2) on different aspects of behavior, mood and quality of life. At post-test, people in E2 were more alert compared to the control group. Moreover, they recalled more memories and showed less socially isolated behavior compared to the control group. This exploratory study shows that the Veder method has some clear positive effects on behavior and mood of people with dementia when applied by professional actors.

An introduction to Lie group integrators – basics, new developments and applications

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Celledoni, Elena, E-mail: elenac@math.ntnu.no; Marthinsen, Håkon, E-mail: hakonm@math.ntnu.no; Owren, Brynjulf, E-mail: bryn@math.ntnu.no

2014-01-15

We give a short and elementary introduction to Lie group methods. A selection of applications of Lie group integrators are discussed. Finally, a family of symplectic integrators on cotangent bundles of Lie groups is presented and the notion of discrete gradient methods is generalised to Lie groups.

40 CFR 63.144 - Process wastewater provisions-test methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). (a... methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). 63.144 Section 63.144 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION...

40 CFR 63.144 - Process wastewater provisions-test methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). (a... methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). 63.144 Section 63.144 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION...

40 CFR 63.144 - Process wastewater provisions-test methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). (a... methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). 63.144 Section 63.144 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION...

40 CFR 63.144 - Process wastewater provisions-test methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). (a... methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). 63.144 Section 63.144 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION...

40 CFR 63.144 - Process wastewater provisions-test methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). (a... methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). 63.144 Section 63.144 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION...

Group vector space method for estimating enthalpy of vaporization of organic compounds at the normal boiling point.

PubMed

Wenying, Wei; Jinyu, Han; Wen, Xu

2004-01-01

The specific position of a group in the molecule has been considered, and a group vector space method for estimating enthalpy of vaporization at the normal boiling point of organic compounds has been developed. Expression for enthalpy of vaporization Delta(vap)H(T(b)) has been established and numerical values of relative group parameters obtained. The average percent deviation of estimation of Delta(vap)H(T(b)) is 1.16, which show that the present method demonstrates significant improvement in applicability to predict the enthalpy of vaporization at the normal boiling point, compared the conventional group methods.

Europium-activated phosphors containing oxides of rare-earth and group-IIIB metals and method of making the same

DOEpatents

Comanzo, Holly Ann; Setlur, Anant Achyut; Srivastava, Alok Mani

2006-04-04

Europium-activated phosphors comprise oxides of at least a rare-earth metal selected from the group consisting of gadolinium, yttrium, lanthanum, and combinations thereof and at least a Group-IIIB metal selected from the group consisting of aluminum, gallium, indium, and combinations thereof. A method for making such phosphors comprises adding at least a halide of at least one of the selected Group-IIIB metals in a starting mixture. The method further comprises firing the starting mixture in an oxygen-containing atmosphere. The phosphors produced by such a method exhibit improved absorption in the UV wavelength range and improved quantum efficiency.

Europium-activated phosphors containing oxides of rare-earth and group-IIIB metals and method of making the same

DOEpatents

Comanzo, Holly Ann; Setlur, Anant Achyut; Srivastava, Alok Mani; Manivannan, Venkatesan

2004-07-13

Europium-activated phosphors comprise oxides of at least a rare-earth metal selected from the group consisting of gadolinium, yttrium, lanthanum, and combinations thereof and at least a Group-IIIB metal selected from the group consisting of aluminum, gallium, indium, and combinations thereof. A method for making such phosphors comprises adding at least a halide of at least one of the selected Group-IIIB metals in a starting mixture. The method further comprises firing the starting mixture in an oxygen-containing atmosphere. The phosphors produced by such a method exhibit improved absorption in the UV wavelength range and improved quantum efficiency.

[Evaluation of accuracy and influence factors of bedside blood glucose monitoring in critically ill patients].

PubMed

Feng, Tao; Cao, Xiang-yuan

2012-08-01

To evaluate the accuracy and influence factors of point-of-care testing (POCT) for glucose in critically ill patients. Two hundred and forty critically ill patients aged ≥18 years in department of critical care medicine were enrolled. According to blood glucose level (BGL) during glucose control, patients were divided into three groups: (1) hypoglycemia group, BGL<4.5 mmol/L, n=32; (2) euglycemia group, BGL 4.5-8.3 mmol/L, n=138; (3) hyperglycemia group, BGL>8.3 mmol/L, n=70. The blood samples from vein, artery and capillary of patients were collected synchronically and the blood glucose of POCT were determined with glucose oxidase (GOD) and glucose dehydrogenase (GDH) methods, respectively, compared with blood glucose reference values of laboratory [hexokinase method (HK method)]. The accuracy of POCT for glucose and influence factors were analyzed statistically by the logistic regression method. (1) The inaccurate rates of glucose values in blood samples from vein, artery and capillary in hypoglycemia group (GDH method: 25.00%, 40.62%, 40.62%; GOD method: 59.38%, 71.88%, 71.88%) were significantly higher than those in euglycemia group (GDH method: 2.90%, 9.42%, 7.97%; GOD method: 18.12%, 27.54%, 27.54%) and hyperglycemia group (GDH method: 1.43%, 8.57%, 4.28%; GOD method: 11.43%, 8.57%, 11.43%, all P<0.01). (2) The average levels of difference for the glucose reference value of laboratory and the glucose value measured by glucometer in hypoglycemia group were 0.41-0.69 mmol/L (GDH method) and 0.92-1.18 mmol/L (GOD method), in euglycemia 0.16-0.33 mmol/L and 0.77-0.90 mmol/L, in hyperglycemia group -0.06-0.18 mmol/L and 0.56-0.76 mmol/L, respectively. (3) The correlation coefficients between the laboratory and glucometer in hypoglycemia group were respectively 0.812-0.853 (GDH method) and 0.723-0.816 (GOD method). The correlation coefficients in euglycemia group were 0.862-0.890 and 0.768-0.857. They were elevated to 0.922-0.957 and 0.896-0.922 in hyperglycemia group (all P<0.01). (4)On the influence factors of accuracy in POCT for glucose, BGL, acute physiology and chronic health evaluation II (APACHEII) score and hematocrit level were into the logistic regression equation. The accuracy of POCT for glucose was markedly affected by the BGL, severity of patients and hematocrit level during glucose control. Under hypoglycemia, the agreement between laboratory and glucometer measurements was obviously fallen and it tended to overestimate the patient's real glucose value.

Two-step method for creating a gastric tube during laparoscopic-thoracoscopic Ivor-Lewis esophagectomy.

PubMed

Liu, Yu; Li, Ji-Jia; Zu, Peng; Liu, Hong-Xu; Yu, Zhan-Wu; Ren, Yi

2017-12-07

To introduce a two-step method for creating a gastric tube during laparoscopic-thoracoscopic Ivor-Lewis esophagectomy and assess its clinical application. One hundred and twenty-two patients with middle or lower esophageal cancer who underwent laparoscopic-thoracoscopic Ivor-Lewis esophagectomy at Liaoning Cancer Hospital and Institute from March 2014 to March 2016 were included in this study, and divided into two groups based on the procedure used for creating a gastric tube. One group used a two-step method for creating a gastric tube, and the other group used the conventional method. The two groups were compared regarding the operating time, surgical complications, and number of stapler cartridges used. The mean operating time was significantly shorter in the two-step method group than in the conventional method group [238 (179-293) min vs 272 (189-347) min, P < 0.01]. No postoperative death occurred in either group. There was no significant difference in the rate of complications [14 (21.9%) vs 13 (22.4%), P = 0.55] or mean number of stapler cartridges used [5 (4-6) vs 5.2 (5-6), P = 0.007] between the two groups. The two-step method for creating a gastric tube during laparoscopic-thoracoscopic Ivor-Lewis esophagectomy has the advantages of simple operation, minimal damage to the tubular stomach, and reduced use of stapler cartridges.

Comparison of two methods for recovering migrating Ascaris suum larvae from the liver and lungs of pigs.

PubMed

Slotved, H C; Roepstorff, A; Barnes, E H; Eriksen, L; Nansen, P

1996-08-01

Nine groups of 5 pigs were inoculated with Ascaris suum eggs on day 0. Groups 1, 2, and 3 were inoculated with 100 eggs, groups 4, 5, and 6 with 1,000 eggs, and groups 7, 8, and 9 with 10,000 eggs. On day 3, groups 1, 4, and 7 were slaughtered, on day 7 groups 2, 5, and 8, and on day 10 groups 3, 6, and 9. The liver (days 3 and 7) and lungs (days 3, 7, and 10) were removed and 2, 25% samples of both organs were collected. Larvae were recovered from 1 sample by the Baermann method and from the other by an agar-gel method. Overall there were no significant differences in the liver larval recovery between the 2 methods. The use of the agar-gel method resulted in a very clean suspension of larvae and thereby reduced the sample counting time by a factor of 5-10 compared to the Baermann method. With both methods larval recovery from the lungs resulted in a clean larval suspension that was easy to count, and there were overall no significant differences between the 2 methods, although there was a tendency toward the Baermann method recovering more larvae from the lungs than the agar-gel method. The tissue sample dry weight did not significantly influence larval recovery by the agar-gel method, and the time interval from slaughtering to start of incubation on day 3 (interval 51-92 min), day 7 (interval 37-114 min), and day 10 (interval 50-129 min) had no significant effect on recovery by either method.

Comparison of four different pain relief methods during hysterosalpingography: A randomized controlled study

PubMed Central

Unlu, Bekir Serdar; Yilmazer, Mehmet; Koken, Gulengul; Arioz, Dagistan Tolga; Unlu, Ebru; Baki, Elif Dogan; Kurttay, Cemile; Karacin, Osman

2015-01-01

BACKGROUND: Hysterosalpingography (HSG) is the most commonly used method for evaluating the anatomy and patency of the uterine cavity and fallopian tubes, and is an important tool in the evaluation of infertility. The most frequent side effect is the pain associated with the procedure. OBJECTIVES: To evaluate four analgesic methods to determine the most useful method for reducing discomfort associated with HSG. METHODS: In the present prospective study, 75 patients undergoing HSG for evaluation of infertility were randomly assigned to four groups: 550 mg of a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) (group 1); 550 mg NSAID + paracervical block (group 2); 550 mg NSAID + paracervical analgesic cream (group 3); or 550 mg NSAID + intrauterine analgesic instillation (group 4). A visual analogue scale was used to assess the pain perception at five predefined steps. RESULTS: Instillation of the liquids used for HSG was found to be the most painful step of HSG, and this step was where the only significant difference among groups was observed. When comparing visual analogue scale scores, group 2 and group 3 reported significantly less pain than the other groups. Group 1 reported significantly higher mean (± SD) scores (7.2±1.6) compared with groups 2 and 3 (4.7±2.5 and 3.8±2.4, respectively) (P<0.001). In addition, group 2 reported significantly less pain than group 4 (4.7±2.5 versus 6.7±1.8, respectively) (P<0.02). CONCLUSIONS: For effective pain relief during HSG, in addition to 550 mg NSAID, local application of lidocaine cream to the posterior fornix of the cervix uteri and paracervical lidocaine injection into the cervix uteri appear to be the most effective methods. PMID:25848848

[Influence of electroacupuncture with penetration needling method on comprehensive pain score in patients with cervical spondylotic radiculopathy].

PubMed

Wan, Bi-Jiang; Huang, Wei; Zhang, Ya-Xi; Zhang, Huang-Sheng

2013-05-01

To compare the efficacy differences among electroacupuncture with penetration needling method, Jiaji electroacupuncture and Jing fukang granule for cervical spondylotic radiculopathy (CSR) and to explore the best therapeutic method. One hundred and sixty patients with CSR were randomly divided into 3 groups. Sixty patients in electroacupuncture with penetration needling method group (group A) were treated by electroacupuncture with penetration needling method, and C4 Jiaji-to-C7 Jiaji, Jianwaishu (SI 14)-to-Quyuan (SI 13), Tianzong (SI 11)-to-Naoshu (SI 10), Shousanli (LI 10)-to-Xialian (LI 8) were selected, once a day. Sixty patients in Jiaji electroacupuncture group (group B) were treated by Jiaji electroacupuncture at C4 Jiaji-to-C7 Jiaji, once a day. Fourty patients in Jing fukang granule group (group C) were treated by oral administration of Jing fukang granule, 1 bag each time, twice each day. Six days as a course, the 3 groups were all treated for two courses. The simplified MPQ (SF-MPQ) scale which was internationally accepted was adopt to evaluate the improving situations in pain. After treatment, pain rating idex (PRI), visual analogue scale (VAS), present pain intensity (PPI) and the total pain score were significantly improved in the group A and B compared with those before treatment (all P < 0.01), which was also improved in the group C (all P < 0.05). Compared with the group C, all the scores were significantly improved in the group A (all P < 0.01), the improvement of PRI, VAS, PPI and total pain score in the group B was superior to those in the group C (all P < 0.05), and all the improvements in the group A were superior to those in the group B (P < 0.05, P < 0.01). Electroacupuncture with penetration needling method can relive pain rapaidly in patients with CSR, which is superior to Jiaji electroacupuncture and Jing fukang granule in improving the comprehensive pain scores.

A Comparison of Two-Group Classification Methods

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Holden, Jocelyn E.; Finch, W. Holmes; Kelley, Ken

2011-01-01

The statistical classification of "N" individuals into "G" mutually exclusive groups when the actual group membership is unknown is common in the social and behavioral sciences. The results of such classification methods often have important consequences. Among the most common methods of statistical classification are linear discriminant analysis,…

Methods of forming single source precursors, methods of forming polymeric single source precursors, and single source precursors and intermediate products formed by such methods

DOEpatents

Fox, Robert V.; Rodriguez, Rene G.; Pak, Joshua J.; Sun, Chivin; Margulieux, Kelsey R.; Holland, Andrew W.

2012-12-04

Methods of forming single source precursors (SSPs) include forming intermediate products having the empirical formula 1/2{L.sub.2N(.mu.-X).sub.2M'X.sub.2}.sub.2, and reacting MER with the intermediate products to form SSPs of the formula L.sub.2N(.mu.-ER).sub.2M'(ER).sub.2, wherein L is a Lewis base, M is a Group IA atom, N is a Group IB atom, M' is a Group IIIB atom, each E is a Group VIB atom, each X is a Group VIIA atom or a nitrate group, and each R group is an alkyl, aryl, vinyl, (per)fluoro alkyl, (per)fluoro aryl, silane, or carbamato group. Methods of forming polymeric or copolymeric SSPs include reacting at least one of HE.sup.1R.sup.1E.sup.1H and MER with one or more substances having the empirical formula L.sub.2N(.mu.-ER).sub.2M'(ER).sub.2 or L.sub.2N(.mu.-X).sub.2M'(X).sub.2 to form a polymeric or copolymeric SSP. New SSPs and intermediate products are formed by such methods.

Usefulness of warm water and oil assistance in colonoscopy by trainees.

PubMed

Park, Sung Chul; Keum, Bora; Kim, Eun Sun; Jung, Eun Suk; Lee, Sehe Dong; Park, Sanghoon; Seo, Yeon Seok; Kim, Yong Sik; Jeen, Yoon Tae; Chun, Hoon Jai; Um, Soon Ho; Kim, Chang Duck; Ryu, Ho Sang

2010-10-01

Success rate of cecal intubation, endoscopist's difficulty, and procedure-related patient pain are still problems for beginners performing colonoscopy. New methods to aid colonoscopic insertion such as warm water instillation and oil lubrication have been proposed. The aim of this study is to evaluate the feasibility of using warm water or oil in colonoscopy. Colonoscopy was performed in 117 unsedated patients by three endoscopists-in-training. Patients were randomly allocated to three groups, using a conventional method with administration of antispasmodics, warm water instillation, and oil lubrication, respectively. Success rate of total intubation within time limit (15 min), cecal intubation time, degree of endoscopist's difficulty, and level of patient discomfort were compared among the three groups. Cecal intubation time was shorter in the warm water group than in the conventional and oil groups. Degree of procedural difficulty was lower in the warm water group, and patient pain score was higher in the oil lubrication group, compared with the other groups. However, there was no significant difference in success rate of intubation within time limit among the three groups. The warm water method is a simple, safe, and feasible method for beginners. Oil lubrication may not be a useful method compared with conventional and warm water method.

[Comparative analysis of modification of Misgav-Ladach and Pfannenstiel methods for cesarean section in the material of Fetal-Maternal Clinical Department PMMH-RI between 1994-1999].

PubMed

Pawłowicz, P; Wilczyński, J; Stachowiak, G

2000-04-01

Comparative analysis of own modification of Misgav-Ladach (mML) and Pfannenstiel methods for caesarean section in the material of Fetal-Maternal Medicine Clinical Department PMMH-RI between 1994-99. Study group consists of 242 patients. In all women from this group we performed caesarean section using Misgav-Ladach method. Among all patients from control group counting 285 women we performed caesarean section applying Pfannenstiel method. To analyse clinical postoperative course in both groups we took account several parameters. Statistical analysis revealed that most of clinical postoperative course parameters was significantly better values in the study group we performed caesarean section using Misgav-Ladach method. The benefits of Misgav-Ladach method, with less pain post-operatively and quicker recovery, are all a by-product of doing the least harm during surgery and removing every unnecessary step. This method is appealing for its simplicity, ease of execution and its time-saving advantage.

Clinical outcomes of arthroscopic single and double row repair in full thickness rotator cuff tears.

PubMed

Ji, Jong-Hun; Shafi, Mohamed; Kim, Weon-Yoo; Kim, Young-Yul

2010-07-01

There has been a recent interest in the double row repair method for arthroscopic rotator cuff repair following favourable biomechanical results reported by some studies. The purpose of this study was to compare the clinical results of arthroscopic single row and double row repair methods in the full-thickness rotator cuff tears. 22 patients of arthroscopic single row repair (group I) and 25 patients who underwent double row repair (group II) from March 2003 to March 2005 were retrospectively evaluated and compared for the clinical outcomes. The mean age was 58 years and 56 years respectively for group I and II. The average follow-up in the two groups was 24 months. The evaluation was done by using the University of California Los Angeles (UCLA) rating scale and the shoulder index of the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons (ASES). In Group I, the mean ASES score increased from 30.48 to 87.40 and the mean ASES score increased from 32.00 to 91.45 in the Group II. The mean UCLA score increased from the preoperative 12.23 to 30.82 in Group I and from 12.20 to 32.40 in Group II. Each method has shown no statistical clinical differences between two methods, but based on the sub scores of UCLA score, the double row repair method yields better results for the strength, and it gives more satisfaction to the patients than the single row repair method. Comparing the two methods, double row repair group showed better clinical results in recovering strength and gave more satisfaction to the patients but no statistical clinical difference was found between 2 methods.

A colorimetric micro method for the determination of formyl groups

PubMed Central

Lakshmi, S. Usha; Ramachandran, L. K.

1969-01-01

The characteristic purple colour formed by N-formyl-N′-2,4-dinitrophenyl-hydrazine in the presence of piperidine and acetone was made the basis of a new quantitative method for the determination of formyl groups. Samples containing N-formyl groups (up to 0·4μmole) are hydrazinolysed at 97–98° for 1hr. and are dinitrophenylated after the removal of excess of hydrazine. Interference from 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine is eliminated by subjecting the dinitrophenylated samples to chromatography on an alumina column. Interference arising from the formation of N-acetyl-N′-2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine, when determining formyl groups in samples containing acetyl, can be avoided by a paper-chromatographic separation before analysis. A standard procedure is described. The method gives satisfactory results when applied to N-formyl-amino acids. Gramicidin, when analysed by this method, was found to contain 0·89 mole of formyl group/mole for a molecular weight of 1880. The method indicated the absence of formyl groups from lysozyme, a protein known not to contain such groups. Generally, the analytical values obtained by the method are within 100±4% of theory. PMID:5774469

Streptococcus group B typing: comparison of counter-immunoelectrophoresis with the precipitin method.

PubMed

Kubín, V; Jelínková, J; Franêk, J

1977-07-01

The method of counter-immunoelectrophoresis (CIE) was tested for its applicability to group B streptococcus typing. The results obtained were compared with the typing by the ring precipitin test. Identical antigens and identical hyperimmune typing serum batches had been used in both methods. A large majority of 75 freshly isolated strains were typed identically by both methods. Five strains with a weak antigenic outfit were untypable by the ring precipitin test but were typed by CIE owing to a higher sensitivity of CIE method. Two strains were typable by the precipitin test but not by CIE; an explanation for this phenomenon is lacking. The CIE method in group B typing is specific, rapid, highly sensitive and relatively simple. It requires strict maintenance of standard conditions. The method is economical with respect to manipulation and material, requires small amounts of diagnostic antisera. Potent antisera may be used diluted. Moreover, sera for CIE typing need not be absorbed to remove group B antibodies. CIE method is practicable for group B streptococcus typing, especially in laboratories carrying out routine large scale type identification.

Improving Nursing Students' Learning Outcomes in Fundamentals of Nursing Course through Combination of Traditional and e-Learning Methods.

PubMed

Sheikhaboumasoudi, Rouhollah; Bagheri, Maryam; Hosseini, Sayed Abbas; Ashouri, Elaheh; Elahi, Nasrin

2018-01-01

Fundamentals of nursing course are prerequisite to providing comprehensive nursing care. Despite development of technology on nursing education, effectiveness of using e-learning methods in fundamentals of nursing course is unclear in clinical skills laboratory for nursing students. The aim of this study was to compare the effect of blended learning (combining e-learning with traditional learning methods) with traditional learning alone on nursing students' scores. A two-group post-test experimental study was administered from February 2014 to February 2015. Two groups of nursing students who were taking the fundamentals of nursing course in Iran were compared. Sixty nursing students were selected as control group (just traditional learning methods) and experimental group (combining e-learning with traditional learning methods) for two consecutive semesters. Both groups participated in Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) and were evaluated in the same way using a prepared checklist and questionnaire of satisfaction. Statistical analysis was conducted through SPSS software version 16. Findings of this study reflected that mean of midterm (t = 2.00, p = 0.04) and final score (t = 2.50, p = 0.01) of the intervention group (combining e-learning with traditional learning methods) were significantly higher than the control group (traditional learning methods). The satisfaction of male students in intervention group was higher than in females (t = 2.60, p = 0.01). Based on the findings, this study suggests that the use of combining traditional learning methods with e-learning methods such as applying educational website and interactive online resources for fundamentals of nursing course instruction can be an effective supplement for improving nursing students' clinical skills.

Automatic identification of abstract online groups

DOEpatents

Engel, David W; Gregory, Michelle L; Bell, Eric B; Cowell, Andrew J; Piatt, Andrew W

2014-04-15

Online abstract groups, in which members aren't explicitly connected, can be automatically identified by computer-implemented methods. The methods involve harvesting records from social media and extracting content-based and structure-based features from each record. Each record includes a social-media posting and is associated with one or more entities. Each feature is stored on a data storage device and includes a computer-readable representation of an attribute of one or more records. The methods further involve grouping records into record groups according to the features of each record. Further still the methods involve calculating an n-dimensional surface representing each record group and defining an outlier as a record having feature-based distances measured from every n-dimensional surface that exceed a threshold value. Each of the n-dimensional surfaces is described by a footprint that characterizes the respective record group as an online abstract group.

[Efficacy of the keyword mnemonic method in adults].

PubMed

Campos, Alfredo; Pérez-Fabello, María José; Camino, Estefanía

2010-11-01

Two experiments were used to assess the efficacy of the keyword mnemonic method in adults. In Experiment 1, immediate and delayed recall (at a one-day interval) were assessed by comparing the results obtained by a group of adults using the keyword mnemonic method in contrast to a group using the repetition method. The mean age of the sample under study was 59.35 years. Subjects were required to learn a list of 16 words translated from Latin into Spanish. Participants who used keyword mnemonics that had been devised by other experimental participants of the same characteristics, obtained significantly higher immediate and delayed recall scores than participants in the repetition method. In Experiment 2, other participants had to learn a list of 24 Latin words translated into Spanish by using the keyword mnemonic method reinforced with pictures. Immediate and delayed recall were significantly greater in the keyword mnemonic method group than in the repetition method group.

Estimation of Environment-Related Properties of Chemicals for Design of Sustainable Processes: Development of Group-Contribution+ (GC+) Property Models and Uncertainty Analysis

EPA Science Inventory

The aim of this work is to develop group-contribution+ (GC+) method (combined group-contribution (GC) method and atom connectivity index (CI) method) based property models to provide reliable estimations of environment-related properties of organic chemicals together with uncert...

Differential Item Functioning Detection Across Two Methods of Defining Group Comparisons

PubMed Central

Sari, Halil Ibrahim

2014-01-01

This study compares two methods of defining groups for the detection of differential item functioning (DIF): (a) pairwise comparisons and (b) composite group comparisons. We aim to emphasize and empirically support the notion that the choice of pairwise versus composite group definitions in DIF is a reflection of how one defines fairness in DIF studies. In this study, a simulation was conducted based on data from a 60-item ACT Mathematics test (ACT; Hanson & Béguin). The unsigned area measure method (Raju) was used as the DIF detection method. An application to operational data was also completed in the study, as well as a comparison of observed Type I error rates and false discovery rates across the two methods of defining groups. Results indicate that the amount of flagged DIF or interpretations about DIF in all conditions were not the same across the two methods, and there may be some benefits to using composite group approaches. The results are discussed in connection to differing definitions of fairness. Recommendations for practice are made. PMID:29795837

An inter-comparison of similarity-based methods for organisation and classification of groundwater hydrographs

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Haaf, Ezra; Barthel, Roland

2018-04-01

Classification and similarity based methods, which have recently received major attention in the field of surface water hydrology, namely through the PUB (prediction in ungauged basins) initiative, have not yet been applied to groundwater systems. However, it can be hypothesised, that the principle of "similar systems responding similarly to similar forcing" applies in subsurface hydrology as well. One fundamental prerequisite to test this hypothesis and eventually to apply the principle to make "predictions for ungauged groundwater systems" is efficient methods to quantify the similarity of groundwater system responses, i.e. groundwater hydrographs. In this study, a large, spatially extensive, as well as geologically and geomorphologically diverse dataset from Southern Germany and Western Austria was used, to test and compare a set of 32 grouping methods, which have previously only been used individually in local-scale studies. The resulting groupings are compared to a heuristic visual classification, which serves as a baseline. A performance ranking of these classification methods is carried out and differences in homogeneity of grouping results were shown, whereby selected groups were related to hydrogeological indices and geological descriptors. This exploratory empirical study shows that the choice of grouping method has a large impact on the object distribution within groups, as well as on the homogeneity of patterns captured in groups. The study provides a comprehensive overview of a large number of grouping methods, which can guide researchers when attempting similarity-based groundwater hydrograph classification.

Comparison of two teaching methods for cardiac arrhythmia interpretation among nursing students.

PubMed

Varvaroussis, Dimitrios P; Kalafati, Maria; Pliatsika, Paraskevi; Castrén, Maaret; Lott, Carsten; Xanthos, Theodoros

2014-02-01

The aim of this study was to compare the six-stage method (SSM) for instructing primary cardiac arrhythmias interpretation to students without basic electrocardiogram (ECG) knowledge with a descriptive teaching method in a single educational intervention. This is a randomized trial. Following a brief instructional session, undergraduate nursing students, assigned to group A (SSM) and group B (descriptive teaching method), undertook a written test in cardiac rhythm recognition, immediately after the educational intervention (initial exam). Participants were also examined with an unannounced retention test (final exam), one month after instruction. Altogether 134 students completed the study. Interpretation accuracy for each cardiac arrhythmia was assessed. Mean score at the initial exam was 8.71±1.285 for group A and 8.74±1.303 for group B. Mean score at the final exam was 8.25±1.46 for group A vs 7.84±1.44 for group B. Overall results showed that the SSM was equally effective with the descriptive teaching method. The study showed that in each group bradyarrhythmias were identified correctly by more students than tachyarrhythmias. No significant difference between the two teaching methods was seen for any specific cardiac arrhythmia. The SSM effectively develops staff competency for interpreting common cardiac arrhythmias in students without ECG knowledge. More research is needed to support this conclusion and the method's effectiveness must be evaluated if being implemented to trainee groups with preexisting basic ECG interpretation knowledge. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.

Effect of the starting point of half-pin insertion on the insertional torque of the pin at the tibia.

PubMed

Kim, Sung Jae; Kim, Sung Hwan; Kim, Young Hwan; Chun, Yong Min

2015-01-01

The authors have observed a failure to achieve secure fixation in elderly patients when inserting a half-pin at the anteromedial surface of the tibia. The purpose of this study was to compare two methods for inserting a half-pin at tibia diaphysis in elderly patients. Twenty cadaveric tibias were divided into Group C or V. A half-pin was inserted into the tibias of Group C via the conventional method, from the anteromedial surface to the interosseous border of the tibia diaphysis, and into the tibias of Group V via the vertical method, from the anterior border to the posterior surface at the same level. The maximum insertion torque was measured during the bicortical insertion with a torque driver. The thickness of the cortex was measured by micro-computed tomography. The relationship between the thickness of the cortex engaged and the insertion torque was investigated. The maximum insertion torque and the thickness of the cortex were significantly higher in Group V than Group C. Both groups exhibited a statistically significant linear correlation between torque and thickness by Spearman's rank correlation analysis. Half-pins inserted by the vertical method achieved purchase of more cortex than those inserted by the conventional method. Considering that cortical thickness and insertion torque in Group V were significantly greater than those in Group C, we suggest that the vertical method of half-pin insertion may be an alternative to the conventional method in elderly patients.

[Hand and wrist bone maturation in children with central precocious puberty and idiopathic short stature].

PubMed

Wang, Anru; Yang, Fangling; Yu, Baosheng; Shan, Ye; Gao, Lanying; Zhang, Xiaoxiao; Peng, Ya

2013-07-01

To investigate the maturation of individual bones on the hand and wrist in children with central precocious puberty (CPP) and idiopathic short stature (ISS). Hand and wrist films of 25 children with CPP, 29 children with ISS and 21 normal controls were evaluated by conventional Greulich-Pyle (GP) atlas method and individual bone assessment method, in which all twenty bones of the hand and wrist were evaluated based on GP atlas, including 2 radius and ulna, 7 carpal bones, 11 metacarpal and phalangeal bones, the average bone age (BA) was calculated. The differences in groups were analyzed by independent samples t test. The differences between the two methods were analyzed by paired sample t test. The differences between BA and chronological age (CA) were analyzed by ROC with SPSS 17.0. Compared with the normal control group, the advance of BA in the CPP group was 0.70-2.26 y (1.48 ±0.78) by the GP atlas method, while that was 0.28-2.00 y(1.14 ±0.86) by the individual bone evaluation method. In all twenty bones, the advance of metacarpal and phalangeal BA was the greatest [0.34-2.06 y(1.2±0.86)]. In the ISS group,the delay of BA was 0.47-2.91 y(-1.69±1.22) by the GP atlas method, while that was 0.48-2.50 y (-1.49±1.01) by individual bone evaluation method.The delay of carpal BA was the greatest [0.59-2.73 y(-1.66±1.07)] in all twenty bones. In the ISS group and the normal control group, there were no statistic differences between the two methods. In the CPP group, statistic difference was found between two methods. There were no statistic differences for the areas under ROC curves between two methods. The advance of metacarpal and phalangeal BA is the greatest in CPP group and the delay of carpal BA is the greatest in ISS group.Both methods provide diagnostic information for bone age in CPP and ISS children.

A safe and effective method for treatment of chronic subdural haematoma.

PubMed

Gurelik, Mustafa; Aslan, Adem; Gurelik, Bilge; Ozum, Unal; Karadag, Ozen; Kars, H Zafer

2007-02-01

Burr-hole irrigation and burr-hole drainage without irrigation are the most popular methods for treatment of chronic subdural haematoma. It is not well known if irrigation is necessary or which method has a higher recurrence rate. We compared the recurrence rates of those two methods. Forty-two patients were treated by burr-hole irrigation (irrigation group), whereas 38 patients were treated by burr-hole drainage (drainage group). Recurrence rate and its relation with sex, age, haematoma localization and aetiology were investigated in both groups. There was no significant difference between recurrence rates of the two groups. There was also no correlation between recurrence rate and age, sex, haematoma localization, or aetiology. There was no significant difference between recurrence rates of the two groups. Since the burr-hole drainage method is simpler to carry out, its use may be preferable.

[Isolation and identification methods of enterobacteria group and its technological advancement].

PubMed

Furuta, Itaru

2007-08-01

In the last half-century, isolation and identification methods of enterobacteria groups have markedly improved by technological advancement. Clinical microbiology tests have changed overtime from tube methods to commercial identification kits and automated identification. Tube methods are the original method for the identification of enterobacteria groups, that is, a basically essential method to recognize bacterial fermentation and biochemical principles. In this paper, traditional tube tests are discussed, such as the utilization of carbohydrates, indole, methyl red, and citrate and urease tests. Commercial identification kits and automated instruments by computer based analysis as current methods are also discussed, and those methods provide rapidity and accuracy. Nonculture techniques of nucleic acid typing methods using PCR analysis, and immunochemical methods using monoclonal antibodies can be further developed.

Modified gastroduodenostomy in laparoscopy-assisted distal gastrectomy: a 'tornado' anastomosis.

PubMed

Kubota, Keisuke; Kuroda, Junko; Yoshida, Masashi; Okada, Akihiro; Nitori, Nobuhiro; Kitajima, Masaki

2013-01-01

This study was to examine the utility of a modified double-stapling end-to-end gastroduodenostomy method ('Tornado' anastomosis) compared to a method with an additional gastrotomy ('Anterior Incision' method) in laparoscopy-assisted distal gastrectomy. Forty-two patients with gastric cancer who underwent laparoscopy-assisted distal gastrectomy were analyzed retrospectively. Billroth-I using an additional gastrotomy was performed in 24 patients (AI group) and Billroth-I without an additional gastrotomy was performed in 18 (TOR group). Clinicopathological features, operative outcomes (lymph node dissection, operative time, operative blood loss) and postoperative outcomes (complications, postoperative hospital stay, and body weight loss at one year after surgery) were evaluated and compared between groups. Operative time was significantly shorter in the TOR group (251 min) than in the AI group (282 min) (p < 0.01). There were no statistically significant differences in operative blood loss, postoperative complications, and hospital stay between the 2 study groups. Body weight loss at one year after surgery was -5.8 kg in the TOR group and -6.5 kg in the AI group, without a statistically significant difference. Completion time for Billroth-I anastomosis was significantly shorter with Tornado anastomosis than with the Anterior Incision method, with safety equal between the two methods.

[Impacts of collaborative teaching method on the teaching achievement of Acupuncture and Moxibustion].

PubMed

Tian, Haomei; Shen, Jing; Shi, Jia; Liu, Mi; Wang, Chao; Liu, Jinzhi; Chen, Chutao

2016-11-12

To explore the impacts of collaborative teaching method on the teaching achievement of Acupuncture and Moxibustion . Six classes in Hunan University of CM of 2012 grade Chinese medicine department were randomized into an observation group and a control group, 3 classes in each one. In the observation group, the collaborative teaching method was adopted, in which, different teaching modes were used according to the characteristics of each chapter and the study initiative of students was predominated. In the control group, the traditional teaching method was used, in which, the class teaching was the primary and the practice was the secondary in the section of techniques of acupuncture and moxibustion. The results of each curriculum and the total results were compared between the two groups during the whole semester. Compared with the control group, in the observation group, the total achievements of curriculum and case analysis combined with the total result of the theory examination were apparently improved (both P <0.01). The collaborative teaching method improves the comprehensive ability of students and provides a new approach to the teaching of Acupuncture and Moxibustion .

A comparison of methods of estimating potential evapotranspiration from climatological data in arid and subhumid environments

USGS Publications Warehouse

Cruff, R.W.; Thompson, T.H.

1967-01-01

This study compared potential evapotranspiration, computed from climatological data by each of six empirical methods, with pan evaporation adjusted to equivalent lake evaporation by regional coefficients. The six methods tested were the Thornthwaite, U.S. Weather Bureau (a modification of the Permian method), Lowry-Johnson, Blaney-Criddle, Lane, and Hamon methods. The test was limited to 25 sites in the arid and subhumid parts of Arizona, California, and Nevada, where pan evaporation and concurrent climatological data were available. However, some of the sites lacked complete climatological data for the application of all six methods. Average values of adjusted pan evaporation and computed potential evapotransp4ration were compared for two periods---the calendar year and the 6-month period from May 1 through October 31. The 25 sites sampled a wide range of climatic conditions. Ten sites (group 1) were in a highly arid environment and four (group 2) were in an arid environment that was modified by extensive irrigation. The remaining 11 sites (group 3) were in a subhumid environment. Only the Weather Bureau method gave estimates of potential evapotranspiration that closely agreed with the adjusted pan evaporation at all sites where the method was used. However, lack of climatological data restricted the use of the Weather Bureau method to seven sites. Results obtained by use of the Thornthwaite, Lowry-Johnson, and Hamon methods were consistently low. Results obtained by use of the Lane method agreed with adjusted pan evaporation at the group 1 sites but were consistently high at the group 2 and 3 sites. During the analysis it became apparent that adjusted pan evaporation in an arid environment (group 1 sites) was a spurious standard for evaluating the reliability of .the methods that were tested. Group 1 data were accordingly not considered when making conclusions as ,to which of the six methods tested was best. The results of this study for group 2 and 3 data indicated that the Blaney-Criddle method, which uses climatological data that can be readily obtained or deduced, was the most practical of the six methods for estimating potential evapotranspiration. At all 15 sites in the two environments, potential evapotranspiration computed by the Blaney-Criddle method checked the adjusted pan evaporation within ?22 percent. This percentage range is generally considered to be the range of reliability for estimating lake evaporation from evaporation pans.

A method for assigning species into groups based on generalized Mahalanobis distance between habitat model coefficients

USGS Publications Warehouse

Williams, C.J.; Heglund, P.J.

2009-01-01

Habitat association models are commonly developed for individual animal species using generalized linear modeling methods such as logistic regression. We considered the issue of grouping species based on their habitat use so that management decisions can be based on sets of species rather than individual species. This research was motivated by a study of western landbirds in northern Idaho forests. The method we examined was to separately fit models to each species and to use a generalized Mahalanobis distance between coefficient vectors to create a distance matrix among species. Clustering methods were used to group species from the distance matrix, and multidimensional scaling methods were used to visualize the relations among species groups. Methods were also discussed for evaluating the sensitivity of the conclusions because of outliers or influential data points. We illustrate these methods with data from the landbird study conducted in northern Idaho. Simulation results are presented to compare the success of this method to alternative methods using Euclidean distance between coefficient vectors and to methods that do not use habitat association models. These simulations demonstrate that our Mahalanobis-distance- based method was nearly always better than Euclidean-distance-based methods or methods not based on habitat association models. The methods used to develop candidate species groups are easily explained to other scientists and resource managers since they mainly rely on classical multivariate statistical methods. ?? 2008 Springer Science+Business Media, LLC.

Comparison of four DNA extraction methods for the detection of Mycobacterium leprae from Ziehl-Neelsen-stained microscopic slides.

PubMed

Ruiz-Fuentes, Jenny Laura; Díaz, Alexis; Entenza, Anayma Elena; Frión, Yahima; Suárez, Odelaisy; Torres, Pedro; de Armas, Yaxsier; Acosta, Lucrecia

2015-12-01

The diagnosis of leprosy has been a challenge due to the low sensibility of the conventional methods and the impossibility of culturing the causative organism. In this study, four methods for Mycobacterium leprae nucleic-acid extraction from Ziehl-Neelsen-stained slides (ZNS slides) were compared: Phenol/chloroform, Chelex 100 resin, and two commercial kits (Wizard Genomic DNA Purification Kit and QIAamp DNA Mini Kit). DNA was extracted from four groups of slides: a high-codification-slide group (bacteriological index [BI]⩾4), a low-codification-slide group (BI=1), a negative-slide group (BI=0), and a negative-control-slide group (BI=0). Quality DNA was evidenced by the amplification of specific repetitive element present in M. leprae genomic DNA (RLEP) using a nested polymerase chain reaction. This is the first report comparing four different extraction methods for obtaining M. leprae DNA from ZNS slides in Cuban patients, and applied in molecular diagnosis. Good-quality DNA and positive amplification were detected in the high-codification-slide group with the four methods, while from the low-codification-slide group only the QIAGEN and phenol-chloroform methods obtained amplification of M. leprae. In the negative-slide group, only the QIAGEN method was able to obtain DNA with sufficient quality for positive amplification of the RLEP region. No amplification was observed in the negative-control-slide group by any method. Patients with ZNS negative slides can still transmit the infection, and molecular methods can help identify and treat them, interrupting the chain of transmission and preventing the onset of disabilities. The ZNS slides can be sent easily to reference laboratories for later molecular analysis that can be useful not only to improve the diagnosis, but also for the application of other molecular techniques. Copyright © 2015 Asian-African Society for Mycobacteriology. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

[The effectiveness of physical therapy methods (Bobath and motor relearning program) in rehabilitation of stroke patients].

PubMed

Krutulyte, Grazina; Kimtys, Algimantas; Krisciūnas, Aleksandras

2003-01-01

The purpose of this study was to examine whether two different physiotherapy regimes caused any differences in outcome in the rehabilitation after stroke. We examined 240 patients with stroke. Examination was carried out at the Rehabilitation Center of Kaunas Second Clinical Hospital. Patients were divided into 2 groups: Bobath method was applied to the first (I) group (n=147), motor relearning program (MRP) method was applied to the second (II) group (n=93). In every group of patients we established samples according to sex, age, hospitalization to rehab unit as occurrence of CVA degree of disorder (hemiplegia, hemiparesis). The mobility of patients was evaluated according to European Federation for Research in Rehabilitation (EFRR) scale. Activities of daily living were evaluated by Barthel index. Analyzed groups were evaluated before physical therapy. When preliminary analysis was carried out it proved no statically reliable differences between analyzed groups (reliability 95%). The same statistical analysis was carried out after physical therapy. The results of differences between patient groups were compared using chi(2) method. Bobath method was applied working with the first group of patients. The aim of the method is to improve quality of the affected body side's movements in order to keep both sides working as harmoniously as possible. While applying this method at work, physical therapist guides patient's body on key-points, stimulating normal postural reactions, and training normal movement pattern. MRP method was used while working with the second group patients. This method is based on movement science, biomechanics and training of functional movement. Program is based on idea that movement pattern shouldn't be trained; it must be relearned. CONCLUSION. This study indicates that physiotherapy with task-oriented strategies represented by MRP, is preferable to physiotherapy with facilitation/inhibition strategies, such the Bobath programme, in the rehabilitation of stroke patients (p< 0.05).

Ultrastructural changes of sheep cumulus-oocyte complexes following different methods of vitrification.

PubMed

Ebrahimi, Bita; Valojerdi, Mojtaba Rezazadeh; Eftekhari-Yazdi, Poopak; Baharvand, Hossein

2012-05-01

To determine the ultrastructural changes of sheep cumulus-oocyte complexes (COCs) following different methods of vitrification, good quality isolated COCs (GV stage) were randomly divided into the non-vitrified control, conventional straw, cryotop and solid surface vitrification groups. In both conventional and cryotop methods, vitrified COCs were respectively loaded by conventional straws and cryotops, and then plunged directly into liquid nitrogen (LN2); whereas in the solid surface group, vitrified COCs were first loaded by cryotops and then cooled before plunging into LN2. Post-warming survivability and ultrastructural changes of healthy COCs in the cryotop group especially in comparison with the conventional group revealed better viability rate and good preservation of the ooplasm organization. However in all vitrification groups except the cryotop group, mitochondria were clumped. Solely in the conventional straw group, the mitochondria showed different densities and were extremely distended. Moreover in the latter group, plenty of large irregular connected vesicles in the ooplasm were observed and in some parts their membrane ruptured. Also, in the conventional and solid surface vitrification groups, cumulus cells projections became retracted from the zona pellucida in some parts. In conclusion, the cryotop vitrification method as compared with other methods seems to have a good post-warming survivability and shows less deleterious effects on the ultrastructure of healthy vitrified-warmed sheep COCs.

Teaching Agricultural Policy with the Case Method.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Stuhler, E. A.

1994-01-01

Two groups of agriculture students were taught with case studies and one group without (about 30 students in each group). Case-method groups had greater gains in cognitive performance and changed motivation and attitudes. Case studies had a positive effect on the development of problem-solving skills. (SK)

Recycling stainless steel orthodontic brackets with Er:YAG laser - An environmental scanning electron microscope and shear bond strength study.

PubMed

Chacko, Prince K; Kodoth, Jithesh; John, Jacob; Kumar, Kishore

2013-07-01

TO DETERMINE THE EFFICIENCY OF ERBIUM: Yttrium aluminum garnet (Er:YAG) laser with Environmental Scanning Electron Microscope (ESEM) and shear bond strength analysis as a method of recycling stainless steel orthodontic brackets and compare with other methods of recycling. Eighty samples of extracted premolar teeth bonded to SS brackets were tested for rebonded shear bond strength after recycling by four methods and compared with a control group of 20 samples. These 80 samples were randomized into four groups which were recycled by four methods, namely, sandblasting, thermal method, adhesive grinding by tungsten carbide bur, and Er: YAG laser method. After recycling, ESEM and shear bond strength analysis were used to analyze the efficiency of the recycling methods. ER: YAG laser group was found to be having the greatest bond strength among the recycled brackets (8.33±2.51 followed by the sandblasting at 6.12±1.12 MPa, thermal and electropolishing at 4.44±0.95 MPa, and lastly the adhesive grinding method at 3.08±1.07 MPa. The shear bond strength of Er: YAG laser group was found to be having no statistically significant difference with that of the control group (P>0.05 and had statistical signifance with sandblasting, thermal and electropolishing and adhesive grinding groups at P>0.001. ESEM analysis showed complete removal of adhesive from the brackets recycled with Er: YAG laser which mimicked that of the control group. ER: YAG laser (2940 nm) was found to be the most efficient method for recycling, followed by the sandblasting, thermal, and the tungsten carbide methods, which had the least shear bond strength value and is not fit for clinical usage.

[Study on the effect of different impression methods on the marginal fit of all-ceramic crowns].

PubMed

Zhan, Lilin; Zeng, Liwei; Chen, Ping; Liao, Lan; Li, Shiyue; Liu, Renying

2015-08-01

To investigate the effect of three different impression methods on the marginal fit of all-ceramic crowns. The three methods include scanning silicone rubber impression, cast models, and direct optical impression. The polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) material of a mandibular first molar in standard model was prepared with 16 models duplicated. The all-ceramic crowns were prepared using three different impression methods. Accurate impressions were made using silicone rubber, and the cast models were obtained. The PMMA models, silicone rubber impressions, and cast models were scanned, and digital models of three groups were obtained to produce 48 zirconia all-ceramic crowns with computer aided design/computer aided manufacture. The marginal fit of these groups was measured by silicone rubber gap impression. Statistical analysis was performed with SPSS 17.0 software. The marginal fit of direct optical impression groups, silicone rubber impression groups, cast model groups was (69.18±9.47), (81.04±10.88), (84.42±9.96) µm. A significant difference was observed in the marginal fit of the direct optical impression groups and the other groups (P<0.05). No statistically significant difference was observed in the marginal fit of the silicone rubber impression groups and the cast model groups (P>0.05). All marginal measurement sites are clinically acceptable by the three different impression scanning methods. The silicone rubber impression scanning method can be used for all-ceramic restorations.

Recognition of building group patterns in topographic maps based on graph partitioning and random forest

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

He, Xianjin; Zhang, Xinchang; Xin, Qinchuan

2018-02-01

Recognition of building group patterns (i.e., the arrangement and form exhibited by a collection of buildings at a given mapping scale) is important to the understanding and modeling of geographic space and is hence essential to a wide range of downstream applications such as map generalization. Most of the existing methods develop rigid rules based on the topographic relationships between building pairs to identify building group patterns and thus their applications are often limited. This study proposes a method to identify a variety of building group patterns that allow for map generalization. The method first identifies building group patterns from potential building clusters based on a machine-learning algorithm and further partitions the building clusters with no recognized patterns based on the graph partitioning method. The proposed method is applied to the datasets of three cities that are representative of the complex urban environment in Southern China. Assessment of the results based on the reference data suggests that the proposed method is able to recognize both regular (e.g., the collinear, curvilinear, and rectangular patterns) and irregular (e.g., the L-shaped, H-shaped, and high-density patterns) building group patterns well, given that the correctness values are consistently nearly 90% and the completeness values are all above 91% for three study areas. The proposed method shows promises in automated recognition of building group patterns that allows for map generalization.

Teaching acute care nurses cognitive assessment using LOCFAS: what's the best method?

PubMed

Flannery, J; Land, K

2001-02-01

The Levels of Cognitive Functioning Assessment Scale (LOCFAS) is a behavioral checklist used by nurses in the acute care setting to assess the level of cognitive functioning in severely brain-injured patients in the early post-trauma period. Previous research studies have supported the reliability and validity of LOCFAS. For LOCFAS to become a more firmly established method of cognitive assessment, nurses must become familiar with and proficient in the use of this instrument. The purpose of this study was to find the most effective method of instruction by comparing three methods: a self-directed manual, a teaching video, and a classroom presentation. Videotaped vignettes of actual brain-injured patients were presented at the end of each training session, and participants were required to categorize these videotaped patients by using LOCFAS. High levels of reliability were observed for both the self-directed manual group and the teaching video group, but an overall lower level of reliability was observed for the classroom presentation group. Examination of the accuracy of overall LOCFAS ratings revealed a significant difference for instructional groups; the accuracy of the classroom presentation group was significantly lower than that of either the self-directed manual group or the teaching video group. The three instructional groups also differed on the average accuracy of ratings of the individual behaviors; the accuracy of the classroom presentation group was significantly lower than that of the teaching video group, whereas the self-directed manual group fell in between. Nurses also rated the instructional methods across a number of evaluative dimensions on a 5-point Likert-type scale. Evaluative statements ranged from average to good, with no significant differences among instructional methods.

Permeability evaluation after decay removal in primary teeth with current caries-excavation techniques.

PubMed

Shabzendedar, Mahbobeh; Moosavi, Horieh; Talbi, Maryam; Sharifi, Marjan

2011-11-01

The goal of the study was to evaluate the effect of caries removal by three various methods on the permeability of class II composite resin restorations in primary molar teeth. Forty-five recently extracted primary molars were randomly assigned to three groups for three different methods of caries removal; group 1-mechanical, group 2-caries detector dye, and group 3-Carisolv (n = 15). After that, class II cavities in all groups were restored with the adhesive (Opti Bond Solo Plus) that was applied according to the manufacturer's instruction and a posterior composite (Herculite XRV), which was used incrementally. After 24 hours the samples were thermocycled in water for 500 cycles between 5 and 55°C with a dwell time of 30 sec. Permeability was assessed by the fluid filtration method. The data were analyzed using the ANOVA test while study groups were compared with Tukey test for statistically significant differences at a 5% significance level. The evaluation of tested groups indicated that the highest (0.80) and least (0.37) mean of permeability was observed in group 2 and 3 respectively. Significant difference was revealed among the tested groups (p = 0.045). The comparison of Carisolv and caries detector dye groups indicated a statistically significant difference (p = 0.037). There was not any significant difference between Carisolv or caries dye in the conventional group. Using the chemomechanical and staining methods for caries removal had no more detrimental effect on permeability than the conventional technique. However, caries detection dye for caries removal could be more harmful than chemomechanical method. None of the current caries-excavation techniques could eliminate permeability in class II composite resin restorations. Furthermore, staining methods do not have an adverse effect on sealing ability in comparison to the conventional technique.

Methods for synthesizing semiconductor quality chalcopyrite crystals for nonlinear optical and radiation detection applications and the like

DOEpatents

Stowe, Ashley; Burger, Arnold

2016-05-10

A method for synthesizing I-III-VI.sub.2 compounds, including: melting a Group III element; adding a Group I element to the melted Group III element at a rate that allows the Group I and Group III elements to react thereby providing a single phase I-III compound; and adding a Group VI element to the single phase I-III compound under heat, with mixing, and/or via vapor transport. The Group III element is melted at a temperature of between about 200 degrees C. and about 700 degrees C. Preferably, the Group I element consists of a neutron absorber and the group III element consists of In or Ga. The Group VI element and the single phase I-III compound are heated to a temperature of between about 700 degrees C. and about 1000 degrees C. Preferably, the Group VI element consists of S, Se, or Te. Optionally, the method also includes doping with a Group IV element activator.

Evaluating team-based, lecture-based, and hybrid learning methods for neurology clerkship in China: a method-comparison study

PubMed Central

2014-01-01

Background Neurology is complex, abstract, and difficult for students to learn. However, a good learning method for neurology clerkship training is required to help students quickly develop strong clinical thinking as well as problem-solving skills. Both the traditional lecture-based learning (LBL) and the relatively new team-based learning (TBL) methods have inherent strengths and weaknesses when applied to neurology clerkship education. However, the strengths of each method may complement the weaknesses of the other. Combining TBL with LBL may produce better learning outcomes than TBL or LBL alone. We propose a hybrid method (TBL + LBL) and designed an experiment to compare the learning outcomes with those of pure LBL and pure TBL. Methods One hundred twenty-seven fourth-year medical students attended a two-week neurology clerkship program organized by the Department of Neurology, Sun Yat-Sen Memorial Hospital. All of the students were from Grade 2007, Department of Clinical Medicine, Zhongshan School of Medicine, Sun Yat-Sen University. These students were assigned to one of three groups randomly: Group A (TBL + LBL, with 41 students), Group B (LBL, with 43 students), and Group C (TBL, with 43 students). The learning outcomes were evaluated by a questionnaire and two tests covering basic knowledge of neurology and clinical practice. Results The practice test scores of Group A were similar to those of Group B, but significantly higher than those of Group C. The theoretical test scores and the total scores of Group A were significantly higher than those of Groups B and C. In addition, 100% of the students in Group A were satisfied with the combination of TBL + LBL. Conclusions Our results support our proposal that the combination of TBL + LBL is acceptable to students and produces better learning outcomes than either method alone in neurology clerkships. In addition, the proposed hybrid method may also be suited for other medical clerkships that require students to absorb a large amount of abstract and complex course materials in a short period, such as pediatrics and internal medicine clerkships. PMID:24884854

The Effectiveness of the Game-Based Learning System for the Improvement of American Sign Language Using Kinect

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kamnardsiri, Teerawat; Hongsit, Ler-on; Khuwuthyakorn, Pattaraporn; Wongta, Noppon

2017-01-01

This paper investigated students' achievement for learning American Sign Language (ASL), using two different methods. There were two groups of samples. The first experimental group (Group A) was the game-based learning for ASL, using Kinect. The second control learning group (Group B) was the traditional face-to-face learning method, generally…

Differential Item Functioning Detection across Two Methods of Defining Group Comparisons: Pairwise and Composite Group Comparisons

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Sari, Halil Ibrahim; Huggins, Anne Corinne

2015-01-01

This study compares two methods of defining groups for the detection of differential item functioning (DIF): (a) pairwise comparisons and (b) composite group comparisons. We aim to emphasize and empirically support the notion that the choice of pairwise versus composite group definitions in DIF is a reflection of how one defines fairness in DIF…

Edge grouping combining boundary and region information.

PubMed

Stahl, Joachim S; Wang, Song

2007-10-01

This paper introduces a new edge-grouping method to detect perceptually salient structures in noisy images. Specifically, we define a new grouping cost function in a ratio form, where the numerator measures the boundary proximity of the resulting structure and the denominator measures the area of the resulting structure. This area term introduces a preference towards detecting larger-size structures and, therefore, makes the resulting edge grouping more robust to image noise. To find the optimal edge grouping with the minimum grouping cost, we develop a special graph model with two different kinds of edges and then reduce the grouping problem to finding a special kind of cycle in this graph with a minimum cost in ratio form. This optimal cycle-finding problem can be solved in polynomial time by a previously developed graph algorithm. We implement this edge-grouping method, test it on both synthetic data and real images, and compare its performance against several available edge-grouping and edge-linking methods. Furthermore, we discuss several extensions of the proposed method, including the incorporation of the well-known grouping cues of continuity and intensity homogeneity, introducing a factor to balance the contributions from the boundary and region information, and the prevention of detecting self-intersecting boundaries.

Pilates and Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation Methods Induce Similar Strength Gains but Different Neuromuscular Adaptations in Elderly Women.

PubMed

Teixeira de Carvalho, Fabiana; de Andrade Mesquita, Laiana Sepúlveda; Pereira, Rafael; Neto, Osmar Pinto; Amaro Zangaro, Renato

2017-01-01

Background/Study Context: The aging process is associated with a decline in muscle mass, strength, and conditioning. Two training methods that may be useful to improve muscle function are Pilates and proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation (PNF). Thus, the present study aimed to compare the influence of training programs using Pilates and PNF methods with elderly women. Sixty healthy elderly women were randomly divided into three groups: Pilates group, PNF group, and control group. Pilates and PNF groups underwent 1-month training programs with Pilates and PNF methods, respectively. The control group received no intervention during the 1 month. The maximal isometric force levels from knee extension and flexion, as well as the electromyography (EMG) signals from quadriceps and biceps femoris, were recorded before and after the 1-month intervention period. A two-way analysis of variance revealed that the Pilates and PNF methods induced similar strength gains from knee flexors and extensors, but Pilates exhibited greater low-gamma drive (i.e., oscillations in 30-60 Hz) in the EMG power spectrum after the training period. These results support use of both Pilates and PNF methods to enhance lower limb muscle strength in older groups, which is very important for gait, postural stability, and performance of daily life activities.

Comparing the long-term retention of a physiology course for medical students with the traditional and problem-based learning.

PubMed

Pourshanazari, A A; Roohbakhsh, A; Khazaei, M; Tajadini, H

2013-03-01

The rapid improvements in medical sciences and the ever-increasing related data, however, require novel methods of instruction. One such method, which has been given less than due attention in Iran, is problem-based learning (PBL). In this study, we aimed to evaluate the impact of study skills and the PBL methods on short and long-term retention of information provided for medical students in the course of respiratory physiology and compare it with traditional learning method. In this study, 39 medical students from Medical School of Kerman University of Medical Sciences, Kerman, Iran (2006-2010) were enrolled in the study and allocated randomly in three equal groups (13 in each group). All groups underwent a pre-test to be assessed for their basic information regarding respiratory physiology. Two groups were instructed using the traditional method, and one group used PBL. Among the two groups of the traditional method, one was instructed about study skills and the other was not. Once the PBL group took the study skill workshop, they were aided by tutors for their education. In the final term test, those students who had learned study skills and were instructed with the traditional method scored higher compared to other groups (p < 0.05). However, in the 1 year (p < 0.05) and 4 year (p < 0.01) interval examinations, the PBL group achieved significantly higher scores. Despite the fact that PBL had no positive effect on the final term exam of our students, it yielded a more profound and retained understanding of the subject course. Moreover, considering the positive effect of study skills on long-term student scores, we recommend students to receive instructions regarding the appropriate study skills when initiated into universities.

A Group Recommender System for Tourist Activities

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Garcia, Inma; Sebastia, Laura; Onaindia, Eva; Guzman, Cesar

This paper introduces a method for giving recommendations of tourist activities to a group of users. This method makes recommendations based on the group tastes, their demographic classification and the places visited by the users in former trips. The group recommendation is computed from individual personal recommendations through the use of techniques such as aggregation, intersection or incremental intersection. This method is implemented as an extension of the e-Tourism tool, which is a user-adapted tourism and leisure application, whose main component is the Generalist Recommender System Kernel (GRSK), a domain-independent taxonomy-driven search engine that manages the group recommendation.

A comparison of retentive strength of implant cement depending on various methods of removing provisional cement from implant abutment

PubMed Central

Keum, Eun-Cheol

2013-01-01

PURPOSE This study evaluated the effectiveness of various methods for removing provisional cement from implant abutments, and what effect these methods have on the retention of prosthesis during the definitive cementation. MATERIALS AND METHODS Forty implant fixture analogues and abutments were embedded in resin blocks. Forty cast crowns were fabricated and divided into 4 groups each containing 10 implants. Group A was cemented directly with the definitive cement (Cem-Implant). The remainder were cemented with provisional cement (Temp-Bond NE), and classified according to the method for cleaning the abutments. Group B used a plastic curette and wet gauze, Group C used a rubber cup and pumice, and Group D used an airborne particle abrasion technique. The abutments were observed using a stereomicroscope after removing the provisional cement. The tensile bond strength was measured after the definitive cementation. Statistical analysis was performed using one-way analysis of variance test (α=.05). RESULTS Group B clearly showed provisional cement remaining, whereas the other groups showed almost no cement. Groups A and B showed a relatively smooth surface. More roughness was observed in Group C, and apparent roughness was noted in Group D. The tensile bond strength tests revealed Group D to have significantly the highest tensile bond strength followed in order by Groups C, A and B. CONCLUSION A plastic curette and wet gauze alone cannot effectively remove the residual provisional cement on the abutment. The definitive retention increased when the abutments were treated with rubber cup/pumice or airborne particle abraded to remove the provisional cement. PMID:24049563

Differences Between Ward's and UPGMA Methods of Cluster Analysis: Implications for School Psychology.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hale, Robert L.; Dougherty, Donna

1988-01-01

Compared the efficacy of two methods of cluster analysis, the unweighted pair-groups method using arithmetic averages (UPGMA) and Ward's method, for students grouped on intelligence, achievement, and social adjustment by both clustering methods. Found UPGMA more efficacious based on output, on cophenetic correlation coefficients generated by each…

[The optimization of restoration approaches of advanced hand activity using the sensorial glove and the mCIMT method].

PubMed

Mozheiko, E Yu; Prokopenko, S V; Alekseevich, G V

To reason the choice of methods of restoration of advanced hand activity depending on severity of motor disturbance in the top extremity. Eighty-eight patients were randomized into 3 groups: 1) the mCIMT group, 2) the 'touch glove' group, 3) the control group. For assessment of physical activity of the top extremity Fugl-Meyer Assessment Upper Extremity, Nine-Hole Peg Test, Motor Assessment Scale were used. Assessment of non-use phenomenon was carried out with the Motor Activity Log scale. At a stage of severe motor dysfunction, there was a restoration of proximal departments of a hand in all groups, neither method was superior to the other. In case of moderate severity of motor deficiency of the upper extremity the most effective was the method based on the principle of biological feedback - 'a touch glove'. In the group with mild severity of motor dysfunction, the best recovery was achieved in the mCIMT group.

Methods for treating a liquid using draw solutions

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Wilson, Aaron D; Orme, Christopher J.

Draw solutions comprising at least one N-cyclicalkyl-cycloalkylamine and a secondary solvent. The N-cyclicalkyl-cycloalkylamine comprises the chemical structure: ##STR00001## wherein n is 0, 1, or 2, n' is 0, 1, or 2, and each of R.sup.1-R.sup.6 is independently selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acetyl group, an aryl group, a hydrogen group, a hydroxyl group, and a phosphorus-containing group. Methods of treating a liquid using the draw solution are also disclosed.

Simultaneous Treatment with Subcutaneous Injection of Golimumab and Intra-articular Injection of Triamcinolone Acetonide (K-Method) in Patients with Rheumatoid Arthritis Undergoing Switching of Biologics: Retrospective Case–Control Study

PubMed Central

Kanbe, Katsuaki; Chiba, Junji; Inoue, Yasuo; Taguchi, Masashi; Yabuki, Akiko; Deguchi, Tomohiko

2016-01-01

BACKGROUND Tight control of severe rheumatoid arthritis (RA) in patients with high disease activity, even when using biologics, is sometimes difficult using a treat-to-target strategy. Switching from one biologic to another is associated with lower efficacy than that in treatment-naive cases. We developed the K-method that involves simultaneous treatment with golimumab and intra-articular joint injection of triamcinolone acetonide (TA) in patients undergoing switching of biologics. We performed this retrospective case–control study to investigate the efficacy of achieving an immediate treatment response using the K-method. METHODS This study involved 20 patients with RA (control group, 10 patients; K-method group, 10 patients). Patients in the control group were switched to golimumab from other biologics without intra-articular injection of TA. The K-method involved injection of 1 mL of TA (40 mg/mL) and 2 mL of 1% lidocaine hydrochloride into swollen or painful joints on the same day as golimumab treatment. A quick response one day after treatment was compared between the two groups according to the disease activity score 28 based on C-reactive protein (DAS28 CRP), clinical disease activity index (CDAI), simplified disease activity index (SDAI), European League Against Rheumatism (EULAR) response, and remission rate. These parameters were investigated for 24 weeks. RESULTS The K-method group showed significant improvements in DAS28 CRP, CDAI, and SDAI at one day, 12 weeks, and 24 weeks compared with the control group. The number of swollen and tender joints and the patient and doctor global visual analog scale scores were also significantly different between the two groups. The remission rates based on DAS28 CRP were 30% at one day, 50% at 12 weeks, and 60% at 24 weeks in the K-method group. The EULAR good/moderate response rates were 80% at one day, 90% at 12 weeks, and 90% at 24 weeks in the K-method group; however, these rates were only 10%, 40%, and 40%, respectively, in the control group. No adverse events occurred in either group. CONCLUSION Simultaneous treatment with biologics and intra-articular injection of TA is useful for cases involving switching of biologics for RA. This strategy is safe and practical for RA treatment. PMID:27081319

Group selection - problems and possibilities and for the more shade-intolerant species

Treesearch

Paul A. Murphy; Michael G. Shelton; David L. Graney

1993-01-01

The group selection method is a hybrid, drawing key elements from both even- and uneven-aged silviculture. It is perhaps the least used and understood of all the reproductive cutting methods, but it is gaining popularity because of the current disfavor of even-aged silviculture. The group selection method appears promising for regenerating shade-intolerant and...

Group selection - problems and possibilities and for the more shade-intolerant species

Treesearch

Paul A. Murphy; Michael G. Shelton; David L. Graney

1993-01-01

The group selection method is a hybrid, drawing key elements from both even- and uneven-aged silviculture. It is perhaps the least used and understood of all reproductive cutting methods, but it is gaining popularity because of the current disfavor of even-aged silviculture. The group selection method appears promising for regenerating shade-intolerant and intermediate...

Concept Map Technique as a New Method for Whole Text Translation

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Krishan, Tamara Mohd Altabieri

2017-01-01

This study discusses the use of concept map tool as a new method for teaching translation (from English language to Arabic language). This study comprised 80 students divided into two groups. The first group was taught the new vocabulary by using the concept tool method, whereas the second group was taught the new vocabulary by the traditional…

Precincts and Prospects in the Use of Focus Groups in Social and Behavioral Science Research

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Sagoe, Dominic

2012-01-01

Over the past few years, the focus group method has assumed a very important role as a method for collecting qualitative data in social and behavioural science research. This article elucidates theoretical and practical problems and prospects associated with the use of focus groups as a qualitative research method in social and behavioural science…

Theory of optical transitions in conjugated polymers. I. Ideal systems.

PubMed

Barford, William; Marcus, Max

2014-10-28

We describe a theory of linear optical transitions in conjugated polymers. The theory is based on three assumptions. The first is that the low-lying excited states of conjugated polymers are Frenkel excitons coupled to local normal modes, described by the Frenkel-Holstein model. Second, we assume that the relevant parameter regime is ℏω ≪ J, i.e., the adiabatic regime, and thus the Born-Oppenheimer factorization of the electronic and nuclear degrees of freedom is generally applicable. Finally, we assume that the Condon approximation is valid, i.e., the exciton-polaron wavefunction is essentially independent of the normal modes. Using these assumptions we derive an expression for an effective Huang-Rhys parameter for a chain (or chromophore) of N monomers, given by S(N) = S(1)/IPR, where S(1) is the Huang-Rhys parameter for an isolated monomer. IPR is the inverse participation ratio, defined by IPR = (∑(n)|Ψ(n)|(4))(-1), where Ψ(n) is the exciton center-of-mass wavefunction. Since the IPR is proportional to the spread of the exciton center-of-mass wavefunction, this is a key result, as it shows that S(N) decreases with chain length. As in molecules, in a polymer S(N) has two interpretations. First, ℏωS(N) is the relaxation energy of an excited state caused by its coupling to the normal modes. Second, S(N) appears in the definition of an effective Franck-Condon factor, F(0v)(N) = S(N)(v)exp ( - S(N))/v! for the vth vibronic manifold. We show that the 0 - 0 and 0 - 1 optical intensities are proportional to F00(N) and F01(N), respectively, and thus the ratio of the 0 - 1 to 0 - 0 absorption and emission intensities are proportional to S(N). These analytical results are checked by extensive DMRG calculations and found to be generally valid, particularly for emission. However, for large chain lengths higher-lying quasimomentum exciton states become degenerate with the lowest vibrational excitation of the lowest exciton state. When this happens there is mixing of the electronic and nuclear states and a partial breakdown of the Born-Oppenheimer approximation, meaning that the ratio of the 0 - 0 to 0 - 1 absorption intensities no longer increases as fast as the IPR. When ℏω/J = 0.1, a value applicable to phenyl-based polymers, the critical value of N is ~20 monomers.

Theory of optical transitions in conjugated polymers. I. Ideal systems

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Barford, William, E-mail: william.barford@chem.ox.ac.uk; Marcus, Max; Magdalen College, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 4AU

We describe a theory of linear optical transitions in conjugated polymers. The theory is based on three assumptions. The first is that the low-lying excited states of conjugated polymers are Frenkel excitons coupled to local normal modes, described by the Frenkel-Holstein model. Second, we assume that the relevant parameter regime is ℏω ≪ J, i.e., the adiabatic regime, and thus the Born-Oppenheimer factorization of the electronic and nuclear degrees of freedom is generally applicable. Finally, we assume that the Condon approximation is valid, i.e., the exciton-polaron wavefunction is essentially independent of the normal modes. Using these assumptions we derive anmore » expression for an effective Huang-Rhys parameter for a chain (or chromophore) of N monomers, given by S(N) = S(1)/IPR, where S(1) is the Huang-Rhys parameter for an isolated monomer. IPR is the inverse participation ratio, defined by IPR = (∑{sub n}|Ψ{sub n}|{sup 4}){sup −1}, where Ψ{sub n} is the exciton center-of-mass wavefunction. Since the IPR is proportional to the spread of the exciton center-of-mass wavefunction, this is a key result, as it shows that S(N) decreases with chain length. As in molecules, in a polymer S(N) has two interpretations. First, ℏωS(N) is the relaxation energy of an excited state caused by its coupling to the normal modes. Second, S(N) appears in the definition of an effective Franck-Condon factor, F{sub 0v}(N) = S(N){sup v}exp ( − S(N))/v! for the vth vibronic manifold. We show that the 0 − 0 and 0 − 1 optical intensities are proportional to F{sub 00}(N) and F{sub 01}(N), respectively, and thus the ratio of the 0 − 1 to 0 − 0 absorption and emission intensities are proportional to S(N). These analytical results are checked by extensive DMRG calculations and found to be generally valid, particularly for emission. However, for large chain lengths higher-lying quasimomentum exciton states become degenerate with the lowest vibrational excitation of the lowest exciton state. When this happens there is mixing of the electronic and nuclear states and a partial breakdown of the Born-Oppenheimer approximation, meaning that the ratio of the 0 − 0 to 0 − 1 absorption intensities no longer increases as fast as the IPR. When ℏω/J = 0.1, a value applicable to phenyl-based polymers, the critical value of N is ∼20 monomers.« less

Theory of exciton transfer and diffusion in conjugated polymers

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Barford, William, E-mail: william.barford@chem.ox.ac.uk; Tozer, Oliver Robert; University College, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 4BH

We describe a theory of Förster-type exciton transfer between conjugated polymers. The theory is built on three assumptions. First, we assume that the low-lying excited states of conjugated polymers are Frenkel excitons coupled to local normal modes, and described by the Frenkel-Holstein model. Second, we assume that the relevant parameter regime is ℏω < J, i.e., the adiabatic regime, and thus the Born-Oppenheimer factorization of the electronic and nuclear degrees of freedom is generally applicable. Finally, we assume that the Condon approximation is valid, i.e., the exciton-polaron wavefunction is essentially independent of the normal modes. The resulting expression for themore » exciton transfer rate has a familiar form, being a function of the exciton transfer integral and the effective Franck-Condon factors. The effective Franck-Condon factors are functions of the effective Huang-Rhys parameters, which are inversely proportional to the chromophore size. The Born-Oppenheimer expressions were checked against DMRG calculations, and are found to be within 10% of the exact value for a tiny fraction of the computational cost. This theory of exciton transfer is then applied to model exciton migration in conformationally disordered poly(p-phenylene vinylene). Key to this modeling is the assumption that the donor and acceptor chromophores are defined by local exciton ground states (LEGSs). Since LEGSs are readily determined by the exciton center-of-mass wavefunction, this theory provides a quantitative link between polymer conformation and exciton migration. Our Monte Carlo simulations indicate that the exciton diffusion length depends weakly on the conformation of the polymer, with the diffusion length increasing slightly as the chromophores became straighter and longer. This is largely a geometrical effect: longer and straighter chromophores extend over larger distances. The calculated diffusion lengths of ∼10 nm are in good agreement with experiment. The spectral properties of the migrating excitons are also investigated. The emission intensity ratio of the 0-0 and 0-1 vibronic peaks is related to the effective Huang-Rhys parameter of the emitting state, which in turn is related to the chromophore size. The intensity ratios calculated from the effective Huang-Rhys parameters are in agreement with experimental spectra, and the time-resolved trend for the intensity ratio to decrease with time was also reproduced as the excitation migrates to shorter, lower energy chromophores as a function of time. In addition, the energy of the exciton state shows a logarithmic decrease with time, in agreement with experimental observations.« less

Theory of exciton transfer and diffusion in conjugated polymers.

PubMed

Barford, William; Tozer, Oliver Robert

2014-10-28

We describe a theory of Förster-type exciton transfer between conjugated polymers. The theory is built on three assumptions. First, we assume that the low-lying excited states of conjugated polymers are Frenkel excitons coupled to local normal modes, and described by the Frenkel-Holstein model. Second, we assume that the relevant parameter regime is ℏω < J, i.e., the adiabatic regime, and thus the Born-Oppenheimer factorization of the electronic and nuclear degrees of freedom is generally applicable. Finally, we assume that the Condon approximation is valid, i.e., the exciton-polaron wavefunction is essentially independent of the normal modes. The resulting expression for the exciton transfer rate has a familiar form, being a function of the exciton transfer integral and the effective Franck-Condon factors. The effective Franck-Condon factors are functions of the effective Huang-Rhys parameters, which are inversely proportional to the chromophore size. The Born-Oppenheimer expressions were checked against DMRG calculations, and are found to be within 10% of the exact value for a tiny fraction of the computational cost. This theory of exciton transfer is then applied to model exciton migration in conformationally disordered poly(p-phenylene vinylene). Key to this modeling is the assumption that the donor and acceptor chromophores are defined by local exciton ground states (LEGSs). Since LEGSs are readily determined by the exciton center-of-mass wavefunction, this theory provides a quantitative link between polymer conformation and exciton migration. Our Monte Carlo simulations indicate that the exciton diffusion length depends weakly on the conformation of the polymer, with the diffusion length increasing slightly as the chromophores became straighter and longer. This is largely a geometrical effect: longer and straighter chromophores extend over larger distances. The calculated diffusion lengths of ~10 nm are in good agreement with experiment. The spectral properties of the migrating excitons are also investigated. The emission intensity ratio of the 0-0 and 0-1 vibronic peaks is related to the effective Huang-Rhys parameter of the emitting state, which in turn is related to the chromophore size. The intensity ratios calculated from the effective Huang-Rhys parameters are in agreement with experimental spectra, and the time-resolved trend for the intensity ratio to decrease with time was also reproduced as the excitation migrates to shorter, lower energy chromophores as a function of time. In addition, the energy of the exciton state shows a logarithmic decrease with time, in agreement with experimental observations.

Analysis Method for Laterally Loaded Pile Groups Using an Advanced Modeling of Reinforced Concrete Sections.

PubMed

Stacul, Stefano; Squeglia, Nunziante

2018-02-15

A Boundary Element Method (BEM) approach was developed for the analysis of pile groups. The proposed method includes: the non-linear behavior of the soil by a hyperbolic modulus reduction curve; the non-linear response of reinforced concrete pile sections, also taking into account the influence of tension stiffening; the influence of suction by increasing the stiffness of shallow portions of soil and modeled using the Modified Kovacs model; pile group shadowing effect, modeled using an approach similar to that proposed in the Strain Wedge Model for pile groups analyses. The proposed BEM method saves computational effort compared to more sophisticated codes such as VERSAT-P3D, PLAXIS 3D and FLAC-3D, and provides reliable results using input data from a standard site investigation. The reliability of this method was verified by comparing results from data from full scale and centrifuge tests on single piles and pile groups. A comparison is presented between measured and computed data on a laterally loaded fixed-head pile group composed by reinforced concrete bored piles. The results of the proposed method are shown to be in good agreement with those obtained in situ.

Analysis Method for Laterally Loaded Pile Groups Using an Advanced Modeling of Reinforced Concrete Sections

PubMed Central

2018-01-01

A Boundary Element Method (BEM) approach was developed for the analysis of pile groups. The proposed method includes: the non-linear behavior of the soil by a hyperbolic modulus reduction curve; the non-linear response of reinforced concrete pile sections, also taking into account the influence of tension stiffening; the influence of suction by increasing the stiffness of shallow portions of soil and modeled using the Modified Kovacs model; pile group shadowing effect, modeled using an approach similar to that proposed in the Strain Wedge Model for pile groups analyses. The proposed BEM method saves computational effort compared to more sophisticated codes such as VERSAT-P3D, PLAXIS 3D and FLAC-3D, and provides reliable results using input data from a standard site investigation. The reliability of this method was verified by comparing results from data from full scale and centrifuge tests on single piles and pile groups. A comparison is presented between measured and computed data on a laterally loaded fixed-head pile group composed by reinforced concrete bored piles. The results of the proposed method are shown to be in good agreement with those obtained in situ. PMID:29462857

Assessment of forward head posture in females: observational and photogrammetry methods.

PubMed

Salahzadeh, Zahra; Maroufi, Nader; Ahmadi, Amir; Behtash, Hamid; Razmjoo, Arash; Gohari, Mahmoud; Parnianpour, Mohamad

2014-01-01

There are different methods to assess forward head posture (FHP) but the accuracy and discrimination ability of these methods are not clear. Here, we want to compare three postural angles for FHP assessment and also study the discrimination accuracy of three photogrammetric methods to differentiate groups categorized based on observational method. All Seventy-eight healthy female participants (23 ± 2.63 years), were classified into three groups: moderate-severe FHP, slight FHP and non FHP based on observational postural assessment rules. Applying three photogrammetric methods - craniovertebral angle, head title angle and head position angle - to measure FHP objectively. One - way ANOVA test showed a significant difference in three categorized group's craniovertebral angle (P< 0.05, F=83.07). There was no dramatic difference in head tilt angle and head position angle methods in three groups. According to Linear Discriminate Analysis (LDA) results, the canonical discriminant function (Wilks'Lambda) was 0.311 for craniovertebral angle with 79.5% of cross-validated grouped cases correctly classified. Our results showed that, craniovertebral angle method may discriminate the females with moderate-severe and non FHP more accurate than head position angle and head tilt angle. The photogrammetric method had excellent inter and intra rater reliability to assess the head and cervical posture.

Analysis of the reliability and reproducibility of goniometry compared to hand photogrammetry

PubMed Central

de Carvalho, Rosana Martins Ferreira; Mazzer, Nilton; Barbieri, Claudio Henrique

2012-01-01

Objective: To evaluate the intra- and inter-examiner reliability and reproducibility of goniometry in relation to photogrammetry of hand, comparing the angles of thumb abduction, PIP joint flexion of the II finger and MCP joint flexion of the V finger. Methods: The study included 30 volunteers, who were divided into three groups: one group of 10 physiotherapy students, one group of 10 physiotherapists, and a third group of 10 therapists of the hand. Each examiner performed the measurements on the same hand mold, using the goniometer followed by two photogrammetry software programs; CorelDraw® and ALCimagem®. Results: The results revealed that the groups and the methods proposed presented inter-examiner reliability, generally rated as excellent (ICC 0.998 I.C. 95% 0.995 - 0.999). In the intra-examiner evaluation, an excellent level of reliability was found between the three groups. In the comparison between groups for each angle and each method, no significant differences were found between the groups for most of the measurements. Conclusion: Goniometry and photogrammetry are reliable and reproducible methods for evaluating measurements of the hand. However, due to the lack of similar references, detailed studies are needed to define the normal parameters between the methods in the joints of the hand. Level of Evidence II, Diagnostic Study. PMID:24453594

Divergence of Scientific Heuristic Method and Direct Algebraic Instruction

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Calucag, Lina S.

2016-01-01

This is an experimental study, made used of the non-randomized experimental and control groups, pretest-posttest designs. The experimental and control groups were two separate intact classes in Algebra. For a period of twelve sessions, the experimental group was subjected to the scientific heuristic method, but the control group instead was given…

Methods for treating hydrocarbon recovery operations and industrial waters

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Thompson, N.E.S.; Asperger, R.G.

1989-05-02

This patent describes a method for consisting adding to the emulsion an effective demulsifying amount of a composition comprising a compound containing: an alkane triyl group of 1 to 30 carbon atoms; an alkylene group of 1 to 30 carbon atoms; and an alkali or alkaline earth metal group or an ammonium group.

Focus Group Meets Nominal Group Technique: An Effective Combination for Student Evaluation?

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Varga-Atkins, Tünde; McIsaac, Jaye; Willis, Ian

2017-01-01

In Higher Education Focus Groups and Nominal Group Technique are two well-established methods for obtaining student feedback about their learning experience. These methods are regularly used for the enhancement and quality assurance. Based on small-scale research of educational developers' practice in curriculum development, this study presents…

Using a Group Approach to Preventing Heroin Overdose in North London

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Phillips, Peter; Glover, Chris; Allan, Teresa; Khoo, Mary Ellen

2009-01-01

Aims: This study used group psycho-education methods to assist injecting heroin users in preventing, and responding to overdose. Methods: An "OD Prevention" group was advertised in a London prescribing service and associated primary care unit. The intervention took place in a small group over one afternoon (3.5 hours), and trained…

The application of a handheld personal digital assistant with camera and mobile phone card (Wellnavi) to the general population in a dietary survey.

PubMed

Kikunaga, Shigeshi; Tin, Tomoe; Ishibashi, Genji; Wang, Da-Hong; Kira, Shohei

2007-04-01

This study was carried out to examine first, the validity of a new dietary assessment method, a handheld personal digital assistant with camera and mobile phone card (Wellnavi), in comparison with a weighed diet record as a reference method and second, the relation between obesity and underreporting in the Wellnavi method in 27 men and 48 women volunteers aged 30-67 y from the general population. On the validity, there were significant correlations (0.32-0.75) between the daily nutrient intakes measured by the Wellnavi method and the weighed diet record method in all the subjects except for some nutrients such as iron, magnesium and vitamin E. Results similar to those from the group of all the subjects were obtained in the men's group and the women's group. In all the subjects and the men's group and the women's group, the differences in the daily nutrient intakes between the two dietary assessment methods were statistically significant. However, good agreement of the differences between the two dietary assessment methods for many daily nutrient intakes was obtained in the nonobese men. The nutrient intakes estimated by the Wellnavi method in all the subjects and the men's group and the women's group were significantly lower than those values estimated by the weighed diet record method except for some nutrients such as sodium, iron and fat-soluble vitamins. With respect to the relation between obesity and underreporting, the obesity in women was not a factor of underreporting in the Wellnavi method, but the presence of this relation was undeniable in the obese men. The reason why the values of daily nutrient intakes in the Wellnavi method were lower than those estimated by the weighed diet record method seemed to be the low quality of the digital photo of the Wellnavi instrument. By improving the digital photo quality of this instrument, the Wellnavi method could become a useful new dietary assessment method to get accurate dietary information from people of a wide range of age and occupation, and a wide variety of physical situations of subjects from the general population.

Comparing two methods of thoracoscopic sympathectomy for palmar hyperhidrosis.

PubMed

Ibrahim, Magdi; Allam, Abdulla

2014-09-01

Hyperhidrosis can cause significant professional and social handicaps. Thoracic endoscopic sympathectomy has become the surgical technique of choice for treating intractable palmar hyperhidrosis and can be performed through multiple ports or a single port. This prospective study compares outcomes between the two methods. The study followed 71 consecutive patients who underwent video-assisted sympathectomy for palmar hyperhidrosis between January 2008 and June 2012. In all patients, the procedure was bilateral and performed in one stage. The multiple-port method was used in 35 patients (group A) and the single-port method in 36 patients (group B). Preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative variables; morbidity, recurrence; and survival were compared in both groups. The procedure was successful in 100% of the patients; none experienced a recurrence of palmar hyperhidrosis, Horner syndrome (oculosympathetic palsy), or serious postoperative complications, and none died. No patients required conversion to an open procedure. Residual minimal pneumothorax occurred in two patients (5.7%) in group A and in one patient (2.8%) in group B. Minimal hemothorax occurred in one patient (2.9%) in group A and in three patients (8.3%) in group B. Compensatory hyperhidrosis occurred in seven patients (20%) in group A and in eight patients (22.2%) in group B. No difference was found between the multiple- and single-port methods. Both are effective, safe minimally invasive procedures that permanently improve quality of life in patients with palmar hyperhidrosis.

An examination of the hexokinase method for serum glucose assay using external quality assessment data.

PubMed

Westwood, A; Bullock, D G; Whitehead, T P

1986-01-01

Hexokinase methods for serum glucose assay appeared to give slightly but consistently higher inter-laboratory coefficients of variation than all methods combined in the UK External Quality Assessment Scheme; their performance over a two-year period was therefore compared with that for three groups of glucose oxidase methods. This assessment showed no intrinsic inferiority in the hexokinase method. The greater variation may be due to the more heterogeneous group of instruments, particularly discrete analysers, on which the method is used. The Beckman Glucose Analyzer and Astra group (using a glucose oxidase method) showed the least inter-laboratory variability but also the lowest mean value. No comment is offered on the absolute accuracy of any of the methods.

Testing Group Mean Differences of Latent Variables in Multilevel Data Using Multiple-Group Multilevel CFA and Multilevel MIMIC Modeling.

PubMed

Kim, Eun Sook; Cao, Chunhua

2015-01-01

Considering that group comparisons are common in social science, we examined two latent group mean testing methods when groups of interest were either at the between or within level of multilevel data: multiple-group multilevel confirmatory factor analysis (MG ML CFA) and multilevel multiple-indicators multiple-causes modeling (ML MIMIC). The performance of these methods were investigated through three Monte Carlo studies. In Studies 1 and 2, either factor variances or residual variances were manipulated to be heterogeneous between groups. In Study 3, which focused on within-level multiple-group analysis, six different model specifications were considered depending on how to model the intra-class group correlation (i.e., correlation between random effect factors for groups within cluster). The results of simulations generally supported the adequacy of MG ML CFA and ML MIMIC for multiple-group analysis with multilevel data. The two methods did not show any notable difference in the latent group mean testing across three studies. Finally, a demonstration with real data and guidelines in selecting an appropriate approach to multilevel multiple-group analysis are provided.

Assessing the work of medical audit advisory groups in promoting audit in general practice.

PubMed

Baker, R; Hearnshaw, H; Cooper, A; Cheater, F; Robertson, N

1995-12-01

Objectives--To determine the role of medical audit advisory groups in audit activities in general practice. Design--Postal questionnaire survey. Subjects--All 104 advisory groups in England and Wales in 1994. Main measures--Monitoring audit: the methods used to classify audits, the methods used by the advisory group to collect data on audits from general practices, the proportion of practices undertaking audit. Directing and coordinating audits: topics and number of practices participating in multipractice audits. Results--The response rate was 86-5%. In 1993-4, 54% of the advisory groups used the Oxfordshire or Kirklees methods for classifying audits, or modifications of them. 99% of the advisory groups collected data on audit activities at least once between 1991-2 and 1993-4. Visits, questionnaires, and other methods were used to collect information from all or samples of practices in each of the advisory group's areas. Some advisory groups used different methods in different years. In 1991-2, 57% of all practices participated in some audit, in 1992-3, 78%, and in 1993-4, 86%. 428 multipractice audits were identified. The most popular topic was diabetes. Conclusions--Advisory groups have been active in monitoring audit in general practice. However, the methods used to classify and collect information about audits in general practices varied widely. The number of practices undertaking audit increased between 1991-2 and 1993 1. The large number of multipractice audits supports the view that the advisory groups have directed and coordinated audit activities. This example of a national audit programme for general practice may be helpful in other countries in which the introduction of quality assurance is being considered.

Relationship between Plaque Echo, Thickness and Neovascularization Assessed by Quantitative and Semi-quantitative Contrast-Enhanced Ultrasonography in Different Stenosis Groups.

PubMed

Song, Yan; Feng, Jun; Dang, Ying; Zhao, Chao; Zheng, Jie; Ruan, Litao

2017-12-01

The aim of this study was to determine the relationship between plaque echo, thickness and neovascularization in different stenosis groups using quantitative and semi-quantitative contrast-enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) in patients with carotid atherosclerosis plaque. A total of 224 plaques were divided into mild stenosis (<50%; 135 plaques, 60.27%), moderate stenosis (50%-69%; 39 plaques, 17.41%) and severe stenosis (70%-99%; 50 plaques, 22.32%) groups. Quantitative and semi-quantitative methods were used to assess plaque neovascularization and determine the relationship between plaque echo, thickness and neovascularization. Correlation analysis revealed no relationship of neovascularization with plaque echo in the groups using either quantitative or semi-quantitative methods. Furthermore, there was no correlation of neovascularization with plaque thickness using the semi-quantitative method. The ratio of areas under the curve (RAUC) was negatively correlated with plaque thickness (r = -0.317, p = 0.001) in the mild stenosis group. With the quartile method, plaque thickness of the mild stenosis group was divided into four groups, with significant differences between the 1.5-2.2 mm and ≥3.5 mm groups (p = 0.002), 2.3-2.8 mm and ≥3.5 mm groups (p <0.001) and 2.9-3.4 mm and ≥3.5 mm groups (p <0.001). Both semi-quantitative and quantitative CEUS methods characterizing neovascularization of plaque are equivalent with respect to assessing relationships between neovascularization, echogenicity and thickness. However, the quantitative method could fail for plaque <3.5 mm because of motion artifacts. Copyright © 2017 World Federation for Ultrasound in Medicine and Biology. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Validate or falsify: Lessons learned from a microscopy method claimed to be useful for detecting Borrelia and Babesia organisms in human blood.

PubMed

Aase, Audun; Hajdusek, Ondrej; Øines, Øivind; Quarsten, Hanne; Wilhelmsson, Peter; Herstad, Tove K; Kjelland, Vivian; Sima, Radek; Jalovecka, Marie; Lindgren, Per-Eric; Aaberge, Ingeborg S

2016-01-01

A modified microscopy protocol (the LM-method) was used to demonstrate what was interpreted as Borrelia spirochetes and later also Babesia sp., in peripheral blood from patients. The method gained much publicity, but was not validated prior to publication, which became the purpose of this study using appropriate scientific methodology, including a control group. Blood from 21 patients previously interpreted as positive for Borrelia and/or Babesia infection by the LM-method and 41 healthy controls without known history of tick bite were collected, blinded and analysed for these pathogens by microscopy in two laboratories by the LM-method and conventional method, respectively, by PCR methods in five laboratories and by serology in one laboratory. Microscopy by the LM-method identified structures claimed to be Borrelia- and/or Babesia in 66% of the blood samples of the patient group and in 85% in the healthy control group. Microscopy by the conventional method for Babesia only did not identify Babesia in any samples. PCR analysis detected Borrelia DNA in one sample of the patient group and in eight samples of the control group; whereas Babesia DNA was not detected in any of the blood samples using molecular methods. The structures interpreted as Borrelia and Babesia by the LM-method could not be verified by PCR. The method was, thus, falsified. This study underlines the importance of doing proper test validation before new or modified assays are introduced.

The impact of the learning contract on self-directed learning and satisfaction in nursing students in a clinical setting.

PubMed

Sajadi, Mahboobeh; Fayazi, Neda; Fournier, Andrew; Abedi, Ahmad Reza

2017-01-01

Background: The most important responsibilities of an education system are to create self-directed learning opportunities and develop the required skills for taking the responsibility for change. The present study aimed at determining the impact of a learning contract on self-directed learning and satisfaction of nursing students. Methods: A total of 59 nursing students participated in this experimental study. They were divided into six 10-member groups. To control the communications among the groups, the first 3 groups were trained using conventional learning methods and the second 3 groups using learning contract method. In the first session, a pretest was performed based on educational objectives. At the end of the training, the students in each group completed the questionnaires of self-directed learning and satisfaction. The results of descriptive and inferential statistical methods (dependent and independent t tests) were presented using SPSS. Results: There were no significant differences between the 2 groups in gender, grade point average of previous years, and interest toward nursing. However, the results revealed a significant difference between the 2 groups in the total score of self-directed learning (p= 0.019). Although the mean satisfaction score was higher in the intervention group, the difference was not statistically significant. Conclusion: This study suggested that the use of learning contract method in clinical settings enhances self-directed learning among nursing students. Because this model focuses on individual differences, the researcher highly recommends the application of this new method to educators.

The effect of different cleaning methods on the surface and temperature of failed titanium implants: an in vitro study.

PubMed

Hakki, Sema S; Tatar, Gulsah; Dundar, Niyazi; Demiralp, Burak

2017-04-01

The aims of this in vitro study are to compare the efficacy of different cleaning methods in removing debris of failed implants and to detect thermal changes of the implants treated by various scaling instruments. Twenty-seven failed implants and two unused implants as control were included to this study-group 1: plastic curette (P), group 2: titanium curette (T), group 3: carbon curette (C), group 4: titanium brush (TB), group 5: Er:YAG laser (laser 1 (L1) 100 mJ/pulse at 10 Hz), group 6: Er:YAG laser (laser 2 (L2) 150 mJ/pulse at 10 Hz), group 7: Er:YAG laser (laser 3 (L3) 200 mJ/pulse at 10 Hz), group 8: ultrasonic scaler appropriate for titanium (US), group 9: air abrasive method (AA) + citric acid, and group 10: implantoplasty (I). The changes on the treated/untreated titanium surfaces and remnant debris were observed by scanning electron microscopy (SEM). Temperature of the implants before and after treatment was detected using a thermocouple. The use of air abrasive and citric acid combination and Er:YAG laser groups was found as the best methods for the decontamination of titanium surfaces of failed implant. When the hand instruments were compared, titanium curette was found better than both the plastic and the carbon curettes which leave plastics and carbon remnants on the titanium surface. The temperature was higher after hand instrumentation when compared to other experimental groups (p < 0.05). Within the limitations of the present in vitro model, it can be concluded that the best method for decontamination of the implant surface is the use of air abrasives and Er:YAG laser.

77 FR 17457 - Work Group on Alternative Test Methods for Commercial Measuring Devices

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2012-03-26

... Test Methods for Commercial Measuring Devices AGENCY: National Institute of Standards and Technology... Work Group (WG) to examine alternative methods for testing the accuracy of commercial measuring devices... participates to promote uniformity among the states in laws, regulations, methods, and testing equipment that...

Method of making compound semiconductor films and making related electronic devices

DOEpatents

Basol, Bulent M.; Kapur, Vijay K.; Halani, Arvind T.; Leidholm, Craig R.; Roe, Robert A.

1999-01-01

A method of forming a compound film includes the steps of preparing a source material, depositing the source material on a base to form a precursor film, and heating the precursor film in a suitable atmosphere to form a film. The source material includes Group IB-IIIA alloy-containing particles having at least one Group IB-IIIA alloy phase, with Group IB-IIIA alloys constituting greater than about 50 molar percent of the Group IB elements and greater than about 50 molar percent of the Group IIIA elements in the source material. The film, then, includes a Group IB-IIIA-VIA compound. The molar ratio of Group IB to Group IIIA elements in the source material may be greater than about 0.80 and less than about 1.0, or substantially greater than 1.0, in which case this ratio in the compound film may be reduced to greater than about 0.80 and less than about 1.0. The source material may be prepared as an ink from particles in powder form. The alloy phase may include a dopant. Compound films including a Group IIB-IVA-VA compound or a Group IB-VA-VIA compound may be substituted using appropriate substitutions in the method. The method, also, is applicable to fabrication of solar cells and other electronic devices.

Determination of isocyanate groups in the organic intermediates by reaction-based headspace gas chromatography.

PubMed

Xie, Wei-Qi; Chai, Xin-Sheng

2016-10-14

This work reports on a novel method for the determination of isocyanate groups in the related organic intermediates by a reaction-based headspace gas chromatography. The method is based on measuring the CO 2 formed from the reaction between the isocyanate groups in the organic intermediates and water in a closed headspace sample vial at 45°C for 20min. The results showed that the method has a good precision and accuracy, in which the relative standard deviation in the repeatability measurement was 5.26%, and the relative differences between the data obtained by the HS-GC method and the reference back-titration method were within 9.42%. The present method is simple and efficient and is particularly suitable to be used for determining the isocyanate groups in the batch sample analysis. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Students' Perceptions of Learning Geography through Group Investigation in Singapore

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Tan, Ivy Geok-Chin; Sharan, Shlomo; Lee, Christine Kim-Eng

2005-01-01

This study examines students' perceptions of the Group Investigation method of cooperative learning. A total of 142 students (62 low-achievers and 80 high-achievers) from two schools worked in cooperative learning groups during a period of over six weeks using the Group Investigation method. At the end of the study, they were asked to write their…

Tree regeneration response to the group selection method in southern Indiana

Treesearch

Dale R. Weigel; George R. Parker

1997-01-01

Tree regeneration response following the use of the group selection method was studied within 36 group openings on the Naval Surface Warfare Center, Crane Division in south central Indiana. Two different aspects and three time periods since cutting were examined. The objectives were to determine whether aspect, age, species group, location within the opening, or their...

Ionomers and methods of making same and uses thereof

DOEpatents

Coates, Geoffrey W.; Kostalik, IV, Henry A.; Clark, Timothy J.; Robertson, Nicholas J.

2016-11-15

Ionomers comprising ionic groups such as, for example, tetraalkylammonium groups and methods of making such ionomers. For example, the ionomers can be produced by ring opening metathesis polymerization of alkene-containing monomers with tetraalkylammonium groups and, optionally, alkene-containing monomers without tetraalkylammonium groups. The ionomers can be used in applications such as, for example, fuel cell applications.

Evaluation of Intelligent Grouping Based on Learners' Collaboration Competence Level in Online Collaborative Learning Environment

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Muuro, Maina Elizaphan; Oboko, Robert; Wagacha, Waiganjo Peter

2016-01-01

In this paper we explore the impact of an intelligent grouping algorithm based on learners' collaborative competency when compared with (a) instructor based Grade Point Average (GPA) method level and (b) random method, on group outcomes and group collaboration problems in an online collaborative learning environment. An intelligent grouping…

A Preliminary Study of the Effects of Within-Group Covariance Structure on Recovery in Cluster Analysis. Research Report RR-94-46.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Donoghue, John R.

Monte Carlo studies investigated effects of within-group covariance structure on subgroup recovery by several widely used hierarchical clustering methods. In Study 1, subgroup size, within-group correlation, within-group variance, and distance between subgroup centroids were manipulated. All clustering methods were strongly affected by…

A rough set approach for determining weights of decision makers in group decision making.

PubMed

Yang, Qiang; Du, Ping-An; Wang, Yong; Liang, Bin

2017-01-01

This study aims to present a novel approach for determining the weights of decision makers (DMs) based on rough group decision in multiple attribute group decision-making (MAGDM) problems. First, we construct a rough group decision matrix from all DMs' decision matrixes on the basis of rough set theory. After that, we derive a positive ideal solution (PIS) founded on the average matrix of rough group decision, and negative ideal solutions (NISs) founded on the lower and upper limit matrixes of rough group decision. Then, we obtain the weight of each group member and priority order of alternatives by using relative closeness method, which depends on the distances from each individual group member' decision to the PIS and NISs. Through comparisons with existing methods and an on-line business manager selection example, the proposed method show that it can provide more insights into the subjectivity and vagueness of DMs' evaluations and selections.

Methodological Aspects of Focus Groups in Health Research: Results of Qualitative Interviews With Focus Group Moderators.

PubMed

Tausch, Anja P; Menold, Natalja

2016-01-01

Although focus groups are commonly used in health research to explore the perspectives of patients or health care professionals, few studies consider methodological aspects in this specific context. For this reason, we interviewed nine researchers who had conducted focus groups in the context of a project devoted to the development of an electronic personal health record. We performed qualitative content analysis on the interview data relating to recruitment, communication between the focus group participants, and appraisal of the focus group method. The interview data revealed aspects of the focus group method that are particularly relevant for health research and that should be considered in that context. They include, for example, the preferability of face-to-face recruitment, the necessity to allow participants in patient groups sufficient time to introduce themselves, and the use of methods such as participant-generated cards and prioritization.

Comparison of two dietary assessment methods by food consumption: results of the German National Nutrition Survey II.

PubMed

Eisinger-Watzl, Marianne; Straßburg, Andrea; Ramünke, Josa; Krems, Carolin; Heuer, Thorsten; Hoffmann, Ingrid

2015-04-01

To further characterise the performance of the diet history method and the 24-h recalls method, both in an updated version, a comparison was conducted. The National Nutrition Survey II, representative for Germany, assessed food consumption with both methods. The comparison was conducted in a sample of 9,968 participants aged 14-80. Besides calculating mean differences, statistical agreement measurements encompass Spearman and intraclass correlation coefficients, ranking participants in quartiles and the Bland-Altman method. Mean consumption of 12 out of 18 food groups was higher assessed with the diet history method. Three of these 12 food groups had a medium to large effect size (e.g., raw vegetables) and seven showed at least a small strength while there was basically no difference for coffee/tea or ice cream. Intraclass correlations were strong only for beverages (>0.50) and revealed the least correlation for vegetables (<0.20). Quartile classification of participants exhibited more than two-thirds being ranked in the same or adjacent quartile assessed by both methods. For every food group, Bland-Altman plots showed that the agreement of both methods weakened with increasing consumption. The cognitive effort essential for the diet history method to remember consumption of the past 4 weeks may be a source of inaccurateness, especially for inhomogeneous food groups. Additionally, social desirability gains significance. There is no assessment method without errors and attention to specific food groups is a critical issue with every method. Altogether, the 24-h recalls method applied in the presented study, offers advantages approximating food consumption as compared to the diet history method.

Comparison of three different sterilization and disinfection methods on orthodontic markers

PubMed Central

Omidkhoda, Maryam; Rashed, Roozbeh; Bagheri, Zahra; Ghazvini, Kiarash; Shafaee, Hooman

2016-01-01

Background: Marking pencils which are frequently used in orthodontics may cause microbial contamination. The purpose of this study was to evaluate and compare the effectiveness of three disinfection and sterilization methods (autoclave, glutaraldehyde solution, and Deconex spray) on orthodontic markers. Materials and Methods: One hundred and twenty orthodontic markers were divided into four groups each 30 pencils: One control group and three groups for three different disinfection/sterilization methods. To evaluate the effectiveness of these methods, pencils were initially contaminated by common pathogen by immersing the pencils in a suspension containing 1.5 × 108 CFU/ml organisms. Then, the pencils were subjected to corresponding disinfection/sterilization methods, and the number of remaining microorganisms was calculated and compared with control group. Results: In the control group, the mean number of Escherichia coli was significantly higher than the other two microorganisms (P = 0.01, P = 0.031). However, the mean numbers of Staphylococcus aureus and Candida albicans were not significantly different (P = 0.1). After sterilization with autoclave and glutaraldehyde, no microbial growth was observed, whereas after disinfection with Deconx spray some colonies of microorganisms still could be observed. Conclusion: Autoclaving and glutaraldehyde solution are the best methods for disinfecting orthodontic markers. PMID:26998472

Comparing the Effect of Thinking Maps Training Package Developed by the Thinking Maps Method on the Reading Performance of Dyslexic Students.

PubMed

Faramarzi, Salar; Moradi, Mohammadreza; Abedi, Ahmad

2018-06-01

The present study aimed to develop the thinking maps training package and compare its training effect with the thinking maps method on the reading performance of second and fifth grade of elementary school male dyslexic students. For this mixed method exploratory study, from among the above mentioned grades' students in Isfahan, 90 students who met the inclusion criteria were selected by multistage sampling and randomly assigned into six experimental and control groups. The data were collected by reading and dyslexia test and Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children-fourth edition. The results of covariance analysis indicated a significant difference between the reading performance of the experimental (thinking maps training package and thinking maps method groups) and control groups ([Formula: see text]). Moreover, there were significant differences between the thinking maps training package group and thinking maps method group in some of the subtests ([Formula: see text]). It can be concluded that thinking maps training package and the thinking maps method exert a positive influence on the reading performance of dyslexic students; therefore, thinking maps can be used as an effective training and treatment method.

A Novel Method to Decontaminate Surgical Instruments for Operational and Austere Environments.

PubMed

Knox, Randy W; Demons, Samandra T; Cunningham, Cord W

2015-12-01

The purpose of this investigation was to test a field-expedient, cost-effective method to decontaminate, sterilize, and package surgical instruments in an operational (combat) or austere environment using chlorhexidine sponges, ultraviolet C (UVC) light, and commercially available vacuum sealing. This was a bench study of 4 experimental groups and 1 control group of 120 surgical instruments. Experimental groups were inoculated with a 10(6) concentration of common wound bacteria. The control group was vacuum sealed without inoculum. Groups 1, 2, and 3 were first scrubbed with a chlorhexidine sponge, rinsed, and dried. Group 1 was then packaged; group 2 was irradiated with UVC light, then packaged; group 3 was packaged, then irradiated with UVC light through the bag; and group 4 was packaged without chlorhexidine scrubbing or UVC irradiation. The UVC was not tested by itself, as it does not grossly clean. The instruments were stored overnight and tested for remaining colony forming units (CFU). Data analysis was conducted using analysis of variance and group comparisons using the Tukey method. Group 4 CFU was statistically greater (P < .001) than the control group and groups 1 through 3. There was no statistically significant difference between the control group and groups 1 through 3. Vacuum sealing of chlorhexidine-scrubbed contaminated instruments with and without handheld UVC irradiation appears to be an acceptable method of field decontamination. Chlorhexidine scrubbing alone achieved a 99.9% reduction in CFU, whereas adding UVC before packaging achieved sterilization or 100% reduction in CFU, and UVC through the bag achieved disinfection. Published by Elsevier Inc.

On the representation matrices of the spin permutation group. [for atomic and molecular electronic structures

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Wilson, S.

1977-01-01

A method is presented for the determination of the representation matrices of the spin permutation group (symmetric group), a detailed knowledge of these matrices being required in the study of the electronic structure of atoms and molecules. The method is characterized by the use of two different coupling schemes. Unlike the Yamanouchi spin algebraic scheme, the method is not recursive. The matrices for the fundamental transpositions can be written down directly in one of the two bases. The method results in a computationally significant reduction in the number of matrix elements that have to be stored when compared with, say, the standard Young tableaux group theoretical approach.

Chimpanzees prioritise social information over pre-existing behaviours in a group context but not in dyads.

PubMed

Watson, Stuart K; Lambeth, Susan P; Schapiro, Steven J; Whiten, Andrew

2018-05-01

How animal communities arrive at homogeneous behavioural preferences is a central question for studies of cultural evolution. Here, we investigated whether chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) would relinquish a pre-existing behaviour to adopt an alternative demonstrated by an overwhelming majority of group mates; in other words, whether chimpanzees behave in a conformist manner. In each of five groups of chimpanzees (N = 37), one individual was trained on one method of opening a two-action puzzle box to obtain food, while the remaining individuals learned the alternative method. Over 5 h of open access to the apparatus in a group context, it was found that 4/5 'minority' individuals explored the majority method and three of these used this new method in the majority of trials. Those that switched did so after observing only a small subset of their group, thereby not matching conventional definitions of conformity. In a further 'Dyad' condition, six pairs of chimpanzees were trained on alternative methods and then given access to the task together. Only one of these individuals ever switched method. The number of observations that individuals in the minority and Dyad individuals made of their untrained method was not found to influence whether or not they themselves switched to use it. In a final 'Asocial' condition, individuals (N = 10) did not receive social information and did not deviate from their first-learned method. We argue that these results demonstrate an important influence of social context upon prioritisation of social information over pre-existing methods, which can result in group homogeneity of behaviour.

Effect of patient selection method on provider group performance estimates.

PubMed

Thorpe, Carolyn T; Flood, Grace E; Kraft, Sally A; Everett, Christine M; Smith, Maureen A

2011-08-01

Performance measurement at the provider group level is increasingly advocated, but different methods for selecting patients when calculating provider group performance have received little evaluation. We compared 2 currently used methods according to characteristics of the patients selected and impact on performance estimates. We analyzed Medicare claims data for fee-for-service beneficiaries with diabetes ever seen at an academic multispeciality physician group in 2003 to 2004. We examined sample size, sociodemographics, clinical characteristics, and receipt of recommended diabetes monitoring in 2004 for the groups of patients selected using 2 methods implemented in large-scale performance initiatives: the Plurality Provider Algorithm and the Diabetes Care Home method. We examined differences among discordantly assigned patients to determine evidence for differential selection regarding these measures. Fewer patients were selected under the Diabetes Care Home method (n=3558) than the Plurality Provider Algorithm (n=4859). Compared with the Plurality Provider Algorithm, the Diabetes Care Home method preferentially selected patients who were female, not entitled because of disability, older, more likely to have hypertension, and less likely to have kidney disease and peripheral vascular disease, and had lower levels of predicted utilization. Diabetes performance was higher under Diabetes Care Home method, with 67% versus 58% receiving >1 A1c tests, 70% versus 65% receiving ≥1 low-density lipoprotein (LDL) test, and 38% versus 37% receiving an eye examination. The method used to select patients when calculating provider group performance may affect patient case mix and estimated performance levels, and warrants careful consideration when comparing performance estimates.

The importance of the keyword-generation method in keyword mnemonics.

PubMed

Campos, Alfredo; Amor, Angeles; González, María Angeles

2004-01-01

Keyword mnemonics is under certain conditions an effective approach for learning foreign-language vocabulary. It appears to be effective for words with high image vividness but not for words with low image vividness. In this study, two experiments were performed to assess the efficacy of a new keyword-generation procedure (peer generation). In Experiment 1, a sample of 363 high-school students was randomly into four groups. The subjects were required to learn L1 equivalents of a list of 16 Latin words (8 with high image vividness, 8 with low image vividness), using a) the rote method, or the keyword method with b) keywords and images generated and supplied by the experimenter, c) keywords and images generated by themselves, or d) keywords and images previously generated by peers (i.e., subjects with similar sociodemographic characteristics). Recall was tested immediately and one week later. For high-vivideness words, recall was significantly better in the keyword groups than the rote method group. For low-vividness words, learning method had no significant effect. Experiment 2 was basically identical, except that the word lists comprised 32 words (16 high-vividness, 16 low-vividness). In this experiment, the peer-generated-keyword group showed significantly better recall of high-vividness words than the rote method groups and the subject generated keyword group; again, however, learning method had no significant effect on recall of low-vividness words.

Ultrasound biomicroscopy for determining visian implantable contact lens length in phakic IOL implantation.

PubMed

Choi, Ki Hwan; Chung, Song Ee; Chung, Tae Young; Chung, Eui Sang

2007-04-01

To assess the efficacy of the ultrasound biomicroscopic (UBM) method in estimating the sulcus-to-sulcus horizontal diameter for Visian Implantable Contact Lens (ICL, model V4) length determination to obtain optimal ICL vault. The results of postoperative ICL vaults in 30 eyes of 18 patients were retrospectively analyzed. In 17 eyes, ICL length was determined using the conventional method, and in 13 eyes, ICL length was determined using the UBM method. The UBM method was carried out by measuring the sulcus to limbus distance on each side by 50 MHz UBM and adding the white-to-white diameter by caliper or Orbscan. The ICL vaults were measured using the UBM method at 1 and 6 months postoperatively and the results were compared between the two groups. Ideal ICL vault was defined as vault between 250 and 750 microm. The relation between the ICL vault, footplate location, and ICL power was also investigated. In the UBM method group, ICL vault was within the ideal range in all 13 (100%) eyes at 1 and 6 months postoperatively, whereas in the conventional method group, 10 (58.8%) eyes showed ideal vault at 1 month postoperatively (P = .01) and 9 (52.9%) eyes showed ideal vault at 6 months postoperatively (P < .01). The ideal ICL footplate location was achieved in the ciliary sulcus in 11 (84.6%) eyes of the UBM method group and 10 (64.7%) eyes of the conventional method group. However, the differences between the two groups were not statistically significant. The ICL vault was not significantly affected by the ICL power. Implantable Contact Lens length determined by the UBM method achieved significantly more ideal ICL vault than that of the conventional white-to-white method. The UBM method is superior to the conventional method in terms of predicting the sulcus-to-sulcus horizontal diameter for ICL length determination.

Influence of porcelain firing and cementation on the marginal adaptation of metal-ceramic restorations prepared by different methods.

PubMed

Kaleli, Necati; Saraç, Duygu

2017-05-01

Marginal adaptation plays an important role in the survival of metal-ceramic restorations. Porcelain firings and cementation may affect the adaptation of restorations. Moreover, conventional casting procedures and casting imperfections may cause deteriorations in the marginal adaptation of metal-ceramic restorations. The purpose of this in vitro study was to compare the marginal adaptation after fabrication of the framework, porcelain application, and cementation of metal-ceramic restorations prepared by using the conventional lost-wax technique, milling, direct metal laser sintering (DMLS), and LaserCUSING, a direct process powder-bed system. Alterations in the marginal adaptation of the metal frameworks during the fabrication stages and the precision of fabrication methods were evaluated. Forty-eight metal dies simulating prepared premolar and molar abutment teeth were fabricated to investigate marginal adaptation. They were divided into 4 groups (n=12) according to the fabrication method used (group C serving as the control group: lost-wax method; group M: milling method; group LS: DMLS method; group DP: direct process powder-bed method). Sixty marginal discrepancy measurements were recorded separately on each abutment tooth after fabrication of the framework, porcelain application, and cementation by using a stereomicroscope. Thereafter, each group was divided into 3 subgroups according to the measurements recorded in each fabrication stage: subgroup F (framework), subgroup P (porcelain application), and subgroup C (cementation). Data were statistically analyzed with univariate analysis of variance (followed by 1-way ANOVA and Tamhane T2 test (α=.05). The lowest marginal discrepancy values were observed in restorations prepared by using the direct process powder-bed method, and this was significantly different (P<.001) from the other methods. The highest marginal discrepancy values were recorded after the cementation procedure in all groups. The results showed that the direct process powder-bed method is quite successful in terms of marginal adaptation. The marginal discrepancy increased after porcelain application and cementation. Copyright © 2016 Editorial Council for the Journal of Prosthetic Dentistry. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Hydrothermal method of synthesis of rare-earth tantalates and niobates

DOEpatents

Nyman, May D; Rohwer, Lauren E.S.; Martin, James E

2012-10-16

A hydrothermal method of synthesis of a family of rare-earth Group 5 oxides, where the Group 5 oxide is a niobate or tantalate. The rare-earth Group 5 oxides can be doped with suitable emitter ions to form nanophosphors.

Compositions and methods for hydrocarbon functionalization

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Gunnoe, Thomas Brent; Fortman, George; Boaz, Nicholas C.

Embodiments of the present disclosure provide for methods of hydrocarbon functionalization, methods and systems for converting a hydrocarbon into a compound including at least one group ((e.g., hydroxyl group) (e.g., methane to methanol)), functionalized hydrocarbons, and the like.

Improved Monte Carlo Renormalization Group Method

DOE R&D Accomplishments Database

Gupta, R.; Wilson, K. G.; Umrigar, C.

1985-01-01

An extensive program to analyze critical systems using an Improved Monte Carlo Renormalization Group Method (IMCRG) being undertaken at LANL and Cornell is described. Here we first briefly review the method and then list some of the topics being investigated.

Effect of Different Training Methods on Stride Parameters in Speed Maintenance Phase of 100-m Sprint Running.

PubMed

Cetin, Emel; Hindistan, I Ethem; Ozkaya, Y Gul

2018-05-01

Cetin, E, Hindistan, IE, Ozkaya, YG. Effect of different training methods on stride parameters in speed maintenance phase of 100-m sprint running. J Strength Cond Res 32(5): 1263-1272, 2018-This study examined the effects of 2 different training methods relevant to sloping surface on stride parameters in speed maintenance phase of 100-m sprint running. Twenty recreationally active students were assigned into one of 3 groups: combined training (Com), horizontal training (H), and control (C) group. Com group performed uphill and downhill training on a sloping surface with an angle of 4°, whereas H group trained on a horizontal surface, 3 days a week for 8 weeks. Speed maintenance and deceleration phases were divided into distances with 10-m intervals, and running time (t), running velocity (RV), step frequency (SF), and step length (SL) were measured at preexercise, and postexercise period. After 8 weeks of training program, t was shortened by 3.97% in Com group, and 2.37% in H group. Running velocity also increased for totally 100 m of running distance by 4.13 and 2.35% in Com, and H groups, respectively. At the speed maintenance phase, although t and maximal RV (RVmax) found to be statistically unaltered during overall phase, t was found to be decreased, and RVmax was preceded by 10 m in distance in both training groups. Step length was increased at 60-70 m, and SF was decreased at 70-80 m in H group. Step length was increased with concomitant decrease in SF at 80-90 m in Com group. Both training groups maintained the RVmax with a great percentage at the speed maintenance phase. In conclusion, although both training methods resulted in an increase in running time and RV, Com training method was more prominently effective method in improving RV, and this improvement was originated from the positive changes in SL during the speed maintaining phase.

Optimal regionalization of extreme value distributions for flood estimation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Asadi, Peiman; Engelke, Sebastian; Davison, Anthony C.

2018-01-01

Regionalization methods have long been used to estimate high return levels of river discharges at ungauged locations on a river network. In these methods, discharge measurements from a homogeneous group of similar, gauged, stations are used to estimate high quantiles at a target location that has no observations. The similarity of this group to the ungauged location is measured in terms of a hydrological distance measuring differences in physical and meteorological catchment attributes. We develop a statistical method for estimation of high return levels based on regionalizing the parameters of a generalized extreme value distribution. The group of stations is chosen by optimizing over the attribute weights of the hydrological distance, ensuring similarity and in-group homogeneity. Our method is applied to discharge data from the Rhine basin in Switzerland, and its performance at ungauged locations is compared to that of other regionalization methods. For gauged locations we show how our approach improves the estimation uncertainty for long return periods by combining local measurements with those from the chosen group.

Evaluation of the effect of three innovative recyling methods on the shear bond strength of stainless steel brackets-an in vitro study

PubMed Central

Kumar, Dilip; Palla, Aparna

2017-01-01

Background Orthodontists are commonly faced with the decision of what to do with debonded or inaccurately positioned brackets. An economical option to this dilemma is to recycle the brackets. Many recycling methods have been proposed, but the optimal bond strength of these recycled brackets needs further evaluation. Objectives: To evaluate and compare the effect of three recycling methods: (i) Sandblasting (ii) Sandblasting / direct flaming (iii) Sandblasting /direct flaming /acid bath solution on shear bond strength (SBS) of stainless steel brackets. Material and Methods Eighty human premolars were bonded with premolar stainless steel brackets as per manufacturer’s instructions. The teeth were divided into 4 groups (n=20): Recycling and initial debonding was not done in Control group (Group I). After initial bonding, the brackets in the rest of the three experimental groups were debonded and recycled by following methods: (i) Sandblasting (Group II) (ii) Sandblasting /direct flaming (Group III) (iii) Sandblasting /direct flaming /acid bath solution (Group IV). Further the recycled brackets were bonded. The specimens were then subjected to testing in a Universal machine. The evaluation of the variation of the shear bond strength (SBS) among test groups was done using one-way ANOVA test and inter-experimental group comparison was done by Newman-Keuls multiple post hoc procedure. Results Group I (8.6510±1.3943MPa) showed the highest bond strength followed by Group II (5.0185±0.9758MPa), Group IV (2.30±0.65MPa) and Group III (2.0455± 0.6196MPa). Statistically significant variations existed in the shear bond strength (SBS) in all groups analyzed except between Group III and Group IV. Conclusions The following conclusions were drawn from the study: 1. Shear bond strength of new brackets is significantly higher than the recycled brackets. 2. Brackets sandblasted with 90µm aluminium oxide particle air-abrasion showed significantly higher shear bond strength compared to direct flaming/sandblasting and direct flaming/sandblasting/acid bath solution. 3. Sandblasting with 90µm aluminium oxide particle air-abrasion is the simplest, most efficient and hence, the preferred method of recycling debonded brackets. Key words:Orthodontic bracket, recycling, shear bond strength. PMID:28469821

The Regeneration of Group Selection Openings in Southern Indiana

Treesearch

Dale R. Weigel

1994-01-01

The group selection method combines some of the advantages of even-aged silvicultural methods with those of uneven-aged methods. The method maintains a fairly continuous tree canopy, which provides a more natural appearance to the forest than does any even-aged method. By creating small canopy openings, it also provides the light necessary for the growth of species...

The Influence of Elective Surgery on Functional Health in Veterans with PTSD

DTIC Science & Technology

2012-12-21

elective surgery in veterans with PTSD. Design : A longitudinal, mixed method, quasi-experimental, nonequivalent control group study was conducted...longitudinal, mixed method, quasi-experimental, nonequivalent control group study was conducted. Methods and Sample: Physical and mental health...Methods Procedures." In Research design : qualitative, quantitative , and mixed methods approaches, 203-226. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Sage Publications

A New Method for Extubation: Comparison between Conventional and New Methods.

PubMed

Yousefshahi, Fardin; Barkhordari, Khosro; Movafegh, Ali; Tavakoli, Vida; Paknejad, Omalbanin; Bina, Payvand; Yousefshahi, Hadi; Sheikh Fathollahi, Mahmood

2012-08-01

Extubation is associated with the risk of complications such as accumulated secretion above the endotracheal tube cuff, eventual atelectasia following a reduction in pulmonary volumes because of a lack of physiological positive end expiratory pressure, and intra-tracheal suction. In order to reduce these complications, and, based on basic physiological principles, a new practical extubation method is presented in this article. The study was designed as a six-month prospective cross-sectional clinical trial. Two hundred fifty-seven patients undergoing coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG) were divided into two groups based on their scheduled surgery time. The first group underwent the conventional extubation method, while the other group was extubated according to a new described method. Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis results before and after extubation were compared between the two groups to find the effect of the extubation method on the ABG parameters and the oxygenation profile. In all time intervals, the partial pressure of oxygen in arterial blood / fraction of inspired oxygen (PaO(2)/FiO(2)) ratio in the new method group patients was improved compared to that in the conventional method; some differences, like PaO(2)/FiO(2) four hours after extubation, were statistically significant, however (p value=0.0063). The new extubation method improved some respiratory parameters and thus attenuated oxygenation complications and amplified oxygenation after extubation.

Sockets Manufactured by CAD/CAM Method Have Positive Effects on the Quality of Life of Patients With Transtibial Amputation.

PubMed

Karakoç, Mehmet; Batmaz, İbrahim; Sariyildiz, Mustafa Akif; Yazmalar, Levent; Aydin, Abdülkadir; Em, Serda

2017-08-01

Patients with amputation need prosthesis to comfortably move around. One of the most important parts of a good prosthesis is the socket. Currently, the most commonly used method is the traditional socket manufacturing method, which involves manual work; however, computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM) is also being used in the recent years. The present study aimed to investigate the effects of sockets manufactured by traditional and CAD/CAM method on clinical characteristics and quality of life of patients with transtibial amputation. The study included 72 patients with transtibial amputation using prosthesis, 36 of whom had CAD/CAM prosthetic sockets (group 1) and 36 had traditional prosthetic sockets (group 2). Amputation reason, prosthesis lifetime, walking time and distance with prosthesis, pain-free walking time with prosthesis, production time of the prosthesis, and adaptation time to the prosthesis were questioned. Quality of life was assessed using the 36-item Short Form Health Survey questionnaire and the Trinity Amputation and Prosthesis Experience Scales. Walking time and distance and pain-free walking time with prosthesis were significantly better in group 1 than those in group 2. Furthermore, the prosthesis was applied in a significantly shorter time, and socket adaptation time was significantly shorter in group 1. Except emotional role limitation, all 36-item Short Form Healthy Survey questionnaire parameters were significantly better in group 1 than in group 2. Trinity Amputation and Prosthesis Experience Scales activity limitation scores of group 1 were lower, and Trinity Amputation and Prosthesis Experience Scales satisfaction with the prosthesis scores were higher than those in group 2. Our study demonstrated that the sockets manufactured by CAD/CAM methods yield better outcomes in quality of life of patients with transtibial amputation than the sockets manufactured by the traditional method.

Web-Based Versus Conventional Training for Medical Students on Infant Gross Motor Screening.

PubMed

Pusponegoro, Hardiono D; Soebadi, Amanda; Surya, Raymond

2015-12-01

Early detection of developmental abnormalities is important for early intervention. A simple screening method is needed for use by general practitioners, as is an effective and efficient training method. This study aims to evaluate the effectiveness, acceptability, and usability of Web-based training for medical students on a simple gross motor screening method in infants. Fifth-year medical students at University of Indonesia in Jakarta were randomized into two groups. A Web-based training group received online video modules, discussions, and assessments (at www.schoology.com ). A conventional training group received a 1-day live training using the same module. Both groups completed identical pre- and posttests and the User Satisfaction Questionnaire (USQ). The Web-based group also completed the System Usability Scale (SUS). The module was based on a gross motor screening method used in the World Health Organization Multicentre Growth Reference Study. There were 39 and 32 subjects in the Web-based and conventional groups, respectively. Mean pretest versus posttest scores (correct answers out of 20) were 9.05 versus 16.95 (p=0.0001) in the Web-based group and 9.31 versus 16.88 (p=0.0001) in the conventional group. Mean difference between pre- and posttest scores did not differ significantly between the Web-based and conventional groups (mean [standard deviation], 7.56 [3.252] versus 7.90 [5.170]; p=0.741]. Both training methods were acceptable based on USQ scores. Based on SUS scores, the Web-based training had good usability. Web-based training is an effective, efficient, and acceptable training method for medical students on simple infant gross motor screening and is as effective as conventional training.

Grouping individual independent BOLD effects: a new way to ICA group analysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Duann, Jeng-Ren; Jung, Tzyy-Ping; Sejnowski, Terrence J.; Makeig, Scott

2009-04-01

A new group analysis method to summarize the task-related BOLD responses based on independent component analysis (ICA) was presented. As opposite to the previously proposed group ICA (gICA) method, which first combined multi-subject fMRI data in either temporal or spatial domain and applied ICA decomposition only once to the combined fMRI data to extract the task-related BOLD effects, the method presented here applied ICA decomposition to the individual subjects' fMRI data to first find the independent BOLD effects specifically for each individual subject. Then, the task-related independent BOLD component was selected among the resulting independent components from the single-subject ICA decomposition and hence grouped across subjects to derive the group inference. In this new ICA group analysis (ICAga) method, one does not need to assume that the task-related BOLD time courses are identical across brain areas and subjects as used in the grand ICA decomposition on the spatially concatenated fMRI data. Neither does one need to assume that after spatial normalization, the voxels at the same coordinates represent exactly the same functional or structural brain anatomies across different subjects. These two assumptions have been problematic given the recent BOLD activation evidences. Further, since the independent BOLD effects were obtained from each individual subject, the ICAga method can better account for the individual differences in the task-related BOLD effects. Unlike the gICA approach whereby the task-related BOLD effects could only be accounted for by a single unified BOLD model across multiple subjects. As a result, the newly proposed method, ICAga, was able to better fit the task-related BOLD effects at individual level and thus allow grouping more appropriate multisubject BOLD effects in the group analysis.

A Comparison of Four Linear Equating Methods for the Common-Item Nonequivalent Groups Design Using Simulation Methods. ACT Research Report Series, 2013 (2)

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Topczewski, Anna; Cui, Zhongmin; Woodruff, David; Chen, Hanwei; Fang, Yu

2013-01-01

This paper investigates four methods of linear equating under the common item nonequivalent groups design. Three of the methods are well known: Tucker, Angoff-Levine, and Congeneric-Levine. A fourth method is presented as a variant of the Congeneric-Levine method. Using simulation data generated from the three-parameter logistic IRT model we…

[Comparative clinical analysis of cesarean section technique by Misgav Ladach method and Pfennenstiel method].

PubMed

Popiela, A; Pańszczyk, M; Korzeniewski, J; Baranowski, W

2000-04-01

Clinical and biochemical parameters were analysed in 55 patients who underwent a caesarean section performed using Misgav Ladach method compared to reference group of 41 patients who underwent caesarean section using Pfannenstiel method. Shortened operation time, shortened hospitalisation time and less postoperative morbidity were observed in the Misgav Ladach group. This kind of method seems to have advantages in comparison to Pfannenstiel method.

Two methods for parameter estimation using multiple-trait models and beef cattle field data.

PubMed

Bertrand, J K; Kriese, L A

1990-08-01

Two methods are presented for estimating variances and covariances from beef cattle field data using multiple-trait sire models. Both methods require that the first trait have no missing records and that the contemporary groups for the second trait be subsets of the contemporary groups for the first trait; however, the second trait may have missing records. One method uses pseudo expectations involving quadratics composed of the solutions and the right-hand sides of the mixed model equations. The other method is an extension of Henderson's Simple Method to the multiple trait case. Neither of these methods requires any inversions of large matrices in the computation of the parameters; therefore, both methods can handle very large sets of data. Four simulated data sets were generated to evaluate the methods. In general, both methods estimated genetic correlations and heritabilities that were close to the Restricted Maximum Likelihood estimates and the true data set values, even when selection within contemporary groups was practiced. The estimates of residual correlations by both methods, however, were biased by selection. These two methods can be useful in estimating variances and covariances from multiple-trait models in large populations that have undergone a minimal amount of selection within contemporary groups.

Use of condensed videos in a flipped classroom for pharmaceutical calculations: Student perceptions and academic performance.

PubMed

Gloudeman, Mark W; Shah-Manek, Bijal; Wong, Terri H; Vo, Christina; Ip, Eric J

2018-02-01

The flipped teaching method was implemented through a series of multiple condensed videos for pharmaceutical calculations with student perceptions and academic performance assessed post-intervention. Student perceptions from the intervention group were assessed via an online survey. Pharmaceutical exam scores of the intervention group were compared to the control group. The intervention group spent a greater amount of class time on active learning. The majority of students (68.2%) thought that the flipped teaching method was more effective to learn pharmaceutical calculations than the traditional method. The mean exam scores of the intervention group were not significantly different than the control group (80.5 ± 15.8% vs 77.8 ± 16.8%; p = 0.253). Previous studies on the flipped teaching method have shown mixed results in regards to student perceptions and exam scores, where either student satisfaction increased or exam scores improved, but rarely both. The flipped teaching method was rated favorably by a majority of students. The flipped teaching method resulted in similar outcomes in pharmaceutical calculations exam scores, and it appears to be an acceptable and effective option to deliver pharmaceutical calculations in a Doctor of Pharmacy program. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

[Comparison of surface light scattering of acrylic intraocular lenses made by lathe-cutting and cast-molding methods--long-term observation and experimental study].

PubMed

Nishihara, Hitoshi; Ayaki, Masahiko; Watanabe, Tomiko; Ohnishi, Takeo; Kageyama, Toshiyuki; Yaguchi, Shigeo

2004-03-01

To compare the long-term clinical and experimental results of soft acrylic intraocular lenses(IOLs) manufactured by the lathe-cut(LC) method and by the cast-molding(CM) method. This was a retrospective study of 20 patients(22 eyes) who were examined in a 5- and 7-year follow-up study. Sixteen eyes were implanted with polyacrylic IOLs manufactured by the LC method and 6 eyes were implanted with polyacrylic IOLs manufactured by the CM method. Postoperative measurements included best corrected visual acuity, contrast sensitivity, biomicroscopic examination, and Scheimpflug slit-lamp images to evaluate surface light scattering. Scanning electron microscopy and three-dimensional surface analysis were conducted. At 7 years, the mean visual acuity was 1.08 +/- 0.24 (mean +/- standard deviation) in the LC group and 1.22 +/- 0.27 in the CM group. Surface light-seatter was 12.0 +/- 4.0 computer compatible tapes(CCT) in the LC group and 37.4 +/- 5.4 CCT in the CM group. Mean surface roughness was 0.70 +/- 0.07 nm in the LC group and 6.16 +/- 0.97 nm in the CM group. Acrylic IOLs manufactured by the LC method are more stable in long-termuse.

The Misgav Ladach method--a step forward in operative technique in obstetrics.

PubMed

Fatusić, Zlatan; Kurjak, Asim; Jasarević, Edin; Hafner, Tomislav

2003-01-01

To investigate the advantage of performing cesarean section using the Misgav-Ladach method and to justify its use in everyday practice. In a prospective study we analyzed over a two year period (2000-01) cesarean sections carried out using the Misgav-Ladach method at our clinic. We compared both 550 cases of Misgav-Ladach (ML) and 100 cases of Pfannenstiel (PH) cesarean section. In the group that had undergone the Misgav-Ladach method we sutured the uterus in one layer and left the peritoneum non-sutured, and in the group who had undergone Pfennenstiel we sutured the uterus in two layers and also sutured the visceral and parietal peritoneum. In every case we analyzed: maternal age, gestational age, duration of operation, consumption of suture material, duration of hospitalization, and surgical complications. Incidence of postoperative febrile morbidity was 5.45%, in the Misgav-Ladach group compared with 13.2% in the Pfannenstiel group (p < 0.05). Local infection of the wound in the Misgav-Ladach group was found in 4.54% and in the Pfannenstiel group in 9% (p < 0.05). Mean time of extraction of the newborn in the Misgav-Ladach group was 1.25 minutes, and in the Pfannenstiel group 4.10 minutes (P < 0.05). Mean duration of operation in the Misgav-Ladach group was 10.98 min, and in the Pfannenstiel group 25 min (p < 0.05). Mean duration of hospitalization in the Misgav-Ladach group was 4.75 days, and in the Pfannenstiel group 6.32 days (p > 0.05). Mean consumption of suture material in the group Misgav-Ladach was 3.10 sutures per operation, and in the Pfannenstiel group was 9.5 sutures. Our study shows that the Misgav-Ladach method of cesarean section enables fast recovery and shorter hospitalization, and reduces the length of the operation, the incidence of surgical complication and the consumption of surgical materials.

Concept and benefits of the Inverted Classroom method for a competency-based biochemistry course in the pre-clinical stage of a human medicine course of studies

PubMed Central

Kühl, Susanne J.; Toberer, Matthias; Keis, Oliver; Tolks, Daniel; Fischer, Martin R.; Kühl, Michael

2017-01-01

Background: Medical students often have a problem recognising the relevance of basic science subjects for their later professional work in the pre-clinical stage of their studies. This can lead to a lower motivation to learn biochemical content and dissatisfaction in the courses amongst the students. Alternative teaching methods such as the Inverted Classroom (IC) method can address this deficiency. The goal of this study was: to analyse the motivation and satisfaction of the students in a biochemistry seminar through the use of the e-learning-based IC method, to investigate the acceptance against the IC teaching method in biochemistry, and to compare the learning success achieved using the IC approach with that of a traditional course. We also investigated how a biochemistry course in the pre-clinical stage of a human medicine course of studies can be successfully organised according to the IC method. Furthermore, we examined the benefits of the IC method over conventional teaching formats. Method: The IC method was implemented in accordance with the guidelines of the GMA committee “New Media” [30] in a biochemistry seminar for two student IC intervention groups with 42 students. A part of the factual knowledge from the on-site phase in the form of teaching videos together with self-learning control tasks were provided online before the seminar for both IC intervention groups. Exporting content to the self-learning phase creates new free time in the on-site phase, during which the content can be critically considered and processed and additional competency-based learning objectives can be taught. Identical biochemistry teaching content was taught in parallel control groups (14 student groups with n=299 students), but no material was handed out beforehand for a self-learning phase. These students only received the materials after the on-site phase. Motivation and satisfaction as well as the acceptance for the teaching methods were recorded by questionnaires, the acquisition of knowledge by MC exams. Results: On a Likert scale from 1 (strongly disagree) to 6 (strongly agree), the students in the IC intervention groups could be seen to be much more motivated (5.53) than students in the control group (4.01). Students in the IC intervention groups also recognised the relevance of the learning content much more clearly (5.44) than students in the control group (4.01). Furthermore, the IC group also observed that additional competencies were trained in addition to the biochemistry content. In addition, the IC intervention group award the event a school grade of 1.53, the traditional control group a grade of 2.96. The teaching videos were rated very positively by both groups with an average school grade of 1.3 in each case. A qualitative analysis showed that the motivation and a positive attitude of the lecturers played a decisive role in the successful implementation of the IC method. Discussion and conclusion: Pre-clinical students display a high acceptance of the e-learning-based IC method. Teaching communication competencies in a biochemistry seminar was also rated very positively by the students. The quality of the teaching video and the motivation of the lecturers were shown to be a critical parameter for the successful performance of the IC method. What’s more, the IC method can contribute to implementing a competence orientation in medical studies. PMID:28890922

Concept and benefits of the Inverted Classroom method for a competency-based biochemistry course in the pre-clinical stage of a human medicine course of studies.

PubMed

Kühl, Susanne J; Toberer, Matthias; Keis, Oliver; Tolks, Daniel; Fischer, Martin R; Kühl, Michael

2017-01-01

Background: Medical students often have a problem recognising the relevance of basic science subjects for their later professional work in the pre-clinical stage of their studies. This can lead to a lower motivation to learn biochemical content and dissatisfaction in the courses amongst the students. Alternative teaching methods such as the Inverted Classroom (IC) method can address this deficiency. The goal of this study was: to analyse the motivation and satisfaction of the students in a biochemistry seminar through the use of the e-learning-based IC method, to investigate the acceptance against the IC teaching method in biochemistry, and to compare the learning success achieved using the IC approach with that of a traditional course. We also investigated how a biochemistry course in the pre-clinical stage of a human medicine course of studies can be successfully organised according to the IC method. Furthermore, we examined the benefits of the IC method over conventional teaching formats. Method: The IC method was implemented in accordance with the guidelines of the GMA committee "New Media" [30] in a biochemistry seminar for two student IC intervention groups with 42 students. A part of the factual knowledge from the on-site phase in the form of teaching videos together with self-learning control tasks were provided online before the seminar for both IC intervention groups. Exporting content to the self-learning phase creates new free time in the on-site phase, during which the content can be critically considered and processed and additional competency-based learning objectives can be taught. Identical biochemistry teaching content was taught in parallel control groups (14 student groups with n=299 students), but no material was handed out beforehand for a self-learning phase. These students only received the materials after the on-site phase. Motivation and satisfaction as well as the acceptance for the teaching methods were recorded by questionnaires, the acquisition of knowledge by MC exams. Results: On a Likert scale from 1 (strongly disagree) to 6 (strongly agree), the students in the IC intervention groups could be seen to be much more motivated (5.53) than students in the control group (4.01). Students in the IC intervention groups also recognised the relevance of the learning content much more clearly (5.44) than students in the control group (4.01). Furthermore, the IC group also observed that additional competencies were trained in addition to the biochemistry content. In addition, the IC intervention group award the event a school grade of 1.53, the traditional control group a grade of 2.96. The teaching videos were rated very positively by both groups with an average school grade of 1.3 in each case. A qualitative analysis showed that the motivation and a positive attitude of the lecturers played a decisive role in the successful implementation of the IC method. Discussion and conclusion: Pre-clinical students display a high acceptance of the e-learning-based IC method. Teaching communication competencies in a biochemistry seminar was also rated very positively by the students. The quality of the teaching video and the motivation of the lecturers were shown to be a critical parameter for the successful performance of the IC method. What's more, the IC method can contribute to implementing a competence orientation in medical studies.

[Clinical effects of shen-nourishing and menstruation-regulating method combined with triptorelin acetate injection on patient with luteinized unruptured follicle syndrome].

PubMed

Yan-hua, Chen; Fang, Lian; Shi, Na

2011-12-01

To study the clinical effects of Shen-nourishing and menstruation-regulating method (SNMRM) combined with Triptorelin Acetate Injection (TAI) on patients with luteinized unruptured follicle syndrome (LUFS). Sixty-two LUFS patients were randomly assigned to the treatment group and the control group. TAI was given to patients in the control group while SNMRM + TAI was given to those in the treatment group. The ovulation rate and the pregnancy rate were observed in the two groups. The ovulation rate in the treatment group was higher than that in the control group, but without significant difference (85.53% versus 79.07%, P > 0.05). The pregnancy rate was significantly higher in the treatment group than in the control group (56.25% vs 30.00%, P < 0.05). Treatment of LUFS by SNMRM + TAI could improve the ovulation rate and the pregnancy rate, indicating that LUFS patients' ovary functions could be improved by using different menstruation regulating methods during different follicular development phases.

The use of expressive methods for developing empathic skills.

PubMed

Ozcan, Neslihan Keser; Bilgin, Hülya; Eracar, Nevin

2011-01-01

Empathy is one of the fundamental concepts in nursing, and it is an ability that can be learned. Various education models have been tested for improving empathic skills. Research has focused on using oral presentations, videos, modeling, practiced negotiation based on experiences, and psychodrama methods, such as role playing, as ways to improve empathy in participants. This study looked at the use of expressive arts to improve empathic skills of nursing students. The study was conducted with 48 students who were separated into five different groups. All groups lasted for two hours, and met for 12 weeks. Expressive art and psychodrama methods were used in the group studies. The Scale of Empathic Skill was administered to participants before and after the group studies. Before the group study took place, the average score for empathic skill was 127.97 (SD = 21.26). After the group study, it increased to 138.87 (SD = 20.40). The average score for empathic skill increased after the group (t = 3.996, p = .000). Results show that expressive methods are easier, more effective, and enjoyable processes in nursing training.

The effect of four-phase teaching method on midwifery students’ emotional intelligence in managing the childbirth

PubMed Central

Mohamadirizi, Soheila; Fahami, Fariba; Bahadoran, Parvin; Ehsanpour, Soheila

2015-01-01

Background: An active teaching method has been used widely in medical education. The aim of this study was to determine the effectiveness of the four-phase teaching method on midwifery students’ emotional intelligence (EQ) in managing the childbirth. Materials and Methods: This was an experimental study that performed in 2013 in Isfahan University of Medical Sciences. Thirty midwifery students were involved in this study and selected through a random sampling method. The EQ questionnaire (43Q) was completed by both the groups, before and after the education. The collected data were analyzed using SPSS 14, the independent t-test, and the paired t-test. The statistically significant level was considered to be <0.05. Results: The findings of the independent t-test did not show any significant difference between EQ scores of the experimental and the control group before the intervention, whereas a statistically significant difference was observed after the intervention between the scores of two groups (P = 0.009). The paired t-test showed a statistically significant difference in EQ scores in the two groups after the intervention in the four-phase and the control group, respectively, as P = 0.005 and P = 0.018. Furthermore, the rate of self-efficiency has increased in the experimental group and control group as 66% and 13% (P = 0.024), respectively. Conclusion: The four-phase teaching method can increase the EQ levels of midwifery students. Therefore, the conduction of this educational model is recommended as an effective learning method. PMID:26097861

Application of a Taxonomical Structure for Classifying Goods Procured by the Federal Government

DTIC Science & Technology

1991-12-01

between all pairs of objects. Also called a "tree" or "phenogram". "• UPGMA Clustering Method- (Un--weighted pair-group method using weighted averages...clustering arrangement, specifically, the unweighted pair-group method using arithmetic averages ( UPGMA ) (more commonly known as the 49 average linkage method

Method for producing hydrophobic aerogels

DOEpatents

Hrubesh, Lawrence W.; Poco, John F.; Coronado, Paul R.

1999-01-01

A method for treating a dried monolithic aerogel containing non-dispersed particles, with an organometallic surface modifying agent to produce hydrophobic aerogels. The dried, porous hydrophobic aerogels contain a protective layer of alkyl groups, such as methyl groups, on the modified surfaces of the pores of the aerogel. The alkyl groups at the aerogel surface typically contain at least one carbon-metal bond per group.

Content-Related Interactions and Methods of Reasoning within Self-Initiated Organic Chemistry Study Groups

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Christian, Karen Jeanne

2011-01-01

Students often use study groups to prepare for class or exams; yet to date, we know very little about how these groups actually function. This study looked at the ways in which undergraduate organic chemistry students prepared for exams through self-initiated study groups. We sought to characterize the methods of social regulation, levels of…

Academic Procrastination and the Performance of Graduate-Level Cooperative Groups in Research Methods Courses

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Jiao, Qun G.; DaRos-Voseles, Denise A.; Collins, Kathleen M. T.; Onwuegbuzie, Anthony J.

2011-01-01

This study examined the extent to which academic procrastination predicted the performance of cooperative groups in graduate-level research methods courses. A total of 28 groups was examined (n = 83 students), ranging in size from 2 to 5 (M = 2.96, SD = 1.10). Multiple regression analyses revealed that neither within-group mean nor within-group…

Osthole Enhances the Therapeutic Efficiency of Stem Cell Transplantation in Neuroendoscopy Caused Traumatic Brain Injury.

PubMed

Tao, Zhen-Yu; Gao, Peng; Yan, Yu-Hui; Li, Hong-Yan; Song, Jie; Yang, Jing-Xian

2017-01-01

Neuroendoscopy processes can cause severe traumatic brain injury. Existing therapeutic methods, such as neural stem cell transplantation and osthole have not been proven effective. Therefore, there is an emerging need on the development of new techniques for the treatment of brain injuries. In this study we propose to combine the above stem cell based methods and then evaluate the efficiency and accuracy of the new method. Mice were randomly divided into four groups: group 1 (brain injury alone); group 2 (osthole); group 3 (stem cell transplantation); and group 4 (osthole combined with stem cell transplantation). We carried out water maze task to exam spatial memory. Immunocytochemistry was used to test the inflammatory condition of each group, and the differentiation of stem cells. To evaluate the condition of the damaged blood brain barrier restore, we detect the Evans blue (EB) extravasation across the blood brain barrier. The result shows that osthole and stem cell transplantation combined therapeutic method has a potent effect on improving the spatial memory. This combined method was more effective on inhibiting inflammation and preventing neuronal degeneration than the single treated ones. In addition, there was a distinct decline of EB extravasation in the combined treatment groups, which was not observed in single treatment groups. Most importantly, the combined usage of osthole and stem cell transplantation provide a better treatment for the traumatic brain injury caused by neuroendoscopy. The collective evidence indicates osthole combined with neural stem cell transplantation is superior than either method alone for the treatment of traumatic brain injury caused by neuroendoscopy.

SCGICAR: Spatial concatenation based group ICA with reference for fMRI data analysis.

PubMed

Shi, Yuhu; Zeng, Weiming; Wang, Nizhuan

2017-09-01

With the rapid development of big data, the functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) data analysis of multi-subject is becoming more and more important. As a kind of blind source separation technique, group independent component analysis (GICA) has been widely applied for the multi-subject fMRI data analysis. However, spatial concatenated GICA is rarely used compared with temporal concatenated GICA due to its disadvantages. In this paper, in order to overcome these issues and to consider that the ability of GICA for fMRI data analysis can be improved by adding a priori information, we propose a novel spatial concatenation based GICA with reference (SCGICAR) method to take advantage of the priori information extracted from the group subjects, and then the multi-objective optimization strategy is used to implement this method. Finally, the post-processing means of principal component analysis and anti-reconstruction are used to obtain group spatial component and individual temporal component in the group, respectively. The experimental results show that the proposed SCGICAR method has a better performance on both single-subject and multi-subject fMRI data analysis compared with classical methods. It not only can detect more accurate spatial and temporal component for each subject of the group, but also can obtain a better group component on both temporal and spatial domains. These results demonstrate that the proposed SCGICAR method has its own advantages in comparison with classical methods, and it can better reflect the commonness of subjects in the group. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Prevalence of Post-tonsillectomy Bleeding as Day-case Surgery with Combination Method; Cold Dissection Tonsillectomy and Bipolar Diathermy Hemostasis

PubMed Central

Faramarzi, Abolahassan; Heydari, Seyed Taghi

2010-01-01

Objective Post-tonsillectomy hemorrhage remains an important factor in determining the safety of performing tonsillectomy as a day case procedure. The aim of this study was to determine the safety of day case tonsillectomy by using combination method, cold dissection tonsillectomy and bipolar diathermy hemostasis. Methods A prospective randomized clinical study conducted on the patients who had undergone day case tonsillectomy (DCT). There were two groups (DCT and control group) each group consisting of 150 cases. Tonsillectomy was performed by using combination method; cold dissection and hemostasis was achieved by ligation of vessels with bipolar electerocautery. Findings We found 3 cases of post-tonsillectomy bleeding in DCT group and 4 cases in the control group. There was no statistically significant difference in the rate of post-operative hemorrhage between the two groups. Conclusion The findings suggest the safety of the combination of cold dissection tonsillectomy and bipolar diathermy hemostasis as day case tonsillectomy. PMID:23056702

[Application of problem-based learning in pre-job training of postgraduate students in department of endodontics].

PubMed

Shao, Li-na; Wang, Xue-mei; Qiu, Li-hong; Zhan, Fu-liang; Xue, Ming

2013-08-01

To apply problem-based learning (PBL) in pre-job training of postgraduate students in department of endodontics. Thirty master degree postgraduate students of China Medical University were randomly divided into 2 groups, there were 15 students in each group. One group were taught with PBL method while the other group with lecture-based learning (LBL) method. The teaching effect was measured with examination and questionnaire survey. The data were analyzed by student's t-test using SPSS 11.5 software package. There was no significant difference in basic knowledge, medical records writing, oral examination between the two groups (P>0.05). There were significant differences in case analysis, dental operation, theory examination, practical examination and total scores between the two groups (P<0.05). The PBL method was welcomed by master degree postgraduate students. The abilities of postgraduate students can be developed by PBL method in different aspects. PBL achieves satisfactory teaching effect, and can be applied in pre-job training of postgraduate students.

Differences in health insurance and health service utilization among Asian Americans: method for using the NHIS to identify unique patterns between ethnic groups.

PubMed

Ruy, Hosihn; Young, Wendy B; Kwak, Hoil

2002-01-01

The purpose of this study is to outline a method to identify the characteristics of socioeconomic variables in determining the differences in health insurance coverage and health services utilization patterns for different ethnic groups, using the behavioural model of health service utilization. A sample drawn from Asian American adult respondents to the 1992, 1993, and 1994 National Health Interview Surveys (NHIS) in the USA formed the data set. The results showed Asian Americans as not being homogeneous. There were distinctly different demographic and socioeconomic characteristics between six Asian American ethnic groups that affect health insurance coverage and health service utilization. The study method is useful for constructing health policy and services to address the general public need without adversely affecting smaller minority groups. Secondary analysis of well-constructed national data sets such as the specific Asian ethnic groups in NHIS, offers a rich method for predicting the differential impact of specific health policies on various ethnic groups.

Comparison of two methods of MMPI-2 profile classification.

PubMed

Munley, P H; Germain, J M

2000-10-01

The present study investigated the extent of agreement of the highest scale method and the best-fit method in matching MMPI-2 profiles to database code-type profiles and considered profile characteristics that may relate to agreement or disagreement of code-type matches by these two methods. A sample of 519 MMPI-2 profiles that had been classified into database profile code types by these two methods was studied. Resulting code-type matches were classified into three groups: identical (30%), similar (39%), and different (31%), and the profile characteristics of profile elevation, dispersion, and profile code-type definition were studied. Profile code-type definition was significantly different across the three groups with identical and similar match profile groups showing greater profile code-type definition and the different group consisting of profiles that were less well-defined.

[Efficiency of combined methods of hemorroid treatment using hal-rar and laser destruction].

PubMed

Rodoman, G V; Kornev, L V; Shalaeva, T I; Malushenko, R N

2017-01-01

To develop the combined method of treatment of hemorrhoids with arterial ligation under Doppler control and laser destruction of internal and external hemorrhoids. The study included 100 patients with chronic hemorrhoids stage II and III. Combined method of HAL-laser was used in study group, HAL RAR-technique in control group 1 and closed hemorrhoidectomy with linear stapler in control group 2. Сomparative evaluation of results in both groups was performed. Combined method overcomes the drawbacks of traditional surgical treatment and limitations in external components elimination which are inherent for HAL-RAR. Moreover, it has a higher efficiency in treating of hemorrhoids stage II-III compared with HAL-RAR and is equally safe and well tolerable for patients. This method does not increase the risk of recurrence, reduces incidence of complications and time of disability.

Grouping methods for estimating the prevalences of rare traits from complex survey data that preserve confidentiality of respondents.

PubMed

Hyun, Noorie; Gastwirth, Joseph L; Graubard, Barry I

2018-03-26

Originally, 2-stage group testing was developed for efficiently screening individuals for a disease. In response to the HIV/AIDS epidemic, 1-stage group testing was adopted for estimating prevalences of a single or multiple traits from testing groups of size q, so individuals were not tested. This paper extends the methodology of 1-stage group testing to surveys with sample weighted complex multistage-cluster designs. Sample weighted-generalized estimating equations are used to estimate the prevalences of categorical traits while accounting for the error rates inherent in the tests. Two difficulties arise when using group testing in complex samples: (1) How does one weight the results of the test on each group as the sample weights will differ among observations in the same group. Furthermore, if the sample weights are related to positivity of the diagnostic test, then group-level weighting is needed to reduce bias in the prevalence estimation; (2) How does one form groups that will allow accurate estimation of the standard errors of prevalence estimates under multistage-cluster sampling allowing for intracluster correlation of the test results. We study 5 different grouping methods to address the weighting and cluster sampling aspects of complex designed samples. Finite sample properties of the estimators of prevalences, variances, and confidence interval coverage for these grouping methods are studied using simulations. National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey data are used to illustrate the methods. Copyright © 2018 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

A Comparison of Vaginal Pressures and Abdominal Muscle Thickness According to Childbirth Delivery Method during the Valsalva Maneuver

PubMed Central

Kim, Haroo; Kak, Hwang-Bo; Kim, Boin

2014-01-01

[Purpose] The purpose of this study was to compare the effect of childbirth delivery method on vaginal pressure and abdominal thickness during the Valsalva maneuver (VAL). [Subjects] Thirty healthy female volunteers (26–39 years of age) were selected for this research. Their delivery histories were: nulliparous 10, vaginal delivery 10, and Cesarean delivery 10. None of the participants had a history of incontinence. [Methods] In the crook-lying position, a perineometer probe was inserted into the vagina and the transducer was placed transversely on the right side of the body during the Valsalva maneuver. [Results] There were significant differences in the thickness of the transverses abdominis (TrA) between in all the groups rest and the Valsalva maneuver, and there were significant differences in the internus oblique (IO) in the nulliparous group. During the Valsalva maneuver, there were significant differences in the TrA between the nulliparous group and the vaginal delivery group, and there were significant differences in the IO between the nulliparous delivery group and the vaginal delivery group, and between the nulliparous group and the Cesarean section group. Delivery history changed vaginal pressure, and there were significant differences between the nulliparous group and the vaginal delivery group, and between the nulliparous group and the Cesarean delivery group. [Conclusion] Pregnancy and delivery method may affect pelvic floor and abdominal muscles during the Valsalva maneuver. PMID:24707104

Comparison of the efficacy of physical therapy and corticosteroid injection in the treatment of pes anserine tendino-bursitis

PubMed Central

Sarifakioglu, Banu; Afsar, Sevgi Ikbali; Yalbuzdag, Seniz Akcay; Ustaömer, Kubra; Bayramoğlu, Meral

2016-01-01

[Purpose] The aims of this study were twofold. The first was to compare the functional capacity and pain of patients with knee osteoarthritis (KOA), with or without pes anserine tendino-bursitis (PATB). The second is to compare the efficacy of two treatment methods (physical therapy and corticosteroid injection) for patients with PATB. [Subjects and Methods] Sixty patient with KOA and PATB (Group 1) and 57 patients with KOA but without PATB (Group 2) were enrolled in the study. The patients’ visual analog scale (VAS), Western Ontario and McMaster Universities osteoarthritis index (WOMAC) scores and three-meter timed-up and go scores were measured. The PATB group was randomly divided into two groups (Group A and B). Physical therapy (PT) modalities were applied to the first group (Group A), and the second group (Group B) received corticosteroid injections to the pes anserine area. Eight weeks later, patients’ parameters were measured again. [Results] Initial WOMAC scores and timed up-and-go times were significantly higher in Group 1 than in Group 2. Both treatments resulted in significant improvements in all measured parameters, but no significant difference was detected between Group A and B. [Conclusion] Patients with PATB tend to have more severe pain, more altered functionality, and greater disability than those with KOA but without PATB. Both corticosteroid injection and PT are effective methods of treatment for PATB. Injection therapy can be considered an effective, inexpensive and fast therapeutic method. PMID:27512249

Method for oxidizing alkanes using novel porphyrins synthesized from dipyrromethanes and aldehydes

DOEpatents

Wijesekera, Tilak; Lyons, James E.; Ellis, Jr., Paul E.

1999-01-01

The invention comprises a method for the oxidation of alkanes to alcohols and for decomposition of hydroperoxides to alcohols utilizing new compositions of matter, which are metal complexes of porphyrins. Preferred complexes have hydrogen, haloalkyl or haloaryl groups in meso positions, two of the opposed meso atoms or groups being hydrogen or haloaryl, and two of the opposed meso atoms or groups being hydrogen or haloalkyl, but not all four of the meso atoms or groups being hydrogen. Other preferred complexes are ones in which all four of the meso positions are substituted with haloalkyl groups and the beta positions are substituted with halogen atoms. A new method of synthesizing porphyrinogens is also disclosed.

Method for hydroperoxide decomposition using novel porphyrins synthesized from dipyrromethanes and aldehydes

DOEpatents

Wijesekera, T.; Lyons, J.E.; Ellis, P.E. Jr.

1998-03-03

The invention comprises a method for the oxidation of alkanes to alcohols and for decomposition of hydroperoxides to alcohols utilizing new compositions of matter, which are metal complexes of porphyrins. Preferred complexes have hydrogen, haloalkyl or haloaryl groups in meso positions, two of the opposed meso atoms or groups being hydrogen or haloaryl, and two of the opposed meso atoms or groups being hydrogen or haloalkyl, but not all four of the meso atoms or groups being hydrogen. Other preferred complexes are ones in which all four of the meso positions are substituted with haloalkyl groups and the beta positions are substituted with halogen atoms. A new method of synthesizing porphyrinogens is also disclosed.

Method for hydroperoxide decomposition using novel porphyrins synthesized from dipyrromethanes and aldehydes

DOEpatents

Wijesekera, Tilak; Lyons, James E.; Ellis, Jr., Paul E.

1998-01-01

The invention comprises a method for the oxidation of alkanes to alcohols and for decomposition of hydroperoxides to alcohols utilizing new compositions of matter, which are metal complexes of porphyrins. Preferred complexes have hydrogen, haloalkyl or haloaryl groups in meso positions, two of the opposed meso atoms or groups being hydrogen or haloaryl, and two of the opposed meso atoms or groups being hydrogen or haloalkyl, but not all four of the meso atoms or groups being hydrogen. Other preferred complexes are ones in which all four of the meso positions are substituted with haloalkyl groups and the beta positions are substituted with halogen atoms. A new method of synthesizing porphyrinogens is also disclosed.

Use of the concept mapping in teaching during a medical rotation of interns: an exploratory study.

PubMed

Kwas, Hamida; Ghédira, Habib

2017-12-01

Concept mapping is an excellent learning toolallowing to stimulate active learning.For this reason, the concept mapping is currently used increasingly in the medical and paramedical field. The aim of our study is to determine the contribution of teaching of medical interns by the concept mapping. Fourteen students enrolled at the same time in a medical rotation in Pulmonology were recruited for this exploratory study. Interns are divided into two groups (A and B).Both groups are taught by the clinical case method, illustrated by a concept mapping for group A interns. The evolution of the knowledge accuracy at post-testing has been greater in the group taught by the method of concept mapping: the number of correct responses increased in all participants of group A versus only 4 of group B. All students taught by concept mapping had at the post-test a note higher than or equal to 10/20 versus only three of the group taught by the method without concept map. The average score was 13 (11-15) in group A versus 10.28 (6-14) in group B. We emphasize the use of concept mapping in teaching especially in the faculty of medicine and we encourage clinicians to use this method in teaching interns in the hospital.

A Comparison of Kernel Equating and Traditional Equipercentile Equating Methods and the Parametric Bootstrap Methods for Estimating Standard Errors in Equipercentile Equating

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Choi, Sae Il

2009-01-01

This study used simulation (a) to compare the kernel equating method to traditional equipercentile equating methods under the equivalent-groups (EG) design and the nonequivalent-groups with anchor test (NEAT) design and (b) to apply the parametric bootstrap method for estimating standard errors of equating. A two-parameter logistic item response…

Reliability analysis for radiographic measures of lumbar lordosis in adult scoliosis: a case–control study comparing 6 methods

PubMed Central

Hong, Jae Young; Modi, Hitesh N.; Hur, Chang Yong; Song, Hae Ryong; Park, Jong Hoon

2010-01-01

Several methods are used to measure lumbar lordosis. In adult scoliosis patients, the measurement is difficult due to degenerative changes in the vertebral endplate as well as the coronal and sagittal deformity. We did the observational study with three examiners to determine the reliability of six methods for measuring the global lumbar lordosis in adult scoliosis patients. Ninety lateral lumbar radiographs were collected for the study. The radiographs were divided into normal (Cobb < 10°), low-grade (Cobb 10°–19°), high-grade (Cobb  ≥ 20°) group to determine the reliability of Cobb L1–S1, Cobb L1–L5, centroid, posterior tangent L1–S1, posterior tangent L1–L5 and TRALL method in adult scoliosis. The 90 lateral radiographs were measured twice by each of the three examiners using the six measurement methods. The data was analyzed to determine the inter- and intra-observer reliability. In general, for the six radiographic methods, the inter- and intra-class correlation coefficients (ICCs) were all ≥0.82. A comparison of the ICCs and 95% CI for the inter- and intra-observer reliability between the groups with varying degrees of scoliosis showed that, the reliability of the lordosis measurement decreased with increasing severity of scoliosis. In Cobb L1–S1, centroid and posterior tangent L1–S1 methods, the ICCs were relatively lower in the high-grade scoliosis group (≥0.60). And, the mean absolute difference (MAD) in these methods was high in the high-grade scoliosis group (≤7.17°). However, in the Cobb L1–L5 and posterior tangent L1–L5 method, the ICCs were ≥0.86 in all groups. And, in the TRALL method, the ICCs were ≥0.76 in all groups. In addition, in the Cobb L1–L5 and posterior tangent L1–L5 method, the MAD was ≤3.63°. And, in the TRALL method, the MAD was ≤3.84° in all groups. We concluded that the Cobb L1–L5 and the posterior tangent L1–L5 methods are reliable methods for measuring the global lumbar lordosis in adult scoliosis. And the TRALL method is more reliable method than other methods which include the L5–S1 joint in lordosis measurement. PMID:20437183

Learning Style and Ability Grouping in the High School System: Some Caribbean Findings.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Richardson, Arthur G.; Fergus, Eudora E.

1993-01-01

The Inventory of Learning Processes assessed the learning styles of Caribbean ninth graders (47 boys, 67 girls) in 2 ability groups. The higher ability group performed better in deep processing, fact retention, and methodical study. Girls performed better in methodical study. (SK)

Researching Group Assessment: Jazz in the Conservatoire

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Barratt, Elisabeth; Moore, Hilary

2005-01-01

This article presents the results of research into methods and scorings for jazz assessment in Trinity College of Music, London, focusing on the possibility of introducing group assessment. It considers the advantages of group assessment methods, contrasting these with the more traditional approach, firmly established in conservatoires, of…

The Ronnie Gardiner Rhythm and Music Method - a feasibility study in Parkinson's disease.

PubMed

Pohl, Petra; Dizdar, Nil; Hallert, Eva

2013-01-01

To assess the feasibility of the novel intervention, Ronnie Gardiner Rhythm and Music (RGRM™) Method compared to a control group for patients with Parkinson's disease (PD). Eighteen patients, mean age 68, participating in a disability study within a neurological rehabilitation centre, were randomly allocated to intervention group (n = 12) or control group (n = 6). Feasibility was assessed by comparing effects of the intervention on clinical outcome measures (primary outcome: mobility as assessed by two-dimensional motion analysis, secondary outcomes: mobility, cognition, quality of life, adherence, adverse events and eligibility). Univariable analyses showed no significant differences between groups following intervention. However, analyses suggested that patients in the intervention group improved more on mobility (p = 0.006), cognition and quality of life than patients in the control group. There were no adverse events and a high level of adherence to therapy was observed. In this disability study, the use of the RGRM™ Method showed promising results in the intervention group and the adherence level was high. Our results suggest that most assessments chosen are eligible to use in a larger randomized controlled study for patients with PD. The RGRM™ Method appeared to be a useful and safe method that showed promising results in both motor and cognitive functions as well as quality of life in patients with moderate PD. The RGRM™ Method can be used by physiotherapists, occupational, speech and music therapists in neurological rehabilitation. Most measurements were feasible except for Timed-Up-and-Go.

Paradoxical ventilator associated pneumonia incidences among selective digestive decontamination studies versus other studies of mechanically ventilated patients: benchmarking the evidence base

PubMed Central

2011-01-01

Introduction Selective digestive decontamination (SDD) appears to have a more compelling evidence base than non-antimicrobial methods for the prevention of ventilator associated pneumonia (VAP). However, the striking variability in ventilator associated pneumonia-incidence proportion (VAP-IP) among the SDD studies remains unexplained and a postulated contextual effect remains untested for. Methods Nine reviews were used to source 45 observational (benchmark) groups and 137 component (control and intervention) groups of studies of SDD and studies of three non-antimicrobial methods of VAP prevention. The logit VAP-IP data were summarized by meta-analysis using random effects methods and the associated heterogeneity (tau2) was measured. As group level predictors of logit VAP-IP, the mode of VAP diagnosis, proportion of trauma admissions, the proportion receiving prolonged ventilation and the intervention method under study were examined in meta-regression models containing the benchmark groups together with either the control (models 1 to 3) or intervention (models 4 to 6) groups of the prevention studies. Results The VAP-IP benchmark derived here is 22.1% (95% confidence interval; 95% CI; 19.2 to 25.5; tau2 0.34) whereas the mean VAP-IP of control groups from studies of SDD and of non-antimicrobial methods, is 35.7 (29.7 to 41.8; tau2 0.63) versus 20.4 (17.2 to 24.0; tau2 0.41), respectively (P < 0.001). The disparity between the benchmark groups and the control groups of the SDD studies, which was most apparent for the highest quality studies, could not be explained in the meta-regression models after adjusting for various group level factors. The mean VAP-IP (95% CI) of intervention groups is 16.0 (12.6 to 20.3; tau2 0.59) and 17.1 (14.2 to 20.3; tau2 0.35) for SDD studies versus studies of non-antimicrobial methods, respectively. Conclusions The VAP-IP among the intervention groups within the SDD evidence base is less variable and more similar to the benchmark than among the control groups. These paradoxical observations cannot readily be explained. The interpretation of the SDD evidence base cannot proceed without further consideration of this contextual effect. PMID:21214897

Comparing of goal setting strategy with group education method to increase physical activity level: A randomized trial.

PubMed

Jiryaee, Nasrin; Siadat, Zahra Dana; Zamani, Ahmadreza; Taleban, Roya

2015-10-01

Designing an intervention to increase physical activity is important to be based on the health care settings resources and be acceptable by the subject group. This study was designed to assess and compare the effect of the goal setting strategy with a group education method on increasing the physical activity of mothers of children aged 1 to 5. Mothers who had at least one child of 1-5 years were randomized into two groups. The effect of 1) goal-setting strategy and 2) group education method on increasing physical activity was assessed and compared 1 month and 3 months after the intervention. Also, the weight, height, body mass index (BMI), waist and hip circumference, and well-being were compared between the two groups before and after the intervention. Physical activity level increased significantly after the intervention in the goal-setting group and it was significantly different between the two groups after intervention (P < 0.05). BMI, waist circumference, hip circumference, and well-being score were significantly different in the goal-setting group after the intervention. In the group education method, only the well-being score improved significantly (P < 0.05). Our study presented the effects of using the goal-setting strategy to boost physical activity, improving the state of well-being and decreasing BMI, waist, and hip circumference.

Interactive Performance and Focus Groups with Adolescents: The Power of Play

PubMed Central

Norris, Anne E.; Aroian, Karen J.; Warren, Stefanie

2012-01-01

Conducting focus groups with adolescents can be challenging given their developmental needs, particularly with sensitive topics. These challenges include intense need for peer approval, declining social trust, short attention span, and reliance on concrete operations thinking. In this article we describe an adaptation of interactive performance as an alternative to traditional focus group method. We used this method in a study of discrimination experienced by Muslims (ages 13-17) and of peer pressure to engage in sexual behavior experienced by Hispanic girls (ages 10-14). Recommendations for use of this method include using an interdisciplinary team, planning for large amounts of disclosure towards the end of the focus group, and considering the fit of this method to the study topic. PMID:22949032

[Comparative study of complications among routine method,high speed turbine handpiece and piezosurgery device after extraction of impacted wisdom teeth].

PubMed

Guo, Zhao-zhong; Zhang, Heng; Li, Yan; Li, Xin; Liu, Yin; Wang, Yang; Yuan, Chun-xia; Liu, Xue

2012-04-01

To investigate complications in extraction of complicated impacted wisdom teeth whose root apex near to the inferior alveolar nerve(IAN) by using routine method(chisels),high speed turbine handpiece and piezosurgery device respectively. Three hundred qualified patients with impacted wisdom teeth were divided into three groups randomly,one hundred patients in group A were extracted by routine method, one hundred patients in group B were extracted by high speed turbine handpiece, and one hundred patients in group C were extracted by piezosurgery device. The operation time, postoperative pain duration,dry socket and IAN injury were compared between each two groups. All statistical analysis was performed using SPSS 13.0 software package. Differences between groups were compared using a paired t test (quantitative data) or Chi-square test (qualitative data). The operation time in group A was(14.12±0.12)min, (7.22±0.15)min in group B, (25.23±0.32)min in group C; Significant difference was found between group A and group B(P<0.05), group B and group C(P<0.05),group A and group C(P<0.05).Postoperative pain duration was(62.15±1.51)h in group A, (48.23±1.23)h in group B, (14.34±O.80)h in group C; Significant difference was found between group A and group B(P<0.05), group B and group C(P<0.05),group A and group C(P<0.05).9 patients developed dry socket in group A, 2 in group B, and 1 in group C; Significant difference was found between group A and group B(P<0.05), group A and group C(P<0.05). Six patients had IAN injury in group A, 2 in group B, 0 in group C. Significant difference was found between group A and group C. Compared with routine method, high speed turbine is better in extraction of impacted wisdom teeth, which can shorten operation time, lessen postoperative complications. Although there was longer operation time compared with group A and B, piezosurgery device is more effective in reducing postoperative complications.

Fuzzy forecasting based on two-factors second-order fuzzy-trend logical relationship groups and particle swarm optimization techniques.

PubMed

Chen, Shyi-Ming; Manalu, Gandhi Maruli Tua; Pan, Jeng-Shyang; Liu, Hsiang-Chuan

2013-06-01

In this paper, we present a new method for fuzzy forecasting based on two-factors second-order fuzzy-trend logical relationship groups and particle swarm optimization (PSO) techniques. First, we fuzzify the historical training data of the main factor and the secondary factor, respectively, to form two-factors second-order fuzzy logical relationships. Then, we group the two-factors second-order fuzzy logical relationships into two-factors second-order fuzzy-trend logical relationship groups. Then, we obtain the optimal weighting vector for each fuzzy-trend logical relationship group by using PSO techniques to perform the forecasting. We also apply the proposed method to forecast the Taiwan Stock Exchange Capitalization Weighted Stock Index and the NTD/USD exchange rates. The experimental results show that the proposed method gets better forecasting performance than the existing methods.

Hierarchical cluster-tendency analysis of the group structure in the foreign exchange market

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wu, Xin-Ye; Zheng, Zhi-Gang

2013-08-01

A hierarchical cluster-tendency (HCT) method in analyzing the group structure of networks of the global foreign exchange (FX) market is proposed by combining the advantages of both the minimal spanning tree (MST) and the hierarchical tree (HT). Fifty currencies of the top 50 World GDP in 2010 according to World Bank's database are chosen as the underlying system. By using the HCT method, all nodes in the FX market network can be "colored" and distinguished. We reveal that the FX networks can be divided into two groups, i.e., the Asia-Pacific group and the Pan-European group. The results given by the hierarchical cluster-tendency method agree well with the formerly observed geographical aggregation behavior in the FX market. Moreover, an oil-resource aggregation phenomenon is discovered by using our method. We find that gold could be a better numeraire for the weekly-frequency FX data.

Methodological Aspects of Focus Groups in Health Research

PubMed Central

Tausch, Anja P.; Menold, Natalja

2016-01-01

Although focus groups are commonly used in health research to explore the perspectives of patients or health care professionals, few studies consider methodological aspects in this specific context. For this reason, we interviewed nine researchers who had conducted focus groups in the context of a project devoted to the development of an electronic personal health record. We performed qualitative content analysis on the interview data relating to recruitment, communication between the focus group participants, and appraisal of the focus group method. The interview data revealed aspects of the focus group method that are particularly relevant for health research and that should be considered in that context. They include, for example, the preferability of face-to-face recruitment, the necessity to allow participants in patient groups sufficient time to introduce themselves, and the use of methods such as participant-generated cards and prioritization. PMID:28462326

Bayesian Group Bridge for Bi-level Variable Selection.

PubMed

Mallick, Himel; Yi, Nengjun

2017-06-01

A Bayesian bi-level variable selection method (BAGB: Bayesian Analysis of Group Bridge) is developed for regularized regression and classification. This new development is motivated by grouped data, where generic variables can be divided into multiple groups, with variables in the same group being mechanistically related or statistically correlated. As an alternative to frequentist group variable selection methods, BAGB incorporates structural information among predictors through a group-wise shrinkage prior. Posterior computation proceeds via an efficient MCMC algorithm. In addition to the usual ease-of-interpretation of hierarchical linear models, the Bayesian formulation produces valid standard errors, a feature that is notably absent in the frequentist framework. Empirical evidence of the attractiveness of the method is illustrated by extensive Monte Carlo simulations and real data analysis. Finally, several extensions of this new approach are presented, providing a unified framework for bi-level variable selection in general models with flexible penalties.

Research and implementation of group animation based on normal cloud model

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Li, Min; Wei, Bin; Peng, Bao

2011-12-01

Group Animation is a difficult technology problem which always has not been solved in computer Animation technology, All current methods have their limitations. This paper put forward a method: the Motion Coordinate and Motion Speed of true fish group was collected as sample data, reverse cloud generator was designed and run, expectation, entropy and super entropy are gotten. Which are quantitative value of qualitative concept. These parameters are used as basis, forward cloud generator was designed and run, Motion Coordinate and Motion Speed of two-dimensional fish group animation are produced, And two spirit state variable about fish group : the feeling of hunger, the feeling of fear are designed. Experiment is used to simulated the motion state of fish Group Animation which is affected by internal cause and external cause above, The experiment shows that the Group Animation which is designed by this method has strong Realistic.

Estimation of group means when adjusting for covariates in generalized linear models.

PubMed

Qu, Yongming; Luo, Junxiang

2015-01-01

Generalized linear models are commonly used to analyze categorical data such as binary, count, and ordinal outcomes. Adjusting for important prognostic factors or baseline covariates in generalized linear models may improve the estimation efficiency. The model-based mean for a treatment group produced by most software packages estimates the response at the mean covariate, not the mean response for this treatment group for the studied population. Although this is not an issue for linear models, the model-based group mean estimates in generalized linear models could be seriously biased for the true group means. We propose a new method to estimate the group mean consistently with the corresponding variance estimation. Simulation showed the proposed method produces an unbiased estimator for the group means and provided the correct coverage probability. The proposed method was applied to analyze hypoglycemia data from clinical trials in diabetes. Copyright © 2014 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

[A new method of endoscopic harvesting of the great saphenous vein in an open system].

PubMed

Vecherskiĭ, Iu Iu; Zatolokin, V V; Petlin, K A; Akhmedov, Sh D; Shipulin, V M

We examined a total of 246 patients subjected to coronary artery bypass grafting with the use of the great saphenous vein (GSV). The patients were subdivided into two groups. Group One (n=121) patients endured procurement of the great saphenous vein by a new endoscopic technique in an open system with the help of the equipment Karl Storz and electric dissector Ligasure. In Group Two (n=125) patients the vein was harvested by means of the traditional open method. In all patients we evaluated complications in the early postoperative period 13±2.5 days after the operation. The rate of relapsing angina pectoris in both Groups turned out to be low and did not differ (1.65% in Group One and 1.6% in Group Two). Patients of the both groups differed significantly by the incidence of postoperative complications on the lower limbs in the zone of procurement of the GSV (9.09% in Group One and 26.4% in Group Two, p=0.131). Group Two patients (open method of procurement of the GSV) were considerably more often found to have developed cases of lymphorrhoea, haematomas, disjunction of the sutures (21.6%) compared with Group One (endoscopic method) patients (3.3%) (p=0.167), which in 10.4% of cases required secondary surgical debridement of wounds in patients after the open harvest of the GSV. Eventually, the length of hospital stay for Group Two patients increased significantly (15 ± 4.5 days) compared with Group One patients (8±1.1 days) (p=0.361). Hence, the endoscopic method of harvesting the GSV in the open CO2 system makes it possible to obtain a good cosmetic effect on the lower limbs after the operation, to considerably decrease the complications rate, thus reducing the length of hospital stay.

What are the most effective methods for assessment of nutritional status in outpatients with gastric and colorectal cancer?

PubMed

Abe Vicente, Mariana; Barão, Katia; Silva, Tiago Donizetti; Forones, Nora Manoukian

2013-01-01

To evaluate methods for the identification of nutrition risk and nutritional status in outpatients with colorectal (CRC) and gastric cancer (GC), and to compare the results to those obtained for patients already treated for these cancers. A cross-sectional study was conducted on 137 patients: group 1 (n = 75) consisting of patients with GC or CRC, and group 2 (n = 62) consisting of patients after treatment of GC or CRC under follow up, who were tumor free for a period longer than 3 months. Nutritional status was assessed in these patients using objective methods [body mass index (BMI), phase angle, serum albumin]; nutritional screening tools [Malnutrition Universal Screening Tool (MUST), Malnutrition Screening Tool (MST), Nutritional Risk Index (NRI)], and subjective assessment [Patient-Generated Subjective Global Assessment (PGSGA)]. The sensitivity and specificity of each method was calculated in relation to the PG-SGA used as gold standard. One hundred thirty seven patients participated in the study. Stage IV cancer patients were more common in group 1. There was no difference in BMI between groups (p = 0.67). Analysis of the association between methods of assessing nutritional status and PG-SGA showed that the nutritional screening tools provided more significant results (p < 0.05) than the objective methods in the two groups. PG-SGA detected the highest proportion of undernourished patients in group 1. The nutritional screening tools MUST, NRI and MST were more sensitive than the objective methods. Phase angle measurement was the most sensitive objective method in group 1. The nutritional screening tools showed the best association with PG-SGA and were also more sensitive than the objective methods. The results suggest the combination of MUST and PG-SGA for patients with cancer before and after treatment. Copyright © AULA MEDICA EDICIONES 2013. Published by AULA MEDICA. All rights reserved.

Evaluation of the effect of three innovative recyling methods on the shear bond strength of stainless steel brackets-an in vitro study.

PubMed

Gupta, Neeraj; Kumar, Dilip; Palla, Aparna

2017-04-01

Orthodontists are commonly faced with the decision of what to do with debonded or inaccurately positioned brackets. An economical option to this dilemma is to recycle the brackets. Many recycling methods have been proposed, but the optimal bond strength of these recycled brackets needs further evaluation. Objectives: To evaluate and compare the effect of three recycling methods: (i) Sandblasting (ii) Sandblasting / direct flaming (iii) Sandblasting /direct flaming /acid bath solution on shear bond strength (SBS) of stainless steel brackets. Eighty human premolars were bonded with premolar stainless steel brackets as per manufacturer's instructions. The teeth were divided into 4 groups (n=20): Recycling and initial debonding was not done in Control group (Group I). After initial bonding, the brackets in the rest of the three experimental groups were debonded and recycled by following methods: (i) Sandblasting (Group II) (ii) Sandblasting /direct flaming (Group III) (iii) Sandblasting /direct flaming /acid bath solution (Group IV). Further the recycled brackets were bonded. The specimens were then subjected to testing in a Universal machine. The evaluation of the variation of the shear bond strength (SBS) among test groups was done using one-way ANOVA test and inter-experimental group comparison was done by Newman-Keuls multiple post hoc procedure. Group I (8.6510±1.3943MPa) showed the highest bond strength followed by Group II (5.0185±0.9758MPa), Group IV (2.30±0.65MPa) and Group III (2.0455± 0.6196MPa). Statistically significant variations existed in the shear bond strength (SBS) in all groups analyzed except between Group III and Group IV. The following conclusions were drawn from the study: 1. Shear bond strength of new brackets is significantly higher than the recycled brackets. 2. Brackets sandblasted with 90µm aluminium oxide particle air-abrasion showed significantly higher shear bond strength compared to direct flaming/sandblasting and direct flaming/sandblasting/acid bath solution. 3. Sandblasting with 90µm aluminium oxide particle air-abrasion is the simplest, most efficient and hence, the preferred method of recycling debonded brackets. Key words: Orthodontic bracket, recycling, shear bond strength.

Methods and compositions for diagnosing and preventing a group B streptococcal infection

DOEpatents

Brady, Linda Jeannine [Gainesville, FL; Seifert, Kyle N [Harrisonburg, VA; Adderson, Elisabeth E [Memphis, TN; Bohnsack, John F [Salt Lake City, UT

2009-09-15

The present invention provides a group B streptococcal (GBS) surface antigen, designated epsilon antigen, that is co-expressed with the delta antigen on a subset of serotype III GBS. Epsilon is expressed on more pathogenic Restriction Digest Pattern (RDP) III-3 GBS, but not on RDP types 1, 2, or 4. Accordingly, the present invention provides compositions and methods for detecting a group B streptococcus serotype III, RDP III-3 strain. Vaccines and methods of identifying agents which inhibit adhesion of a group B streptococcal cell to a host cell are also provided.

Ion binding compounds, radionuclide complexes, methods of making radionuclide complexes, methods of extracting radionuclides, and methods of delivering radionuclides to target locations

DOEpatents

Chen, Xiaoyuan; Wai, Chien M.; Fisher, Darrell R.

2000-01-01

The invention pertains to compounds for binding lanthanide ions and actinide ions. The invention further pertains to compounds for binding radionuclides, and to methods of making radionuclide complexes. Also, the invention pertains to methods of extracting radionuclides. Additionally, the invention pertains to methods of delivering radionuclides to target locations. In one aspect, the invention includes a compound comprising: a) a calix[n]arene group, wherein n is an integer greater than 3, the calix[n]arene group comprising an upper rim and a lower rim; b) at least one ionizable group attached to the lower rim; and c) an ion selected from the group consisting of lanthanide and actinide elements bound to the ionizable group. In another aspect, the invention includes a method of extracting a radionuclide, comprising: a) providing a sample comprising a radionuclide; b) providing a calix[n]arene compound in contact with the sample, wherein n is an integer greater than 3; and c) extracting radionuclide from the sample into the calix[n]arene compound. In yet another aspect, the invention includes a method of delivering a radionuclide to a target location, comprising: a) providing a calix[n]arene compound, wherein n is an integer greater than 3, the calix[n]arene compound comprising at least one ionizable group; b) providing a radionuclide bound to the calix[n]arene compound; and c) providing an antibody attached to the calix[n]arene compound, the antibody being specific for a material found at the target location.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Babaei Jandaghi, Ali; Lebady, Mohammadkazem; Zamani, Athar-Alsadat

PurposeTo compare the coaxial and noncoaxial techniques of renal parenchymal core needle biopsy.Materials and MethodsThis is an institutional review board-approved randomised controlled trial comparing 83 patients (male, n = 49) who underwent renal parenchymal core biopsy with coaxial method and 83 patients (male, n = 40) with noncoaxial method. The rate of complications, the number of glomerular profiles, and the procedural time were evaluated in a comparison of the two methods. Correlation between the presence of renal parenchymal disease and the rate of complication was also evaluated.ResultsThe procedural time was significantly shorter in the coaxial technique (coaxial group, 5 ± 1 min; noncoaxial group, 14 ± 2 min; p < 0.001). Themore » rates of complications for the coaxial method was significantly lower than the noncoaxial method (coaxial group, 10.8 %; noncoaxial group, 24.1 %; p = 0.025). There was no significant correlation between gender and the rate of complication. The number of glomerular profiles was significantly higher in patents who underwent renal biopsy with the coaxial method (coaxial group, 18.2 ± 9.1; noncoaxial group, 8.6 ± 5.5; p < 0.001). In the whole study population, the rate of complications was significantly higher in patients with a pathologic renal parenchyma compared to those with a normal parenchyma (19/71 vs. 10/95; p = 0.006).ConclusionsRenal parenchymal biopsy using a coaxial needle is a faster and safer method with a lower rate of complications.« less

Comparison of individual and pooled sampling methods for detecting bacterial pathogens of fish

USGS Publications Warehouse

Mumford, Sonia; Patterson, Chris; Evered, J.; Brunson, Ray; Levine, J.; Winton, J.

2005-01-01

Examination of finfish populations for viral and bacterial pathogens is an important component of fish disease control programs worldwide. Two methods are commonly used for collecting tissue samples for bacteriological culture, the currently accepted standards for detection of bacterial fish pathogens. The method specified in the Office International des Epizooties Manual of Diagnostic Tests for Aquatic Animals permits combining renal and splenic tissues from as many as 5 fish into pooled samples. The American Fisheries Society (AFS) Blue Book/US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) Inspection Manual specifies the use of a bacteriological loop for collecting samples from the kidney of individual fish. An alternative would be to more fully utilize the pooled samples taken for virology. If implemented, this approach would provide substantial savings in labor and materials. To compare the relative performance of the AFS/USFWS method and this alternative approach, cultures of Yersinia ruckeri were used to establish low-level infections in groups of rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) that were sampled by both methods. Yersinia ruckeri was cultured from 22 of 37 groups by at least 1 method. The loop method yielded 18 positive groups, with 1 group positive in the loop samples but negative in the pooled samples. The pooled samples produced 21 positive groups, with 4 groups positive in the pooled samples but negative in the loop samples. There was statistically significant agreement (Spearman coefficient 0.80, P < 0.001) in the relative ability of the 2 sampling methods to permit detection of low-level bacterial infections of rainbow trout.

Evaluation of a Large Group Method in an Educational Institution: The World Café versus Large Group Facilitation

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Fullarton, Christie; Palermo, Josephine

2008-01-01

This article reports on the use of a large group method, the World Café, compared to large group facilitation in an educational institutional setting in Oman. Change is central to many educational institutions as they aspire to ensure quality procedures and processes are implemented and maintained. One of the difficulties of introducing change…

Feature Grouping and Selection Over an Undirected Graph.

PubMed

Yang, Sen; Yuan, Lei; Lai, Ying-Cheng; Shen, Xiaotong; Wonka, Peter; Ye, Jieping

2012-01-01

High-dimensional regression/classification continues to be an important and challenging problem, especially when features are highly correlated. Feature selection, combined with additional structure information on the features has been considered to be promising in promoting regression/classification performance. Graph-guided fused lasso (GFlasso) has recently been proposed to facilitate feature selection and graph structure exploitation, when features exhibit certain graph structures. However, the formulation in GFlasso relies on pairwise sample correlations to perform feature grouping, which could introduce additional estimation bias. In this paper, we propose three new feature grouping and selection methods to resolve this issue. The first method employs a convex function to penalize the pairwise l ∞ norm of connected regression/classification coefficients, achieving simultaneous feature grouping and selection. The second method improves the first one by utilizing a non-convex function to reduce the estimation bias. The third one is the extension of the second method using a truncated l 1 regularization to further reduce the estimation bias. The proposed methods combine feature grouping and feature selection to enhance estimation accuracy. We employ the alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM) and difference of convex functions (DC) programming to solve the proposed formulations. Our experimental results on synthetic data and two real datasets demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed methods.

Use of electronic group method in assessing food safety training needs and delivery methods among international college students in the U.S.

PubMed

Garden-Robinson, Julie; Eighmy, Myron A; Lyonga, Agnes Ngale

2010-12-01

The purpose of this study was to determine the types of unfamiliar foods international students in the U.S. encounter and to assess food safety information that international students would like to receive for mitigating risks associated with handling and preparing unfamiliar foods. The study identified preferred instructional delivery methods and media for receiving food safety training or information. An electronic group method was used for this study. The electronic group method was chosen to maximize group efficiency by allowing participants to share ideas simultaneously and anonymously with minimal use of time and resources.Types of different (unfamiliar) foods were grouped into major categories. Fast and ready-to-eat foods, and processed and frozen foods constituted a major change for some international students, who were accustomed to homemade and fresh foods in their countries. Participants were interested in receiving information about how to safely handle and prepare unfamiliar foods in their new environment. Preferred methods for receiving food safety information included written materials, online publications, presentations, and materials provided during student orientation. Food packages, websites, and television programs were other preferred methods of receiving food safety information. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

A qualitative analysis exploring preferred methods of peer support to encourage adherence to a Mediterranean diet in a Northern European population at high risk of cardiovascular disease.

PubMed

Erwin, Christina M; McEvoy, Claire T; Moore, Sarah E; Prior, Lindsay; Lawton, Julia; Kee, Frank; Cupples, Margaret E; Young, Ian S; Appleton, Katherine; McKinley, Michelle C; Woodside, Jayne V

2018-02-05

Epidemiological and randomised controlled trial evidence demonstrates that adherence to a Mediterranean diet (MD) can reduce cardiovascular disease (CVD) risk. However, methods used to support dietary change have been intensive and expensive. Peer support has been suggested as a possible cost-effective method to encourage adherence to a MD in at risk populations, although development of such a programme has not been explored. The purpose of this study was to use mixed-methods to determine the preferred peer support approach to encourage adherence to a MD. Qualitative (focus groups) and quantitative methods (questionnaire and preference scoring sheet) were used to determine preferred methods of peer support. Sixty-seven high CVD risk participants took part in 12 focus groups (60% female, mean age 64 years) and completed a questionnaire and preference scoring sheet. Focus group data were transcribed and thematically analysed. The mean preference score (1 being most preferred and 5 being least preferred) for group support was 1.5, compared to 3.4 for peer mentorship, 4.0 for telephone peer support and 4.0 for internet peer support. Three key themes were identified from the transcripts: 1. Components of an effective peer support group: discussions around group peer support were predominantly positive. It was suggested that an effective group develops from people who consider themselves similar to each other meeting face-to-face, leading to the development of a group identity that embraces trust and honesty. 2. Catalysing Motivation: participants discussed that a group peer support model could facilitate interpersonal motivations including encouragement, competitiveness and accountability. 3. Stepping Stones of Change: participants conceptualised change as a process, and discussed that, throughout the process, different models of peer support might be more or less useful. A group-based approach was the preferred method of peer support to encourage a population at high risk of CVD to adhere to a MD. This finding should be recognised in the development of interventions to encourage adoption of a MD in a Northern European population.

Comparison of sentinel lymph node biopsy guided by blue dye with or without indocyanine green in early breast cancer.

PubMed

Shen, Songjie; Xu, Qianqian; Zhou, Yidong; Mao, Feng; Guan, Jinghong; Sun, Qiang

2018-05-22

There were limited data available for a head-to-head comparison of the identification rate and survival between the combined method of indocyanine green fluorescence and blue dye versus the traditional blue dye alone method for sentinel lymph node (SLN) biopsy. From January 2013 to December 2015, 523 eligible breast cancer patients were included in this nonrandomized prospective analysis. The identification rates, the number of SLNs identified, and the disease-free survival (DFS) between the two mapping methods were compared. The identification rate of SLNs was significantly higher with the combined method than that with the blue dye alone method (99.2% vs 93.3%, respectively; P < 0.001). The average number of SLNs identified per patient in the combined method group was 3.7 ± 2.4, which was more than that in the blue dye alone group (3.2 ± 1.6; P = 0.004). With a median follow-up of 29 months, 0.5% patients in the combined group, and 1.3% patients in the blue dye group had axillary recurrences. The DFS between the two groups showed no significant difference (P = 0.161). The combined method achieved a higher identification rate and lower rate of axillary recurrence compared to the blue dye alone method. © 2018 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Indirect viscosimetric method is less accurate than ektacytometry for the measurement of red blood cell deformability.

PubMed

Vent-Schmidt, Jens; Waltz, Xavier; Pichon, Aurélien; Hardy-Dessources, Marie-Dominique; Romana, Marc; Connes, Philippe

2015-01-01

The aim of this study was to test the accuracy of viscosimetric method to estimate the red blood cell (RBC) deformability properties. Thirty-three subjects were enrolled in this study: 6 healthy subjects (AA), 11 patients with sickle cell-hemoglobin C disease (SC) and 16 patients with sickle cell anemia (SS). Two methods were used to assess RBC deformability: 1) indirect viscosimetric method and 2) ektacytometry. The indirect viscosimetric method was based on the Dintenfass equation where blood viscosity, plasma viscosity and hematocrit are measured and used to calculate an index of RBC rigidity (Tk index). The RBC deformability/rigidity of the three groups was compared using the two methods. Tk index was not different between SS and SC patients and the two groups had higher values than AA group. When ektacytometry was used, RBC deformability was lower in SS and SC groups compared to the AA group and SS and SC patients were different. Although the two measures of RBC deformability were correlated, the association was not very high. Bland and Altman analysis demonstrated a 3.25 bias suggesting a slight difference between the two methods. In addition, the limit of agreement represented 28% (>15%) of the mean values of RBC deformability, showing no interchangeability between the two methods. In conclusion, measuring RBC deformability by indirect viscosimetry is less accurate than by ektacytometry, which is considered the gold standard.

Exhaust system having a gold-platinum group metal catalyst

DOEpatents

Ragle, Christie Susan [Havana, IL; Silver, Ronald G [Peoria, IL; Zemskova, Svetlana Mikhailovna [Edelstein, IL; Eckstein, Colleen J [Metamora, IL

2011-12-06

A method of providing an exhaust treatment device is disclosed. The method includes applying a catalyst including gold and a platinum group metal to a particulate filter. The concentration of the gold and the platinum group metal is sufficient to enable oxidation of carbon monoxide and nitric oxide.

Exhaust system having a gold-platinum group metal catalyst

DOEpatents

Ragle, Christie Susan; Silver, Ronald G.; Zemskova, Svetlana Mikhailovna; Eckstein, Colleen J.

2012-08-07

A method of providing an exhaust treatment device is disclosed. The method includes applying a catalyst including gold and a platinum group metal to a particulate filter. The concentration of the gold and the platinum group metal is sufficient to enable oxidation of carbon monoxide and nitric oxide.

Group Inquiry Techniques for Teaching Writing.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hawkins, Thom

The small size of college composition classes encourages exciting and meaningful interaction, especially when students are divided into smaller, autonomous groups for all or part of the hour. This booklet discusses the advantages of combining the inquiry method (sometimes called the discovery method) with a group approach and describes specific…

A new method for the measurement of anteversion of the acetabular cup after total hip arthroplasty.

PubMed

Aydogan, Mehmet; Burç, Halil; Saka, Gursel

2014-08-01

Many methods of determining the anteversion of the acetabular cup have been described in the literature. The advantages and disadvantages of each of these methods are discussed in this paper. We present a new method of measuring the acetabular anteversion at the anteroposterior hip. The formula designed by the authors was anteversion angle (α) = arc sin |PK|/√ |AK| × |BK|. The formula was tested using the AutoCAD software, and an experimental study was conducted to evaluate the accuracy. Three groups were created, and 16 X-ray images were taken and coded. Ten orthopaedic surgeons measured the acetabular anteversion from these X-rays using our formula. The results in Group 1 were closer to the actual value; in contrast, the results in Group 2 differed from the actual values. The results in Group 3 were as close to the actual anteversion values as were those in Group 1. Developments in technology often bring an increase in complications. Despite newly developed surgical methods and technology, the position of the acetabular cup is still used to determine the results of a total hip arthroplasty. Our method is simple, cost-effective and achieves almost 100 % accuracy.

Theoretical Issues in Clinical Social Group Work.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Randall, Elizabeth; Wodarski, John S.

1989-01-01

Reviews relevant issues in clinical social group practice including group versus individual treatment, group work advantages, approach rationale, group conditions for change, worker role in group, group composition, group practice technique and method, time as group work dimension, pretherapy training, group therapy precautions, and group work…

Comparison of the effect of lecture and blended teaching methods on students’ learning and satisfaction

PubMed Central

SADEGHI, ROYA; SEDAGHAT, MOHAMMAD MEHDI; SHA AHMADI, FARAMARZ

2014-01-01

Introduction: Blended learning, a new approach in educational planning, is defined as an applying more than one method, strategy, technique or media in education. Todays, due to the development of infrastructure of Internet networks and the access of most of the students, the Internet can be utilized along with traditional and conventional methods of training. The aim of this study was to compare the students’ learning and satisfaction in combination of lecture and e-learning with conventional lecture methods. Methods: This quasi-experimental study is conducted among the sophomore students of Public Health School, Tehran University of Medical Science in 2012-2013. Four classes of the school are randomly selected and are divided into two groups. Education in two classes (45 students) was in the form of lecture method and in the other two classes (48 students) was blended method with e-Learning and lecture methods. The students’ knowledge about tuberculosis in two groups was collected and measured by using pre and post-test. This step has been done by sending self-reported electronic questionnaires to the students' email addresses through Google Document software. At the end of educational programs, students' satisfaction and comments about two methods were also collected by questionnaires. Statistical tests such as descriptive methods, paired t-test, independent t-test and ANOVA were done through the SPSS 14 software, and p≤0.05 was considered as significant difference. Results: The mean scores of the lecture and blended groups were 13.18±1.37 and 13.35±1.36, respectively; the difference between the pre-test scores of the two groups was not statistically significant (p=0.535). Knowledge scores increased in both groups after training, and the mean and standard deviation of knowledge scores of the lectures and combined groups were 16.51±0.69 and 16.18±1.06, respectively. The difference between the post-test scores of the two groups was not statistically significant (p=0.112). Students’ satisfaction in blended learning method was higher than lecture method. Conclusion: The results revealed that the blended method is effective in increasing the students' learning rate. E-learning can be used to teach some courses and might be considered as economic aspects. Since in universities of medical sciences in the country, the majority of students have access to the Internet and email address, using e-learning could be used as a supplement to traditional teaching methods or sometimes as educational alternative method because this method of teaching increases the students’ knowledge, satisfaction and attention. PMID:25512938

Will the "Real" Proficiency Standard Please Stand Up?

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Baron, Joan Boykoff; And Others

Connecticut's experience with four different standard-setting methods regarding multiple choice proficiency tests is described. The methods include Angoff, Nedelsky, Borderline Group, and Contrasting Groups Methods. All Connecticut ninth graders were administered proficiency tests in reading, language arts, and mathematics. As soon as final test…

Cooperative Learning in Elementary Schools

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Slavin, Robert E.

2015-01-01

Cooperative learning refers to instructional methods in which students work in small groups to help each other learn. Although cooperative learning methods are used for different age groups, they are particularly popular in elementary (primary) schools. This article discusses methods and theoretical perspectives on cooperative learning for the…

The guided autobiography method: a learning experience.

PubMed

Thornton, James E

2008-01-01

This article discusses the proposition that learning is an unexplored feature of the guided autobiography method and its developmental exchange. Learning, conceptualized and explored as the embedded and embodied processes, is essential in narrative activities of the guided autobiography method leading to psychosocial development and growth in dynamic, temporary social groups. The article is organized in four sections and summary. The first section provides a brief overview of the guided autobiography method describing the interplay of learning and experiencing in temporary social groups. The second section offers a limited review on learning and experiencing as processes that are essential for development, growth, and change. The third section reviews the small group activities and the emergence of the "developmental exchange" in the guided autobiography method. Two theoretical constructs provide a conceptual foundation for the developmental exchange: a counterpart theory of aging as development and collaborative-situated group learning theory. The summary recaps the main ideas and issues that shape the guided autobiography method as learning and social experience using the theme, "Where to go from here."

A consensus reaching model for 2-tuple linguistic multiple attribute group decision making with incomplete weight information

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhang, Wancheng; Xu, Yejun; Wang, Huimin

2016-01-01

The aim of this paper is to put forward a consensus reaching method for multi-attribute group decision-making (MAGDM) problems with linguistic information, in which the weight information of experts and attributes is unknown. First, some basic concepts and operational laws of 2-tuple linguistic label are introduced. Then, a grey relational analysis method and a maximising deviation method are proposed to calculate the incomplete weight information of experts and attributes respectively. To eliminate the conflict in the group, a weight-updating model is employed to derive the weights of experts based on their contribution to the consensus reaching process. After conflict elimination, the final group preference can be obtained which will give the ranking of the alternatives. The model can effectively avoid information distortion which is occurred regularly in the linguistic information processing. Finally, an illustrative example is given to illustrate the application of the proposed method and comparative analysis with the existing methods are offered to show the advantages of the proposed method.

A rough set approach for determining weights of decision makers in group decision making

PubMed Central

Yang, Qiang; Du, Ping-an; Wang, Yong; Liang, Bin

2017-01-01

This study aims to present a novel approach for determining the weights of decision makers (DMs) based on rough group decision in multiple attribute group decision-making (MAGDM) problems. First, we construct a rough group decision matrix from all DMs’ decision matrixes on the basis of rough set theory. After that, we derive a positive ideal solution (PIS) founded on the average matrix of rough group decision, and negative ideal solutions (NISs) founded on the lower and upper limit matrixes of rough group decision. Then, we obtain the weight of each group member and priority order of alternatives by using relative closeness method, which depends on the distances from each individual group member’ decision to the PIS and NISs. Through comparisons with existing methods and an on-line business manager selection example, the proposed method show that it can provide more insights into the subjectivity and vagueness of DMs’ evaluations and selections. PMID:28234974

[Observation on therapeutic effect of three needling method on piriformis injury syndrome].

PubMed

Yang, Jun-xiong; Zhu, Xiao-yi

2008-03-01

To search for an effective needling method for treatment of piriformis injury syndrome. Eighty-two cases were randomly divided into a three needling group and a routine needling group, 41 cases in each group. The three needling group were treated by acupuncture at Huantiao (GB 30), Yanglingquan (GB 34) and Shenmai (BL 62), with needling shallow, middle and deep layers for Huantiao, Yanglingquan, and after acupuncture massage was given at the Foot-Taiyang Channel and the Foot-Shaoyang Channel on lumbosacral region and the affected foot. The routine needling group were treated by routine needling at Huantiao (GB 30), Juliao (GB 29), Chengfu (BL 36), Yanglingquan (GB 34), massage was given also. Their therapeutic effects were compared. The cured rate was 87.8% in the three needling group and 63.4% in the routine needling group, with a significant difference between the two groups (P < 0.05). The therapeutic effect of three needling method on piriformis injury syndrome is better than that of routine needling.

Dentoalveolar growth of patients with complete unilateral cleft lip and palate by early two-stage furlow and push-back method: preliminary results.

PubMed

Kitagawa, Taiji; Kohara, Hiroshi; Sohmura, Taiji; Takahashi, Junzo; Tachimura, Takashi; Wada, Takeshi; Kogo, Mikihiko

2004-09-01

This study examined dentoalveolar growth changes prior to the time of palatoplasty up to 3 years of age by the early two-stage Furlow and push-back methods. Thirty-four Japanese patients with complete unilateral cleft lip and palate (UCLP) treated with either a two-stage Furlow procedure (Furlow group: seven boys, eight girls) from 1998 to 2002 or a push-back procedure (push-back group; 12 boys, 7 girls) from 1993 to 1997. Consecutive plaster models were measured by three-dimensional laser scanner, before primary palatoplasty, before hard palate closure (Furlow group only), and at 3 years of age. Bite measures were taken at 3 years of age. In the Furlow group, arch length, canine width, first and second deciduous molar width and cross-sectional area, and depth and volume at midpoint showed greater growth than in the push-back group. In the Furlow group, the crossbite score was also better than in the push-back group at 3 years of age. In comparison with the push-back group, inhibition of growth impediment in the anterior region was observed in the horizontal direction in the Furlow group. In the midregion, it was observed in the horizontal and vertical directions, and in the posterior region it was observed in the horizontal direction. The results demonstrate that the early two-stage Furlow method showed progressive alveolar growth. Therefore, the early two-stage Furlow method is a more beneficial procedure than the push-back method.

Effect of illumination on colour vision testing with Farnsworth-Munsell 100 hue test: customized colour vision booth versus room illumination.

PubMed

Zahiruddin, Kowser; Banu, Shaj; Dharmarajan, Ramya; Kulothungan, Vaitheeswaran; Vijayan, Deepa; Raman, Rajiv; Sharma, Tarun

2010-06-01

To evaluate a customized, portable Farnsworth-Munsell 100 (FM 100) hue viewing booth for compliance with colour vision testing standards and to compare it with room illumination in subjects with normal colour vision (trichromats), subjects with acquired colour vision defects (secondary to diabetes mellitus), and subjects with congenital colour vision defects (dichromats). Discrete wavelengths of the tube in the customized booth were measured using a spectrometer using the normal incident method and were compared with the spectral distribution of sunlight. Forty-eight subjects were recruited for the study and were divided into 3 groups: Group 1, Normal Trichromats (30 eyes); Group 2, Congenital Colour Vision Defects (16 eyes); and Group 3, Diabetes Mellitus (20 eyes). The FM 100 hue test performance was compared using two illumination conditions, booth illumination and room illumination. Total error scores of the classical method in Group 2 as mean+/-SD for room and booth illumination was 243.05+/-85.96 and 149.85+/-54.50 respectively (p=0.0001). Group 2 demonstrated lesser correlation (r=0.50, 0.55), lesser reliability (Cronbach's alpha, 0.625, 0.662) and greater variability (Bland & Altman value, 10.5) in total error scores for the classical method and the moment of inertia method between the two illumination conditions when compared to the other two groups. The customized booth demonstrated illumination meeting CIE standards. The total error scores were overestimated by the classical and moment of inertia methods in all groups for room illumination compared with booth illumination, however overestimation was more significant in the diabetes group.

Effectiveness of Mind Mapping Technique in Information Retrieval Among Medical College Students in Puducherry-A Pilot Study

PubMed Central

Kalyanasundaram, Madhanraj; Abraham, Sherin Billy; Ramachandran, Divija; Jayaseelan, Venkatachalam; Bazroy, Joy; Singh, Zile; Purty, Anil Jacob

2017-01-01

Background: The traditional teaching learning methods involve a one way process of transmission of knowledge leaving the students lacking behind in creative abilities. Medical schools need to change their teaching strategies to keep the interest of students and empower them for future self- learning and critical thinking. Objective: To assess the impact of mind mapping technique in information retrieval among medical college students in Puducherry. Methods: A pilot study was conducted using experimental study design among sixth semester MBBS students (n = 64) at a medical college in Puducherry, India. One group (n = 32) followed the text reading method and another group (n = 32) followed the mind mapping technique to learn the same passage given to them. The knowledge about the topic was assessed using a pre designed questionnaire at baseline, day 0 and day 7. The knowledge gain is the primary outcome variable and is compared between two groups. The feedback regarding the teaching methods was obtained from the participants. Results: Mean knowledge score in the text group was lesser than the mind map group at baseline (2.6 Vs 3.5; p = 0.08). On Day 0, the mean score in text group was slightly lesser than the mind map group (8.7 Vs 9.0; p = 0.26). On Day 7, the mean score in mind map group is significantly more than the text group (8.9 Vs 8.5; p = 0.03). Conclusion: The mind mapping technique is an innovative and effective method in remembering things better than the routine way of reading texts. PMID:28331249

The effect of perineal control with hands-on and hand-poised methods on perineal trauma and delivery outcome

PubMed Central

Foroughipour, Azam; Firuzeh, Farah; Ghahiri, Ataolah; Norbakhsh, Vajihe; Heidari, Tayebeh

2011-01-01

BACKGROUND: The objective of the present study was to evaluate the effect of the two methods of delivery, “hands-on” vs. “hands poised”, on perineal trauma and delivery outcome in primiparous women referred to Shariati Hospital of Isfahan during 2007-2008. METHODS: In a clinical trial study, 100 low risk primiparous pregnant women were randomly assigned to two hands-on and hand-poised (hands-off) groups. In the hands-on group, this method was used to control fetal head in the second stage of labor. It means that the fingers of one hand supported fetal occiput and the other hand applied slight pressure on the head to control the delivery of the head during the crowning process. In the hands-poised group, midwife observed the parturient woman and do not touch perineum during the second labor stage while fetal head was delivering. Then, the two groups were compared in terms of perineal trauma, as well as neonatal and delivery outcome. RESULTS: Demographic characteristics of all studied women were similar in two groups. The rate of episiotomy was higher in hands-on group (84% vs. 40%, p = 0.001). The rate of postpartum hemorrhage (4th stage) was higher in hands-on group (12% vs. 4%, p = 0.04). The rate of mild and moderate postpartum pain in hands-on group was higher than hands-off group (70% vs. 58% and 29% vs. 10%, p < 0.001) but sever pain was not different in two groups. CONCLUSIONS: It seems that hands-poised method is associated with less perineal trauma, particularly regarding the lower need for episiotomy and postpartum hemorrhage. PMID:22279480

Effectiveness of creative and productive instructional method towards students' learning achievement in steel structure course

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sugiyanto, Pribadi, Supriyanto, Bambang

2017-09-01

The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of Creative & Productive instructional method compared with conventional method. This research was a quasi-experimental study involving all Civil Engineering students at Universitas Negeri Malang who were taking a course of Steel Structure. The students were randomly assigned to two different treatment groups, 30 students in experimental group and 37 students in the control group. It was assumed that these groups were equal in all relevant aspects; they differed only in the treatment administered. We used the t-test to test the hypothesis. The results of this research suggest that: (l) the use of Creative & Productive instructional method can significantly improve students' learning achievement, (2) the use of Creative & Productive instructional method can significantly improve students' retention, (3) students' motivation has a significant effect on their learning achievement, and (4) students' motivation has a significant effect on their retention.

A group contribution method for the prediction of thermal conductivity of liquids and its application to the Prandtl number for vegetable oils

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Rodenbush, C.M.; Viswanath, D.S.; Hsieh, F.H.

Data on thermal conductivity of liquids, as a function of temperature, are essential in the design of heat- and mass- transfer equipment. A number of correlations have been developed to predict thermal conductivity of liquids with limited success. Among the correlations proposed so far, only the correlation due to Nagvekar and Daubert is based on group contributions. In this paper, a new group contribution method is developed based on the Klaas and Viswanath method for prediction of thermal conductivity of liquids and the results are compared to the method of Nagvekar and Daubert and other existing correlations. The present methodmore » predicts thermal conductivity of some 228 liquids that encompass 1487 experimental data points with an average absolute deviation of 2.5%. The group contribution method is used to examine the temperature dependence of Prandtl number for vegetable oils.« less

A unified method to process biosolids samples for the recovery of bacterial, viral, and helminths pathogens.

PubMed

Alum, Absar; Rock, Channah; Abbaszadegan, Morteza

2014-01-01

For land application, biosolids are classified as Class A or Class B based on the levels of bacterial, viral, and helminths pathogens in residual biosolids. The current EPA methods for the detection of these groups of pathogens in biosolids include discrete steps. Therefore, a separate sample is processed independently to quantify the number of each group of the pathogens in biosolids. The aim of the study was to develop a unified method for simultaneous processing of a single biosolids sample to recover bacterial, viral, and helminths pathogens. At the first stage for developing a simultaneous method, nine eluents were compared for their efficiency to recover viruses from a 100 gm spiked biosolids sample. In the second stage, the three top performing eluents were thoroughly evaluated for the recovery of bacteria, viruses, and helminthes. For all three groups of pathogens, the glycine-based eluent provided higher recovery than the beef extract-based eluent. Additional experiments were performed to optimize performance of glycine-based eluent under various procedural factors such as, solids to eluent ratio, stir time, and centrifugation conditions. Last, the new method was directly compared with the EPA methods for the recovery of the three groups of pathogens spiked in duplicate samples of biosolids collected from different sources. For viruses, the new method yielded up to 10% higher recoveries than the EPA method. For bacteria and helminths, recoveries were 74% and 83% by the new method compared to 34% and 68% by the EPA method, respectively. The unified sample processing method significantly reduces the time required for processing biosolids samples for different groups of pathogens; it is less impacted by the intrinsic variability of samples, while providing higher yields (P = 0.05) and greater consistency than the current EPA methods.

Comparison of shear test methods for evaluating the bond strength of resin cement to zirconia ceramic.

PubMed

Kim, Jae-Hoon; Chae, Soyeon; Lee, Yunhee; Han, Geum-Jun; Cho, Byeong-Hoon

2014-11-01

This study compared the sensitivity of three shear test methods for measuring the shear bond strength (SBS) of resin cement to zirconia ceramic and evaluated the effects of surface treatment methods on the bonding. Polished zirconia ceramic (Cercon base, DeguDent) discs were randomly divided into four surface treatment groups: no treatment (C), airborne-particle abrasion (A), conditioning with Alloy primer (Kuraray Medical Co.) (P) and conditioning with Alloy primer after airborne-particle abrasion (AP). The bond strengths of the resin cement (Multilink N, Ivoclar Vivadent) to the zirconia specimens of each surface treatment group were determined by three SBS test methods: the conventional SBS test with direct filling of the mold (Ø 4 mm × 3 mm) with resin cement (Method 1), the conventional SBS test with cementation of composite cylinders (Ø 4 mm × 3 mm) using resin cement (Method 2) and the microshear bond strength (μSBS) test with cementation of composite cylinders (Ø 0.8 mm × 1 mm) using resin cement (Method 3). Both the test method and the surface treatment significantly influenced the SBS values. In Method 3, as the SBS values increased, the coefficients of variation decreased and the Weibull parameters increased. The AP groups showed the highest SBS in all of the test methods. Only in Method 3 did the P group show a higher SBS than the A group. The μSBS test was more sensitive to differentiating the effects of surface treatment methods than the conventional SBS tests. Primer conditioning was a stronger contributing factor for the resin bond to zirconia ceramic than was airborne-particle abrasion.

Biases and power for groups comparison on subjective health measurements.

PubMed

Hamel, Jean-François; Hardouin, Jean-Benoit; Le Neel, Tanguy; Kubis, Gildas; Roquelaure, Yves; Sébille, Véronique

2012-01-01

Subjective health measurements are increasingly used in clinical research, particularly for patient groups comparisons. Two main types of analytical strategies can be used for such data: so-called classical test theory (CTT), relying on observed scores and models coming from Item Response Theory (IRT) relying on a response model relating the items responses to a latent parameter, often called latent trait. Whether IRT or CTT would be the most appropriate method to compare two independent groups of patients on a patient reported outcomes measurement remains unknown and was investigated using simulations. For CTT-based analyses, groups comparison was performed using t-test on the scores. For IRT-based analyses, several methods were compared, according to whether the Rasch model was considered with random effects or with fixed effects, and the group effect was included as a covariate or not. Individual latent traits values were estimated using either a deterministic method or by stochastic approaches. Latent traits were then compared with a t-test. Finally, a two-steps method was performed to compare the latent trait distributions, and a Wald test was performed to test the group effect in the Rasch model including group covariates. The only unbiased IRT-based method was the group covariate Wald's test, performed on the random effects Rasch model. This model displayed the highest observed power, which was similar to the power using the score t-test. These results need to be extended to the case frequently encountered in practice where data are missing and possibly informative.

A general probabilistic model for group independent component analysis and its estimation methods

PubMed Central

Guo, Ying

2012-01-01

SUMMARY Independent component analysis (ICA) has become an important tool for analyzing data from functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) studies. ICA has been successfully applied to single-subject fMRI data. The extension of ICA to group inferences in neuroimaging studies, however, is challenging due to the unavailability of a pre-specified group design matrix and the uncertainty in between-subjects variability in fMRI data. We present a general probabilistic ICA (PICA) model that can accommodate varying group structures of multi-subject spatio-temporal processes. An advantage of the proposed model is that it can flexibly model various types of group structures in different underlying neural source signals and under different experimental conditions in fMRI studies. A maximum likelihood method is used for estimating this general group ICA model. We propose two EM algorithms to obtain the ML estimates. The first method is an exact EM algorithm which provides an exact E-step and an explicit noniterative M-step. The second method is an variational approximation EM algorithm which is computationally more efficient than the exact EM. In simulation studies, we first compare the performance of the proposed general group PICA model and the existing probabilistic group ICA approach. We then compare the two proposed EM algorithms and show the variational approximation EM achieves comparable accuracy to the exact EM with significantly less computation time. An fMRI data example is used to illustrate application of the proposed methods. PMID:21517789

Identifying pathogenic processes by integrating microarray data with prior knowledge

PubMed Central

2014-01-01

Background It is of great importance to identify molecular processes and pathways that are involved in disease etiology. Although there has been an extensive use of various high-throughput methods for this task, pathogenic pathways are still not completely understood. Often the set of genes or proteins identified as altered in genome-wide screens show a poor overlap with canonical disease pathways. These findings are difficult to interpret, yet crucial in order to improve the understanding of the molecular processes underlying the disease progression. We present a novel method for identifying groups of connected molecules from a set of differentially expressed genes. These groups represent functional modules sharing common cellular function and involve signaling and regulatory events. Specifically, our method makes use of Bayesian statistics to identify groups of co-regulated genes based on the microarray data, where external information about molecular interactions and connections are used as priors in the group assignments. Markov chain Monte Carlo sampling is used to search for the most reliable grouping. Results Simulation results showed that the method improved the ability of identifying correct groups compared to traditional clustering, especially for small sample sizes. Applied to a microarray heart failure dataset the method found one large cluster with several genes important for the structure of the extracellular matrix and a smaller group with many genes involved in carbohydrate metabolism. The method was also applied to a microarray dataset on melanoma cancer patients with or without metastasis, where the main cluster was dominated by genes related to keratinocyte differentiation. Conclusion Our method found clusters overlapping with known pathogenic processes, but also pointed to new connections extending beyond the classical pathways. PMID:24758699

[Theatre as communication method in psychogeriatric care: effects on behaviour, mood and quality of life of people with dementia ].

PubMed

van Dijk, A M; van Weert, J C M; Dröes, R M

2012-12-01

Recently, a new communication method was introduced in nursing homes for people with dementia. This so-called Veder Method, developed by professional actors with former educational background in care,combines proven effective emotion-oriented care methods, like reminiscence,with theatrical stimuli like songs and poetry. The method is applied during theatre shows and living room theatre activities. In this exploratory study the surplus value of a living room theatre activity according to the Veder method compared to a reminiscence group activity was evaluated. Within a quasi experimental design, three groups of nursing home residents with dementia were compared: Experimental group 1 (E1; N=64)joined a 'living room theatre activity' offered by trained caregivers. Experimental group 2 (E2; N=31) joined a 'living room theatre activity' offered by professional actors. The control group (N=52) received a reminiscence group activity. Behaviour, mood and quality of life were measured using standardized observation scales at three points in time: (T1) pretest; (T2)during the intervention and; (T3) posttest, two hours after the intervention. During and after the intervention, positive effects were found in favour of E2 on behaviour (i.e. laughing, recalled memories), mood (i.e. happy/content) and quality of life (i.e. social involvement, feeling at home). A living room theatre activity according to the Veder Method has more positive effect on nursing home residents compared to a normal reminiscence group activity, if offered by professional actors.This article is a slightly edited translation of Does theatre improve the quality of life of people with dementia? International Psychogeriatrics2012;24: 36r381 by the same authors.

Innovative Technique for the Placement of the Drainage Tube for Microendoscopic Spinal Decompression.

PubMed

Mizuno, Kentaro; Mikami, Yasuo; Hase, Hitoshi; Ikeda, Takumi; Nagae, Masateru; Tonomura, Hitoshi; Shirai, Toshiharu; Fujiwara, Hiroyoshi; Kubo, Toshikazu

2017-02-01

A technical note and retrospective study. The objectives were to describe a new method of drainage tube placement during microendoscopic spinal decompression, and compare the positioning and fluid discharge obtained with this method and the conventional method. To prevent postoperative epidural hematoma after microendoscopic decompression, a drainage tube must be placed in a suitable location. However, the narrow operative field makes precise control of the position of the tube technically difficult. We developed a method to reliably place the tube in the desired location. We use a Deschamps aneurysm needle with a slightly curved tip, which we call a drain passer. With the microendoscope in position, the drain passer, with a silk thread passed through the eye at the needle tip, is inserted percutaneously into the endoscopic field of view. The drainage tube is passed through the loop of silk thread protruding from the inside of the tubular retractor, and the thread is pulled to the outside, guiding the end of the drainage tube into the wound. This method was used in 23 cases at 44 intervertebral levels (drain passer group), and the conventional method in 20 cases at 32 intervertebral levels (conventional group). Postoperative plain radiographs were taken, and the amount of fluid discharge at postoperative hour 24 was measured. Drainage tube positioning was favorable at 43 intervertebral levels (97.7%) in the drain passer group and 26 intervertebral levels (81.3%) in the conventional group. Mean fluid discharge was 58.4±32.2 g in the drain passer group and 38.4±23.0 g in the conventional group. Positioning was significantly better and fluid discharge was significantly greater in the drain passer group. The results indicate that this method is a useful drainage tube placement technique for preventing postoperative epidural hematoma.

The Effects of Problem-Solving Teaching on Creative Thinking among District 2 High School Students in Sari City.

PubMed

Nozari, Ali Yazdanpanah; Siamian, Hasan

2014-12-01

Nowadays, regarding the learners' needs and social conditions, it is obviously needed to revise and reconsider the traditional methods and approaches in teaching. The problem solving approach is one of the new ways in Teaching and learning process. This study aimed at studying and examining the effect of "problem-solving" approach on creative thinking of high school female students. An experimental method is used for this research. In this research, 342 out of 3047 female-students from Sari high schools were randomly selected. These 342 students were divided into two groups (experimental and control) in which there were seven classrooms. The total number of students in every group was about 171. After testing them with Jamal Abedi creativity test, it was revealed that two groups were equal in creativity score. The tests were done through Requirements. The experimental group was taught by problem solving method for three months while the control group was taught by traditional method. The research results showed that using descriptive indices and t-test for the two independent sample groups in which problem solving teaching method was used in teaching processes had an effect on creativity level in comparison with traditional method used in the control group. Considering the results of this study, the application of problem-solving teaching methods increased the creativity and its components (fluidity, expansion, originality and flexibility) in learners, therefore, it is recommended that students be encouraged to take classes on frequent responses on various topics (variability) and draw attention on different issues, and expand their analysis on elements in particular courses like art (expansion). To enhance the learner's mental flexibility and attention to various aspects, they are encouraged to provide a variety of responses.

The Missing Data Assumptions of the Nonequivalent Groups with Anchor Test (NEAT) Design and Their Implications for Test Equating. Research Report. ETS RR-09-16

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Sinharay, Sandip; Holland, Paul W.

2008-01-01

The nonequivalent groups with anchor test (NEAT) design involves missing data that are missing by design. Three popular equating methods that can be used with a NEAT design are the poststratification equating method, the chain equipercentile equating method, and the item-response-theory observed-score-equating method. These three methods each…

A method for estimating both the solubility parameters and molar volumes of liquids

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Fedors, R. F.

1974-01-01

Development of an indirect method of estimating the solubility parameter of high molecular weight polymers. The proposed method of estimating the solubility parameter, like Small's method, is based on group additive constants, but is believed to be superior to Small's method for two reasons: (1) the contribution of a much larger number of functional groups have been evaluated, and (2) the method requires only a knowledge of structural formula of the compound.

Discovering Network Structure Beyond Communities

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nishikawa, Takashi; Motter, Adilson E.

2011-11-01

To understand the formation, evolution, and function of complex systems, it is crucial to understand the internal organization of their interaction networks. Partly due to the impossibility of visualizing large complex networks, resolving network structure remains a challenging problem. Here we overcome this difficulty by combining the visual pattern recognition ability of humans with the high processing speed of computers to develop an exploratory method for discovering groups of nodes characterized by common network properties, including but not limited to communities of densely connected nodes. Without any prior information about the nature of the groups, the method simultaneously identifies the number of groups, the group assignment, and the properties that define these groups. The results of applying our method to real networks suggest the possibility that most group structures lurk undiscovered in the fast-growing inventory of social, biological, and technological networks of scientific interest.

Text String Detection from Natural Scenes by Structure-based Partition and Grouping

PubMed Central

Yi, Chucai; Tian, YingLi

2012-01-01

Text information in natural scene images serves as important clues for many image-based applications such as scene understanding, content-based image retrieval, assistive navigation, and automatic geocoding. However, locating text from complex background with multiple colors is a challenging task. In this paper, we explore a new framework to detect text strings with arbitrary orientations in complex natural scene images. Our proposed framework of text string detection consists of two steps: 1) Image partition to find text character candidates based on local gradient features and color uniformity of character components. 2) Character candidate grouping to detect text strings based on joint structural features of text characters in each text string such as character size differences, distances between neighboring characters, and character alignment. By assuming that a text string has at least three characters, we propose two algorithms of text string detection: 1) adjacent character grouping method, and 2) text line grouping method. The adjacent character grouping method calculates the sibling groups of each character candidate as string segments and then merges the intersecting sibling groups into text string. The text line grouping method performs Hough transform to fit text line among the centroids of text candidates. Each fitted text line describes the orientation of a potential text string. The detected text string is presented by a rectangle region covering all characters whose centroids are cascaded in its text line. To improve efficiency and accuracy, our algorithms are carried out in multi-scales. The proposed methods outperform the state-of-the-art results on the public Robust Reading Dataset which contains text only in horizontal orientation. Furthermore, the effectiveness of our methods to detect text strings with arbitrary orientations is evaluated on the Oriented Scene Text Dataset collected by ourselves containing text strings in non-horizontal orientations. PMID:21411405

Effects of recycling and bonding agent application on bond strength of stainless steel orthodontic brackets.

PubMed

Bahnasi, Faisal I; Abd-Rahman, Aida Na; Abu-Hassan, Mohame I

2013-10-01

1) to assess different methods of recycling orthodontic brackets, 2) to evaluate Shear Bond Strength (SBS) of (a) new, (b) recycled and (c) repeated recycled stainless steel brackets (i) with and (ii) without bracket base primer. A total of 180 extracted human premolar teeth and 180 premolar stainless steel brackets were used. One hundred teeth and 100 brackets were divided into five groups of 20-teeth each. Four methods of recycling orthodontic brackets were used in each of the first four groups while the last one (group V) was used as the control. Groups (I-V) were subjected to shear force within half an hour until the brackets debond. SBS was measured and the method showing the highest SBS was selected. A New group (VI) was recycled twice with the selected method. Six subgroups (1-6) were established; the primer was applied for three sub-groups, and the composite was applied for all brackets. Brackets were subjected to the same shear force, and SBS was measured for all sub-groups. There was a significant difference between the mean SBS of the sandblasting method and the means of SBS of each of the other three methods. There was however, no significant difference between the mean SBS of the new bracket and the mean SBS of recycled bracket using sandblasting. The mean SBS of all sub-groups were more than that recommended by Reynolds (17) in 1975. Brackets with primer showed slightly higher SBS compared to those of brackets without bonding agent. To decrease cost, sandblasted recycled orthodontic brackets can be used as an alternative to new brackets. It is recommended to apply a bonding agent on the bracket base to provide greater bond strength. Key words:Recycled bracket, shear bond strength, sandblasting, stainless steel orthodontic bracket.

Text string detection from natural scenes by structure-based partition and grouping.

PubMed

Yi, Chucai; Tian, YingLi

2011-09-01

Text information in natural scene images serves as important clues for many image-based applications such as scene understanding, content-based image retrieval, assistive navigation, and automatic geocoding. However, locating text from a complex background with multiple colors is a challenging task. In this paper, we explore a new framework to detect text strings with arbitrary orientations in complex natural scene images. Our proposed framework of text string detection consists of two steps: 1) image partition to find text character candidates based on local gradient features and color uniformity of character components and 2) character candidate grouping to detect text strings based on joint structural features of text characters in each text string such as character size differences, distances between neighboring characters, and character alignment. By assuming that a text string has at least three characters, we propose two algorithms of text string detection: 1) adjacent character grouping method and 2) text line grouping method. The adjacent character grouping method calculates the sibling groups of each character candidate as string segments and then merges the intersecting sibling groups into text string. The text line grouping method performs Hough transform to fit text line among the centroids of text candidates. Each fitted text line describes the orientation of a potential text string. The detected text string is presented by a rectangle region covering all characters whose centroids are cascaded in its text line. To improve efficiency and accuracy, our algorithms are carried out in multi-scales. The proposed methods outperform the state-of-the-art results on the public Robust Reading Dataset, which contains text only in horizontal orientation. Furthermore, the effectiveness of our methods to detect text strings with arbitrary orientations is evaluated on the Oriented Scene Text Dataset collected by ourselves containing text strings in nonhorizontal orientations.

A Novel Bit-level Image Encryption Method Based on Chaotic Map and Dynamic Grouping

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhang, Guo-Ji; Shen, Yan

2012-10-01

In this paper, a novel bit-level image encryption method based on dynamic grouping is proposed. In the proposed method, the plain-image is divided into several groups randomly, then permutation-diffusion process on bit level is carried out. The keystream generated by logistic map is related to the plain-image, which confuses the relationship between the plain-image and the cipher-image. The computer simulation results of statistical analysis, information entropy analysis and sensitivity analysis show that the proposed encryption method is secure and reliable enough to be used for communication application.

Ictal SPECT using an attachable automated injector: clinical usefulness in the prediction of ictal onset zone.

PubMed

Lee, Jung-Ju; Lee, Sang Kun; Choi, Jang Wuk; Kim, Dong-Wook; Park, Kyung Il; Kim, Bom Sahn; Kang, Hyejin; Lee, Dong Soo; Lee, Seo-Young; Kim, Sung Hun; Chung, Chun Kee; Nam, Hyeon Woo; Kim, Kwang Ki

2009-12-01

Ictal single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) is a valuable method for localizing the ictal onset zone in the presurgical evaluation of patients with intractable epilepsy. Conventional methods used to localize the ictal onset zone have problems with time lag from seizure onset to injection. To evaluate the clinical usefulness of a method that we developed, which involves an attachable automated injector (AAI), in reducing time lag and improving the ability to localize the zone of seizure onset. Patients admitted to the epilepsy monitoring unit (EMU) between January 1, 2003, and June 30, 2008, were included. The definition of ictal onset zone was made by comprehensive review of medical records, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), data from video electroencephalography (EEG) monitoring, and invasive EEG monitoring if available. We comprehensively evaluated the time lag to injection and the image patterns of ictal SPECT using traditional visual analysis, statistical parametric mapping-assisted, and subtraction ictal SPECT coregistered to an MRI-assisted means of analysis. Image patterns were classified as localizing, lateralizing, and nonlateralizing. The whole number of patients was 99: 48 in the conventional group and 51 in the AAI group. The mean (SD) delay time to injection from seizure onset was 12.4+/-12.0 s in the group injected by our AAI method and 40.4+/-26.3 s in the group injected by the conventional method (P=0.000). The mean delay time to injection from seizure detection was 3.2+/-2.5 s in the group injected by the AAI method and 21.4+/-9.7 s in the group injected by the conventional method (P=0.000). The AAI method was superior to the conventional method in localizing the area of seizure onset (36 out of 51 with AAI method vs. 21 out of 48 with conventional method, P=0.009), especially in non-temporal lobe epilepsy (non-TLE) patients (17 out of 27 with AAI method vs. 3 out of 13 with conventional method, P=0.041), and in lateralizing the seizure onset hemisphere (47 out of 51 with AAI method vs. 33 out of 48 with conventional method, P=0.004). The AAI method was superior to the conventional method in reducing the time lag of tracer injection and in localizing and lateralizing the ictal onset zone, especially in patients with non-TLE.

The Analysis Performance Method Naive Bayes Andssvm Determine Pattern Groups of Disease

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sitanggang, Rianto; Tulus; Situmorang, Zakarias

2017-12-01

Information is a very important element and into the daily needs of the moment, to get a precise and accurate information is not easy, this research can help decision makers and make a comparison. Researchers perform data mining techniques to analyze the performance of methods and algorithms naïve Bayes methods Smooth Support Vector Machine (ssvm) in the grouping of the disease.The pattern of disease that is often suffered by people in the group can be in the detection area of the collection of information contained in the medical record. Medical records have infromasi disease by patients in coded according to standard WHO. Processing of medical record data to find patterns of this group of diseases that often occur in this community take the attribute address, sex, type of disease, and age. Determining the next analysis is grouping of four ersebut attribute. From the results of research conducted on the dataset fever diabete mellitus, naïve Bayes method produces an average value of 99% and an accuracy and SSVM method produces an average value of 93% accuracy

Cell-Free DNA Analysis in Maternal Blood: Differences in Estimates between Laboratories with Different Methodologies Using a Propensity Score Approach.

PubMed

Bevilacqua, Elisa; Jani, Jacques C; Letourneau, Alexandra; Duiella, Silvia F; Kleinfinger, Pascale; Lohmann, Laurence; Resta, Serena; Cos Sanchez, Teresa; Fils, Jean-François; Mirra, Marilyn; Benachi, Alexandra; Costa, Jean-Marc

2018-06-13

To evaluate the failure rate and performance of cell-free DNA (cfDNA) testing, mainly in terms of detection rates for trisomy 21, performed by 2 laboratories using different analytical methods. cfDNA testing was performed on 2,870 pregnancies with the HarmonyTM Prenatal Test using the targeted digital analysis of selected regions (DANSR) method, and on 2,635 pregnancies with the "Cerba test" using the genome-wide massively parallel sequencing (GW-MPS) method, with available outcomes. Propensity score analysis was used to match patients between the 2 groups. A comparison of the detection rates for trisomy 21 between the 2 laboratories was made. In all, 2,811 patients in the Harmony group and 2,530 patients in the Cerba group had no trisomy 21, 18, or 13. Postmatched comparisons of the patient characteristics indicated a higher no-result rate in the Harmony group (1.30%) than in the Cerba group (0.75%; p = 0.039). All 41 cases of trisomy 21 in the Harmony group and 93 cases in the Cerba group were detected. Both methods of cfDNA testing showed low no-result rates and a comparable performance in detecting trisomy 21; yet GW-MPS had a slightly lower no-result rate than the DANSR method. © 2018 S. Karger AG, Basel.

[Clinical application of biofragmentable anastomosis ring for intestinal anastomosis].

PubMed

Ye, Feng; Lin, Jian-jiang

2006-11-01

To compare the efficacy of the biofragmentable anastomotic ring (BAR) with conventional hand-sutured and stapling techniques,and to evaluate the safety and applicability of the BAR in intestinal anastomosis. The totol of 498 patients performed intestinal anastomosis from January 2000 to November 2005 were allocated to BAR group (n=186), hand-sutured group (n=177) and linear cutter group (n=135). The operative time, postoperative convalescence and corresponding complication were recorded. Postoperative anastomotic inflammation and anastomotic stenosis were observed during half or one year follow-up of 436 patients. The operative time was (102 +/- 16) min in the BAR group, (121 +/- 15) min in the hand-sutured group, and (105 +/- 18 ) min in the linear cutter group. The difference was significant statistically (P <0.05). The operative time in BAR group and linear cutter group was shorter than hand-sutured group. One case of anastomotic leakage was noted in the BAR group, one case in the hand-sutured group, and none in the linear cutter group. They were cured by conservative methods. One case of anastomotic obstruction happened in the BAR group, one case in the hand-sutured group. Two of them were cured by conservative methods. Two cases of anastomotic obstruction happened in the hand-sutured group. However, one of them required reoperation to remove the obstruction. In the BAR, hand-sutured and the linear cutter group, the postoperative first flatus time was (67.2+/- 4.6) h, (70.2 +/- 5.8) h and (69.2 +/- 6.2)h, respectively. No significant differences were observed among three groups(P > 0.05). The rate of postoperative anastomotic inflammation was 3.0 % (5/164) in the BAR group, 47.8 % (76/159) in hand-sutured group and 7.1 % (8/113) in the linear cutter group. The difference was significant statistically (P <0.05). The rate of postoperative anastomotic inflammation in the BAR group and in the linear cutter group was less than that in hand-sutured group. BAR is one of rapid,safe and effective methods in intestinal anastomosis. It has less anastomotic inflammatory reaction than hand-sutured technique. It should be considered equal to manual and stapler methods.

Laboratory based instruction in Pakistan: Comparative evaluation of three laboratory instruction methods in biological science at higher secondary school level

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cheema, Tabinda Shahid

This study of laboratory based instruction at higher secondary school level was an attempt to gain some insight into the effectiveness of three laboratory instruction methods: cooperative group instruction method, individualised instruction method and lecture demonstration method on biology achievement and retention. A Randomised subjects, Pre-test Post-test Comparative Methods Design was applied. Three groups of students from a year 11 class in Pakistan conducted experiments using the different laboratory instruction methods. Pre-tests, achievement tests after the experiments and retention tests one month later were administered. Results showed no significant difference between the groups on total achievement and retention, nor was there any significant difference on knowledge and comprehension test scores or skills performance. Future research investigating a similar problem is suggested.

Comparison of the effect of lecture and blended teaching methods on students' learning and satisfaction.

PubMed

Sadeghi, Roya; Sedaghat, Mohammad Mehdi; Sha Ahmadi, Faramarz

2014-10-01

Blended learning, a new approach in educational planning, is defined as an applying more than one method, strategy, technique or media in education. Todays, due to the development of infrastructure of Internet networks and the access of most of the students, the Internet can be utilized along with traditional and conventional methods of training. The aim of this study was to compare the students' learning and satisfaction in combination of lecture and e-learning with conventional lecture methods. This quasi-experimental study is conducted among the sophomore students of Public Health School, Tehran University of Medical Science in 2012-2013. Four classes of the school are randomly selected and are divided into two groups. Education in two classes (45 students) was in the form of lecture method and in the other two classes (48 students) was blended method with e-Learning and lecture methods. The students' knowledge about tuberculosis in two groups was collected and measured by using pre and post-test. This step has been done by sending self-reported electronic questionnaires to the students' email addresses through Google Document software. At the end of educational programs, students' satisfaction and comments about two methods were also collected by questionnaires. Statistical tests such as descriptive methods, paired t-test, independent t-test and ANOVA were done through the SPSS 14 software, and p≤0.05 was considered as significant difference. The mean scores of the lecture and blended groups were 13.18±1.37 and 13.35±1.36, respectively; the difference between the pre-test scores of the two groups was not statistically significant (p=0.535). Knowledge scores increased in both groups after training, and the mean and standard deviation of knowledge scores of the lectures and combined groups were 16.51±0.69 and 16.18±1.06, respectively. The difference between the post-test scores of the two groups was not statistically significant (p=0.112). Students' satisfaction in blended learning method was higher than lecture method. The results revealed that the blended method is effective in increasing the students' learning rate. E-learning can be used to teach some courses and might be considered as economic aspects. Since in universities of medical sciences in the country, the majority of students have access to the Internet and email address, using e-learning could be used as a supplement to traditional teaching methods or sometimes as educational alternative method because this method of teaching increases the students' knowledge, satisfaction and attention.

Intrarectal ice application prior to transrectal prostate biopsy: a prospective randomised trial accessing pain and collateral effects

PubMed Central

Çaliskan, Baris; Mutlu, Nazim

2015-01-01

Objectives To analyze the efficacy of intrarectal ice application as an anesthetic method prior to transrectal ultrasound (TRUS) guided prostate biopsy. Materials and Methods A total of 120 consecutive men were included into the study prospectively. Patients were equally randomized as group 1 and 2 with 60 patients each. Ice was applied as an anesthetic method 5 minutes before procedure to the patients in group 1. Patients in group 2 were applied 10 ml of 2% lidocaine gel 10 minutes before procedure. Twelve core biopsy procedure was performed for all patients. The pain level was evaluated using a visual analogue scale (VAS). Results Median pain score was 3.5 (1-8) in group 1 and 5 (1-8) in group 2. There is significantly difference between groups regarding the mean sense of pain level during the procedure. (p=0.007) There was also no difference in complications between two groups about presence and duration of macroscopic hematuria and rectal bleeding. Conclusions Intrarectal ice application prior to TRUS prostate biopsy has an effect on reducing pain. Development of new techniques about cold effect or ice can make this method more useful and decrease complication rates. PMID:25928515

Integrating the ACR Appropriateness Criteria Into the Radiology Clerkship: Comparison of Didactic Format and Group-Based Learning.

PubMed

Stein, Marjorie W; Frank, Susan J; Roberts, Jeffrey H; Finkelstein, Malka; Heo, Moonseong

2016-05-01

The aim of this study was to determine whether group-based or didactic teaching is more effective to teach ACR Appropriateness Criteria to medical students. An identical pretest, posttest, and delayed multiple-choice test was used to evaluate the efficacy of the two teaching methods. Descriptive statistics comparing test scores were obtained. On the posttest, the didactic group gained 12.5 points (P < .0001), and the group-based learning students gained 16.3 points (P < .0001). On the delayed test, the didactic group gained 14.4 points (P < .0001), and the group-based learning students gained 11.8 points (P < .001). The gains in scores on both tests were statistically significant for both groups. However, the differences in scores were not statistically significant comparing the two educational methods. Compared with didactic lectures, group-based learning is more enjoyable, time efficient, and equally efficacious. The choice of educational method can be individualized for each institution on the basis of group size, time constraints, and faculty availability. Copyright © 2016 American College of Radiology. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

[A new method of gastric shunting for treatment of patients with morbid obesity].

PubMed

Grubnik, V V; Golliak, V P; Kresiun, M S

2013-01-01

The gastric shunting (GSH) method, permitting to control the patients body mass more effectively and promoting complete remission of diabetes mellitus type II, was elaborated. In 2008 - 2009 yrs 29 patients (9 men, 20 women) were operated on for morbid obesity, using shunting interventions. In 21 patients (the first group) a standard GSH was performed, in 8 (second group)--a modified operation. In 18-24 mo the excessive patient's body mass in patients of the first group have reduced by 62.8%, of the second group--by 89.3%. Complete compensation of diabetes mellitus type II with rejection from insulin and other antidiabetic preparations was achieved in 4 patients of the first group and in all--in the second group. Resistence for insulin have had lowered in patients of both groups, including in the first group--in 1,4 times, in the second group--in 3.2 times. Thus, preliminary results accurately demonstrate, that application of a modified GSH method is more effective, concerning the patients body mass reduction and achievement of complete compensation of diabetes mellitus type II.

Mobile phones and social structures: an exploration of a closed user group in rural Ghana

PubMed Central

2013-01-01

Background In the Millennium Villages Project site of Bonsaaso, Ghana, the Health Team is using a mobile phone closed user group to place calls amongst one another at no cost. Methods In order to determine the utilization and acceptability of the closed user group amongst users, social network analysis and qualitative methods were used. Key informants were identified and interviewed. The key informants also kept prospective call journals. Billing statements and de-identified call data from the closed user group were used to generate data for analyzing the social structure revealed by the network traffic. Results The majority of communication within the closed user group was personal and not for professional purposes. The members of the CUG felt that the group improved their efficiency at work. Conclusions The methods used present an interesting way to investigate the social structure surrounding communication via mobile phones. In addition, the benefits identified from the exploration of this closed user group make a case for supporting mobile phone closed user groups amongst professional groups. PMID:24007331

Examining Preservice Teacher Belief Changes in the Context of Coordinated Mathematics Methods Coursework and Classroom Experiences

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Bahr, Damon; Monroe, Eula E.; Shaha, Steven H.

2013-01-01

The purpose of this study was to compare changes in beliefs of two groups of preservice teachers involved in two types of opportunities to immediately apply methods for teaching accompanying an elementary mathematics methods course. Students in one group applied the methods learned in class through weekly 30-minute peer-teaching sessions, while…

Interactive performance and focus groups with adolescents: the power of play.

PubMed

Norris, Anne E; Aroian, Karen J; Warren, Stefanie; Wirth, Jeff

2012-12-01

Conducting focus groups with adolescents can be challenging given their developmental needs, particularly with sensitive topics. These challenges include intense need for peer approval, declining social trust, short attention span, and reliance on concrete operations thinking. In this article, we describe an adaptation of interactive performance as an alternative to traditional focus group method. We used this method in a study of discrimination experienced by Muslims (ages 13-17) and of peer pressure to engage in sexual behavior experienced by Hispanic girls (ages 10-14). Recommendations for use of this method include using an interdisciplinary team, planning for large amounts of disclosure towards the end of the focus group, and considering the fit of this method to the study topic. Copyright © 2012 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Induction of Contraception by Intraepididymal Sclerotherapy

PubMed Central

Park, Hyoung Keun; Paick, Sung Hyun; Kim, Hyeong Gon; Lho, Yong Soo

2014-01-01

Purpose The objective of the present study was to evaluate the efficacy of a sclerosing solution for inducing epididymal occlusion in male rats. Materials and Methods Male Sprague-Dawley rats were divided into two groups: an injection group (n=20) and control group (n=20). Before injecting the sclerosing agent, seminal vesiculectomy and sperm identification using electrostimulation were performed in all of the rats. In the injection group, 0.2 mL of 0.1% sodium tetradecyl sulfate solution was injected into the epididymis. In the sham group, only the identification of the epididymis was performed. At 4 and 12 weeks after the injection, semen was collected by electrostimulation and evaluated to assess the contraceptive effect. Epididymis was evaluated by hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining. Results After 4 and 12 weeks, semen collection was performed in the two groups. Sperms were not observed in the injection group, while there was no change in the sperms in the sham group. H&E staining showed the obstruction of epididymal tubules and an accumulation of inflammatory cells in the injection group. Conclusions This study showed that the sclerosing agent induced sterilization in male rats. This result suggests that the injection method can replace vasectomy as a contraceptive method. However, a further study of large animals and a clinical study are needed. Further, the long-term effectiveness of this method needs to be studied. PMID:25237657

Alternative methods of phylogenetic inference for the Patagonian lizard group Liolaemus elongatus-kriegi (Iguania: Liolaemini) based on mitochondrial and nuclear markers.

PubMed

Medina, Cintia Débora; Avila, Luciano Javier; Sites, Jack Walter; Santos, Juan; Morando, Mariana

2018-03-01

We present different approaches to a multi-locus phylogeny for the Liolaemus elongatus-kriegi group, including almost all species and recognized lineages. We sequenced two mitochondrial and five nuclear gene regions for 123 individuals from 35 taxa, and compared relationships resolved from concatenated and species tree methods. The L. elongatus-kriegi group was inferred as monophyletic in three of the five analyses (concatenated mitochondrial, concatenated mitochondrial + nuclear gene trees, and SVD quartet species tree). The mitochondrial gene tree resolved four haploclades, three corresponding to the previously recognized complexes: L. elongatus, L. kriegi and L. petrophilus complexes, and the L. punmahuida group. The BEAST species tree approach included the L. punmahuida group within the L. kriegi complex, but the SVD quartet method placed it as sister to the L. elongatus-kriegi group. BEAST inferred species of the L. elongatus and L. petrophilus complexes as one clade, while SVDquartet inferred these two complexes as monophyletic (although with no statistical support for the L. petrophilus complex). The species tree approach also included the L. punmahuida group as part of the L. elongatus-kriegi group. Our study provides detailed multilocus phylogenetic hypotheses for the L. elongatus-kriegi group, and we discuss possible reasons for differences in the concatenation and species tree methods. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

[Comparison of minimally invasive extraction and traditional method in the extraction of impacted mandibular third molar].

PubMed

Xu, Fang; Zhang, Hui-Xia

2016-10-01

To compare minimally invasive extraction and traditional method in the extraction of impacted mandibular third molar. One hundred and sixty patients with impacted mandibular third molar were equally divided into two groups. Patients in the experimental group were treated with minimally invasive extraction, using implant machine and luxator, while patients in the control group were treated with traditional methods including use of orthodox chisel. The operation time, intraoperative and postoperative complications including deformation of extraction sockets, dry socket, limitation of mouth opening, pain and swelling, and fear were observed and compared between the two groups. The data were analyzed with SPSS18.0 software package. The operation time was (17.32±1.01) min in the experimental group, significantly shorter than the control group which was (33.46±1.12）min (P<0.05); significant difference was found in the incidence of root fracture, medium or severe tooth sockets deformation and incidence of psychological fear during operation between the control group and experimental group(P<0.05); the degree of mouth opening after surgery, the incidence of moderate or severe pain after surgery was significantly lower in the experimental than in the control group(P<0.05). Minimally invasive extraction of mandibular impacted wisdom tooth is better than traditional method, with shorter operation time and less intraoperative and postoperative complications, which should be widely applied in clinic.

A Strengths-Based Group Intervention for Women Who Experienced Child Sexual Abuse

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Walker-Williams, Hayley J.; Fouché, Ansie

2017-01-01

Purpose: This study evaluated the benefits of a ''survivor to thriver'' strengths-based group intervention program to facilitate posttraumatic growth in women survivors of child sexual abuse. Method: A quasi-experimental, one group, pretest, posttest, time-delay design was employed using qualitative methods to evaluate the benefits of the…

Applying Learning Diagnosis Diagram in Computer Aided Instructions: Research, Practice and Evaluation

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Wu, YuLung

2010-01-01

In Taiwan, when students learn in experiment-related courses, they are often grouped into several teams. The familiar method of grouping learning is "Cooperative Learning". A well-organized grouping strategy improves cooperative learning and increases the number of activities. This study proposes a novel pedagogical method by adopting…

Utilizing the Peer Group Method with Case Studies to Teach Pharmacokinetics.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Sims, Pamela J.

1994-01-01

A pharmacy school large-group (110 students) course in pharmacokinetics was designed to incorporate small-group team-based problem solving. The method allows students to learn material through traditional lecture, research the topic further, discuss the information gained, and apply the learning to specific cases in a manner that promotes…

System and method for secure group transactions

DOEpatents

Goldsmith, Steven Y [Rochester, MN

2006-04-25

A method and a secure system, processing on one or more computers, provides a way to control a group transaction. The invention uses group consensus access control and multiple distributed secure agents in a network environment. Each secure agent can organize with the other secure agents to form a secure distributed agent collective.

Determination of ABO blood grouping from human oral squamous epithelium by the highly sensitive immunohistochemical staining method EnVision+.

PubMed

Noda, Hiroshi; Yokota, Makoto; Tatsumi, Shinji; Sugiyama, Shizuyuki

2002-03-01

Using the highly sensitive immunohistochemical staining method EnVision+, which employs a dextran polymer reagent for the secondary antibody, the detection of the ABH antigens was attempted in the oral squamous epithelium. This new technique uses monoclonal antibody as a primary antibody and it takes about three hours for staining. The time is much shorter than conventional absorption-elution testing or absorption-inhibition testing for the determination of ABO blood grouping. Secretor saliva samples were stained at strong intensity by the antibody, which corresponded to its blood group and anti-H. On the one hand, nonsecretor saliva samples were stained at strong intensity only by the antibody that corresponded to its blood group, and at weak intensity only by anti-H. Since human oral squamous epithelium antigens were stained specifically by this method, we can examine the ABO blood group of saliva samples and perform cytodiagnosis at the same time. Our research suggested that the EnVision+ Method is a useful technique for ABO blood grouping of saliva in forensic cases.

[Cost variation in care groups?

PubMed

Mohnen, S M; Molema, C C M; Steenbeek, W; van den Berg, M J; de Bruin, S R; Baan, C A; Struijs, J N

2017-01-01

Is the simple mean of the costs per diabetes patient a suitable tool with which to compare care groups? Do the total costs of care per diabetes patient really give the best insight into care group performance? Cross-sectional, multi-level study. The 2009 insurance claims of 104,544 diabetes patients managed by care groups in the Netherlands were analysed. The data were obtained from Vektis care information centre. For each care group we determined the mean costs per patient of all the curative care and diabetes-specific hospital care using the simple mean method, then repeated it using the 'generalized linear mixed model'. We also calculated for which proportion the differences found could be attributed to the care groups themselves. The mean costs of the total curative care per patient were €3,092 - €6,546; there were no significant differences between care groups. The mixed model method resulted in less variation (€2,884 - €3,511), and there were a few significant differences. We found a similar result for diabetes-specific hospital care and the ranking position of the care groups proved to be dependent on the method used. The care group effect was limited, although it was greater in the diabetes-specific hospital costs than in the total costs of curative care (6.7% vs. 0.4%). The method used to benchmark care groups carries considerable weight. Simply stated, determining the mean costs of care (still often done) leads to an overestimation of the differences between care groups. The generalized linear mixed model is more accurate and yields better comparisons. However, the fact remains that 'total costs of care' is a faulty indicator since care groups have little impact on them. A more informative indicator is 'costs of diabetes-specific hospital care' as these costs are more influenced by care groups.

Winograd Method Versus Winograd Method With Electrocoagulation in the Treatment of Ingrown Toenails.

PubMed

Acar, Erdinc

An important component of the Winograd surgical method for an ingrown toenail is total excision of the associated germinal matrix. However, this might not always be accomplished with the procedure. We hypothesized that the surgical results might be improved by adding electrocoagulation of the germinal matrix to the Winograd method. The objective of the present study was to compare the recurrence, satisfaction, and complication rates of the Winograd method with those of the Winograd method with electrocoagulation. We retrospectively evaluated the records of 102 patients with single Heifetz stage 2 or 3 ingrown toenails who had undergone surgery from January 2013 to October 2014 using 1 of these 2 methods. Of the 102 patients, 50 (49%) underwent the Winograd method and 52 (51%) underwent the Winograd method with electrocoagulation. The mean follow-up period of our patients was 12 (range 6 to 22) months. An ingrown toenail recurred in 3 patients (6%) in the Winograd group and in no patient in the Winograd with electrocoagulation group (p = .04). Among the patients in the Winograd group, 46 (92.0%) were satisfied or very satisfied. Among the patients in the Winograd plus electrocoagulation group, 49 (94.2%) were satisfied or very satisfied (p = .04). No complications developed in either group. In conclusion, the Winograd method for ingrown toenails results in high satisfaction rates, low recurrence rates, and low complication rates. The addition of electrocoagulation of the germinal matrix to the Winograd method could result in even lower recurrence rates, while maintaining high patient satisfaction and without increasing the risk of complications. Copyright © 2017 American College of Foot and Ankle Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Crying Behavior and the "Nonviolent" Leboyer Method of Delivery.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hamilton, Joan Safran

This paper reports on a 3-month longitudinal study comparing the crying behavior of a group of babies delivered by the "nonviolent" Leboyer method with a control group delivered by traditional methods. Subjects were 24 white, middle class infants delivered by minimally medicated, multiparous and primiparous mothers. Fourteen newborns…

Some applications of Lie groups in astrodynamics

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Jackson, A. A.

1983-01-01

Differential equations that arise in astrodynamics are examined from the standpoint of Lie group theory. A summary of the Lie method is given for first degree differential equations. The Kepler problem in Hamiltonian form is treated by this method. Extension of the Lie method to optimal trajectories is outlined.

A Simple Method for Calculating Clebsch-Gordan Coefficients

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Klink, W. H.; Wickramasekara, S.

2010-01-01

This paper presents a simple method for calculating Clebsch-Gordan coefficients for the tensor product of two unitary irreducible representations (UIRs) of the rotation group. The method also works for multiplicity-free irreducible representations appearing in the tensor product of any number of UIRs of the rotation group. The generalization to…

Comparison of the effects of storytelling and creative drama methods on children's awareness about personal hygiene

PubMed Central

Soleymani, Mohammad Reza; Hemmati, Soheila; Ashrafi-Rizi, Hassan; Shahrzadi, Leila

2017-01-01

BACKGROUND AND OBJECTIVE: Maintaining and improving the health situation of children requires them to become more aware about personal hygiene through proper education. Based on several studies, teachings provided through informal methods are fully understandable for children. Therefore, the goal of this study is to compare the effects of creative drama and storytelling education methods on increasing the awareness of children regarding personal hygiene. METHODS: This is an applied study conducted using semiempirical method in two groups. The study population consisted of 85 children participating in 4th center for Institute for the Intellectual Development of Children and Young Adults in Isfahan, 40 of which were randomly selected and placed in storytelling and creative drama groups with 20 members each. The data gathering tool was a questionnaire created by the researchers whose content validity was confirmed by health education experts. The gathered information were analyzed using both descriptive (average and standard deviation) and analytical (independent t-test and paired t-test) statistical methods. RESULTS: The findings showed that there was a meaningful difference between the awareness score of both groups before and after intervention. The average awareness score of storytelling group was increased from 50.69 to 86.83 while the average score of creative drama group was increased from 57.37 to 85.09. Furthermore, according to paired t-test results, there was no significant difference between average scores of storytelling and creative drama groups. CONCLUSIONS: The results of the current study showed that although both storytelling and creative drama methods are effective in increasing the awareness of children regarding personal hygiene, there is no significant difference between the two methods. PMID:29114550

Gene for ataxia-telangiectasia complementation group D (ATDC)

DOEpatents

Murnane, John P.; Painter, Robert B.; Kapp, Leon N.; Yu, Loh-Chung

1995-03-07

Disclosed herein is a new gene, an AT gene for complementation group D, the ATDC gene and fragments thereof. Nucleic acid probes for said gene are provided as well as proteins encoded by said gene, cDNA therefrom, preferably a 3 kilobase (kb) cDNA, and recombinant nucleic acid molecules for expression of said proteins. Further disclosed are methods to detect mutations in said gene, preferably methods employing the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Also disclosed are methods to detect AT genes from other AT complementation groups.

Fuzzy forecasting based on two-factors second-order fuzzy-trend logical relationship groups and the probabilities of trends of fuzzy logical relationships.

PubMed

Chen, Shyi-Ming; Chen, Shen-Wen

2015-03-01

In this paper, we present a new method for fuzzy forecasting based on two-factors second-order fuzzy-trend logical relationship groups and the probabilities of trends of fuzzy-trend logical relationships. Firstly, the proposed method fuzzifies the historical training data of the main factor and the secondary factor into fuzzy sets, respectively, to form two-factors second-order fuzzy logical relationships. Then, it groups the obtained two-factors second-order fuzzy logical relationships into two-factors second-order fuzzy-trend logical relationship groups. Then, it calculates the probability of the "down-trend," the probability of the "equal-trend" and the probability of the "up-trend" of the two-factors second-order fuzzy-trend logical relationships in each two-factors second-order fuzzy-trend logical relationship group, respectively. Finally, it performs the forecasting based on the probabilities of the down-trend, the equal-trend, and the up-trend of the two-factors second-order fuzzy-trend logical relationships in each two-factors second-order fuzzy-trend logical relationship group. We also apply the proposed method to forecast the Taiwan Stock Exchange Capitalization Weighted Stock Index (TAIEX) and the NTD/USD exchange rates. The experimental results show that the proposed method outperforms the existing methods.

Comparing three experiential learning methods and their effect on medical students' attitudes to learning communication skills.

PubMed

Koponen, Jonna; Pyörälä, Eeva; Isotalus, Pekka

2012-01-01

Despite numerous studies exploring medical students' attitudes to communication skills learning (CSL), there are apparently no studies comparing different experiential learning methods and their influence on students' attitudes. We compared medical students' attitudes to learning communication skills before and after a communication course in the data as a whole, by gender and when divided into three groups using different methods. Second-year medical students (n = 129) were randomly assigned to three groups. In group A (n = 42) the theatre in education method, in group B (n = 44) simulated patients and in group C (n = 43) role-play were used. The data were gathered before and after the course using Communication Skills Attitude Scale. Students' positive attitudes to learning communication skills (PAS; positive attitude scale) increased significantly and their negative attitudes (NAS; negative attitude scale) decreased significantly between the beginning and end of the course. Female students had more positive attitudes than the male students. There were no significant differences in the three groups in the mean scores for PAS or NAS measured before or after the course. The use of experiential methods and integrating communication skills training with visits to health centres may help medical students to appreciate the importance of CSL.

Psychophysics of reading. XVII. Low-vision performance with four types of electronically magnified text.

PubMed

Harland, S; Legge, G E; Luebker, A

1998-03-01

Most people with low vision need magnification to read. Page navigation is the process of moving a magnifier during reading. Modern electronic technology can provide many alternatives for navigating through text. This study compared reading speeds for four methods of displaying text. The four methods varied in their page-navigation demands. The closed-circuit television (CCTV) and MOUSE methods involved manual navigation. The DRIFT method (horizontally drifting text) involved no manual navigation, but did involve both smooth-pursuit and saccadic eye movements. The rapid serial visual presentation (RSVP) method involved no manual navigation, and relatively few eye movements. There were 7 normal subjects and 12 low-vision subjects (7 with central-field loss, CFL group, and 5 with central fields intact, CFI group). The subjects read 70-word passages at speeds that yielded good comprehension. Taking the CCTV reading speed as a benchmark, neither the normal nor low-vision subjects had significantly different speeds with the MOUSE method. As expected from the reduced navigational demands, normal subjects read faster with the DRIFT method (85% faster) and the RSVP method (169%). The CFI group read significantly faster with DRIFT (43%) and RSVP (38%). The CFL group showed no significant differences in reading speed for the four methods.

Effectiveness of Jigsaw learning compared to lecture-based learning in dental education.

PubMed

Sagsoz, O; Karatas, O; Turel, V; Yildiz, M; Kaya, E

2017-02-01

The objective of this study was to evaluate the success levels of students using the Jigsaw learning method in dental education. Fifty students with similar grade point average (GPA) scores were selected and randomly assigned into one of two groups (n = 25). A pretest concerning 'adhesion and bonding agents in dentistry' was administered to all students before classes. The Jigsaw learning method was applied to the experimental group for 3 weeks. At the same time, the control group was taking classes using the lecture-based learning method. At the end of the 3 weeks, all students were retested (post-test) on the subject. A retention test was administered 3 weeks after the post-test. Mean scores were calculated for each test for the experimental and control groups, and the data obtained were analysed using the independent samples t-test. No significant difference was determined between the Jigsaw and lecture-based methods at pretest or post-test. The highest mean test score was observed in the post-test with the Jigsaw method. In the retention test, success with the Jigsaw method was significantly higher than that with the lecture-based method. The Jigsaw method is as effective as the lecture-based method. © 2015 John Wiley & Sons A/S. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

Benthic macroinvertebrates in lake ecological assessment: A review of methods, intercalibration and practical recommendations.

PubMed

Poikane, Sandra; Johnson, Richard K; Sandin, Leonard; Schartau, Ann Kristin; Solimini, Angelo G; Urbanič, Gorazd; Arbačiauskas, Kęstutis; Aroviita, Jukka; Gabriels, Wim; Miler, Oliver; Pusch, Martin T; Timm, Henn; Böhmer, Jürgen

2016-02-01

Legislation in Europe has been adopted to determine and improve the ecological integrity of inland and coastal waters. Assessment is based on four biotic groups, including benthic macroinvertebrate communities. For lakes, benthic invertebrates have been recognized as one of the most difficult organism groups to use in ecological assessment, and hitherto their use in ecological assessment has been limited. In this study, we review and intercalibrate 13 benthic invertebrate-based tools across Europe. These assessment tools address different human impacts: acidification (3 methods), eutrophication (3 methods), morphological alterations (2 methods), and a combination of the last two (5 methods). For intercalibration, the methods were grouped into four intercalibration groups, according to the habitat sampled and putative pressure. Boundaries of the 'good ecological status' were compared and harmonized using direct or indirect comparison approaches. To enable indirect comparison of the methods, three common pressure indices and two common biological multimetric indices were developed for larger geographical areas. Additionally, we identified the best-performing methods based on their responsiveness to different human impacts. Based on these experiences, we provide practical recommendations for the development and harmonization of benthic invertebrate assessment methods in lakes and similar habitats. Copyright © 2015 The Authors. Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

A prospective study of two methods of closing surgical scalp wounds.

PubMed

Adeolu, A A; Olabanji, J K; Komolafe, E O; Ademuyiwa, A O; Awe, A O; Oladele, A O

2012-02-01

Scalp wounds are commonly closed in two layers, although single layer closure is feasible. This study prospectively compared the two methods of closing scalp wounds. Patients with non-traumatic scalp wounds were allocated to either the single layer closure group or the multilayer closure group. We obtained relevant data from the patients. The primary outcome measures were wound edge related complications, rate of suturing and cost of sutures used for suturing. Thirty-one wounds were in the single layer closure group and 30 were in the multilayer closure group. Age range was 1-80 years. The most common indication for making a scalp incision was subdural hematoma, representing 27.8% of all the indications. The most common surgery was burr hole drainage of subdural hematoma. Polyglactin acid suture was used for the inner layer and polyamide -00- for the final layer in the multilayer closure group. Only the latter suture was used for the single layer closure method. Total cost of suturing per wound in the single layer closure group was N= 100 (0.70USD) and N= 800 (5.30USD) in the multilayer group. The mean rate of closure was 0.39 ± 1.89 mm/sec for single layer closure and 0.23 ± 0.89 mm/sec in multilayer closure. The difference was statistically significant. Wound edge related complication rate was 19.35% in the single layer closure group and 16.67% in the multilayer closure method group. The difference was not statistically significant (z: 0.00, p value: 1.000; Pearson chi-squared (DF = 1)= 0.0075, p = 0.0785). The study shows that closing the scalp in one layer is much faster and more cost effective compared to the multilayer closure method. We did not observe significant difference in the complication rates in the two methods of closure. Long-term outcome, especially cosmetic outcome, remains to be determined in this preliminary study.

Method of preparing nitrogen containing semiconductor material

DOEpatents

Barber, Greg D.; Kurtz, Sarah R.

2004-09-07

A method of combining group III elements with group V elements that incorporates at least nitrogen from a nitrogen halide for use in semiconductors and in particular semiconductors in photovoltaic cells.

Grouping principles in direct competition.

PubMed

Schmidt, Filipp; Schmidt, Thomas

2013-08-09

We (1) introduce a primed flanker task as an objective method to measure perceptual grouping, and (2) use it to directly compare the efficiency of different grouping cues in rapid visuomotor processing. In two experiments, centrally presented primes were succeeded by flanking targets with varying stimulus-onset asynchronies (SOAs). Primes and targets were grouped by the same or by different grouping cues (Exp. 1: brightness/shape, Exp. 2: brightness/size) and were consistent or inconsistent with respect to the required response. Subjective grouping strength was varied to identify its influence on overall response times, error rates, and priming effects, that served as a measure of visual feedforward processing. Our results show that stronger grouping in the targets enhanced overall response times while stronger grouping in the primes enhanced priming effects in motor responses. Also, we obtained differences between rapid visuomotor processing and the subjective impression with cues of brightness and shape but not with cues of brightness and size. Our findings establish the primed flanker task as an objective method to study the speeded visuomotor processing of grouping cues, making it a useful method for the comparative study of feedforward-transmitted base groupings (Roelfsema & Houtkamp, 2011). Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

A simple method to accurately position Port-A-Cath without the aid of intraoperative fluoroscopy or other localizing devices.

PubMed

Horng, Huann-Cheng; Yuan, Chiou-Chung; Chao, Kuan-Chong; Cheng, Ming-Huei; Wang, Peng-Hui

2007-06-01

To evaluate the efficacy and acceptability of the Port-A-Cath (PAC) insertion method with (conventional group as II) and without (modified group as I) the aid of intraoperative fluoroscopy or other localizing devices. A total of 158 women with various kinds of gynecological cancers warranting PAC insertion (n = 86 in group I and n = 72 in group II, respectively) were evaluated. Data for analyses included patient age, main disease, dislocation site, surgical time, complications, and catheter outcome. There was no statistical difference between the two groups in terms of age, main disease, complications, and the experiencing of patent catheters. However, appropriate positioning (100% in group I, and 82% in group II) in the superior vena cava (SVC) showed statistical differences between the two groups (P = 0.001). In addition, the surgical time in group I was statistically shorter than that in group II (P < 0.001). The modified method for inserting the PAC offered the following benefits: including avoiding X-ray exposure for both the operator and the patient, defining the appropriate position in the SVC, and less surgical time. (c) 2007 Wiley-Liss, Inc.

Morphologic Characteristics and Relating Factors to the Need of Technical Modification in Transcatheter Closure of Large Atrial Septal Defect (≥25 mm)

PubMed Central

Park, Su-Jin; Kim, Nam Kyun; Kim, Jung Ok; Yoo, Byung Won; Sul, Jun Hee

2010-01-01

Background and Objectives The rigid coupling between the delivery wire and the right atrial disk has been occasionally encountered during transcatheter closure of atrial septal defect (ASD). Therefore the device frequently makes a perpendicular angle, and the leading edge of left atrial disk slips through the defect and prolapses into right atrium (RA) before it is properly placed in the septum. The purpose of this study is to investigate relating factors to the need of technical modification in transcatheter closure of large ASD and to evaluate relevant morphologic characteristics of atrial septal rim in this situation. Subjects and Methods From July, 2003 to May, 2007, 312 patients underwent transcatheter occlusion of ASD with Amplatzer Septal Occluder® (ASO, AGA medical corporation, Golden Valley, MN, USA) at Yonsei Cardiovascular Center and among them 109 patients had large ASD (≥25 mm) and these patients were enrolled in our study. Patients were divided into two groups according to the deploying methods of the device (Group I: standard method, Group II: modified methods). Assessments of the defects and its surrounding rims were made by echocardiography. Results There were no differences between 2 groups in age, body weight and height except for balloon-stretched diameter (stop-flow technique) and device size. Group II patients with modified methods showed larger balloon-stretched diameter and device size than group I patients with standard method. The mean length of anterosuperior (AS) rim in group II was significantly shorter than group I (p<0.05). As the size of the device used in procedure increased, there was a trend towards increase in the need of modified methods. Conclusion This study shows that AS rim deficiency and the size of ASD may be the relating factors to the need of technical modification in transcatheter closure of ASD. Therefore, when the initial try with standard method is not successful in large ASD with deficient AS rim, we suggest that changing strategy of implantation may save time and efforts and possibly reduce the risk of complications associated with prolonged procedure. PMID:20421960

Increasing postpartum contraception in rural India: evaluation of a community-based behavior change communication intervention.

PubMed

Sebastian, Mary Philip; Khan, Mohammed Ejazduin; Kumari, Kaushal; Idnani, Rukma

2012-06-01

The Indian family planning program, though successful in increasing contraceptive use among couples who have achieved their desired family size, has not been equally successful in educating couples about the use of contraceptive methods for birth spacing. An evaluation was conducted of a behavior change communication intervention integrated into the existing government program to increase knowledge and use of the lactational amenorrhea method and postpartum contraception through counseling by community workers. The intervention, which ran between September 2006 and January 2007, was conducted among 959 pregnant women aged 15-24 who lived in Uttar Pradesh, India. The evaluation used logistic regression analyses to measure differences in knowledge and contraceptive use between baseline and the four- and nine-month postpartum follow-up surveys within and between the intervention and comparison groups. The follow-up data show increases in knowledge of the lactational amenorrhea method and spacing methods and in use of spacing methods. At four months postpartum, women in the intervention group were more likely to know the healthy spacing messages than those in the comparison group (odds ratio, 2.1). At nine months postpartum, women in the intervention group, those with higher knowledge of healthy spacing practices and those with correct knowledge of two or more spacing methods were more likely than others to be using a contraceptive method (1.5-3.5). Use of modern contraceptives for spacing at nine months postpartum was 57% in the intervention group versus 30% in the comparison group. Targeted behavior change communication using community workers is an effective and feasible strategy for promoting postpartum contraception.

Atomization methods for forming magnet powders

DOEpatents

Sellers, Charles H.; Branagan, Daniel J.; Hyde, Timothy A.

2000-01-01

The invention encompasses methods of utilizing atomization, methods for forming magnet powders, methods for forming magnets, and methods for forming bonded magnets. The invention further encompasses methods for simulating atomization conditions. In one aspect, the invention includes an atomization method for forming a magnet powder comprising: a) forming a melt comprising R.sub.2.1 Q.sub.13.9 B.sub.1, Z and X, wherein R is a rare earth element; X is an element selected from the group consisting of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and mixtures thereof; Q is an element selected from the group consisting of Fe, Co and mixtures thereof; and Z is an element selected from the group consisting of Ti, Zr, Hf and mixtures thereof; b) atomizing the melt to form generally spherical alloy powder granules having an internal structure comprising at least one of a substantially amorphous phase or a substantially nanocrystalline phase; and c) heat treating the alloy powder to increase an energy product of the alloy powder; after the heat treatment, the alloy powder comprising an energy product of at least 10 MGOe. In another aspect, the invention includes a magnet comprising R, Q, B, Z and X, wherein R is a rare earth element; X is an element selected from the group consisting of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and mixtures thereof; Q is an element selected from the group consisting of Fe, Co and mixtures thereof; and Z is an element selected from the group consisting of Ti, Zr, Hf and mixtures thereof; the magnet comprising an internal structure comprising R.sub.2.1 Q.sub.13.9 B.sub.1.

Reevaluation of confirmatory tests for human T-cell leukemia virus Type 1 using a luciferase immunoprecipitation system in blood donors.

PubMed

Furuta, Rika A; Ma, Guangyong; Matsuoka, Masao; Otani, Satoshi; Matsukura, Harumichi; Hirayama, Fumiya

2015-04-01

Recently, Japanese Red Cross blood centers have changed the confirmatory test method from an indirect immunofluorescence (IF) technique to Western blotting (WB) for antibodies against human T-cell leukemia virus Type 1 (HTLV-1). In this study, these HTLV-1 tests were assessed using another sensitive method, that is, a luciferase immunoprecipitation system (LIPS), to identify a better confirmatory test for HTLV-1 infection. Plasma samples from 54 qualified donors and 114 HTLV-1 screening-positive donors were tested by LIPS for antibodies against HTLV-1 Gag, Tax, Env, and HBZ recombinant proteins. The donors were categorized into six groups, namely, (Group I) qualified donors, screening positive; (Group II) IF positive; (Group III) IF negative; (Group IV) WB positive; (Group V) WB negative; and (Group VI) screening positive in the previous blood donation, but WB-indeterminate during this study period. In Groups II and IV, all plasma samples tested positive by LIPS for antibodies against Gag and Env proteins. In Group V, all samples tested negative by LIPS, whereas some Group III samples reacted with single or double antigens in LIPS. In Group VI, the LIPS test identified a donor with suspected HTLV-1 infection. The first case of a blood donor with plasma that reacted with HBZ was identified by LIPS. Reevaluation of the current HTLV-1 screening method using the LIPS test showed that both confirmatory tests had similar sensitivity and specificity only when WB indeterminate results were eliminated. LIPS is a promising method for detecting and characterizing HTLV-1 antibodies. © 2014 AABB.

Validity of body composition methods across ethnic population groups.

PubMed

Deurenberg, P; Deurenberg-Yap, M

2003-10-01

Most in vivo body composition methods rely on assumptions that may vary among different population groups as well as within the same population group. The assumptions are based on in vitro body composition (carcass) analyses. The majority of body composition studies were performed on Caucasians and much of the information on validity methods and assumptions were available only for this ethnic group. It is assumed that these assumptions are also valid for other ethnic groups. However, if apparent differences across ethnic groups in body composition 'constants' and body composition 'rules' are not taken into account, biased information on body composition will be the result. This in turn may lead to misclassification of obesity or underweight at an individual as well as a population level. There is a need for more cross-ethnic population studies on body composition. Those studies should be carried out carefully, with adequate methodology and standardization for the obtained information to be valuable.

Comparison of Grouping Methods for Template Extraction from VA Medical Record Text.

PubMed

Redd, Andrew M; Gundlapalli, Adi V; Divita, Guy; Tran, Le-Thuy; Pettey, Warren B P; Samore, Matthew H

2017-01-01

We investigate options for grouping templates for the purpose of template identification and extraction from electronic medical records. We sampled a corpus of 1000 documents originating from Veterans Health Administration (VA) electronic medical record. We grouped documents through hashing and binning tokens (Hashed) as well as by the top 5% of tokens identified as important through the term frequency inverse document frequency metric (TF-IDF). We then compared the approaches on the number of groups with 3 or more and the resulting longest common subsequences (LCSs) common to all documents in the group. We found that the Hashed method had a higher success rate for finding LCSs, and longer LCSs than the TF-IDF method, however the TF-IDF approach found more groups than the Hashed and subsequently more long sequences, however the average length of LCSs were lower. In conclusion, each algorithm appears to have areas where it appears to be superior.

Student performance and their perception of a patient-oriented problem-solving approach with audiovisual aids in teaching pathology: a comparison with traditional lectures

PubMed Central

Singh, Arjun

2011-01-01

Purpose We use different methods to train our undergraduates. The patient-oriented problem-solving (POPS) system is an innovative teaching–learning method that imparts knowledge, enhances intrinsic motivation, promotes self learning, encourages clinical reasoning, and develops long-lasting memory. The aim of this study was to develop POPS in teaching pathology, assess its effectiveness, and assess students’ preference for POPS over didactic lectures. Method One hundred fifty second-year MBBS students were divided into two groups: A and B. Group A was taught by POPS while group B was taught by traditional lectures. Pre- and posttest numerical scores of both groups were evaluated and compared. Students then completed a self-structured feedback questionnaire for analysis. Results The mean (SD) difference in pre- and post-test scores of groups A and B was 15.98 (3.18) and 7.79 (2.52), respectively. The significance of the difference between scores of group A and group B teaching methods was 16.62 (P < 0.0001), as determined by the z-test. Improvement in post-test performance of group A was significantly greater than of group B, demonstrating the effectiveness of POPS. Students responded that POPS facilitates self-learning, helps in understanding topics, creates interest, and is a scientific approach to teaching. Feedback response on POPS was strong in 57.52% of students, moderate in 35.67%, and negative in only 6.81%, showing that 93.19% students favored POPS over simple lectures. Conclusion It is not feasible to enforce the PBL method of teaching throughout the entire curriculum; However, POPS can be incorporated along with audiovisual aids to break the monotony of dialectic lectures and as alternative to PBL. PMID:23745071

Comparing Two Methods of Cryotherapy and Intense Pulsed Light with Triamcinolone Injection in the Treatment of Keloid and Hypertrophic Scars: A Clinical Trial.

PubMed

Meymandi, Simin Shamsi; Moosazadeh, Mahmood; Rezazadeh, Azadeh

2016-10-01

Keloid and hypertrophic scars are abnormal manifestations of wounds that occur following skin injuries in the form of local proliferation of fibroblasts and increased production of collagen. There are several ways to cure these scars; treatment must be selected based on the nature of the scars. In this clinical trial, two methods-cryotherapy and intense pulsed light (IPL)-are compared in the treatment of scars, and the results are presented in terms of improvement level, complications, and patient satisfaction. This clinical trial was conducted in southeastern Iran. The intervention group included scars that underwent the IPL method and the control group, which consisted of scars that were subjected to cryotherapy. In both methods, intralesional corticosteroid injection was administered. To select samples, the easy sampling method was used. To determine the expected outcomes, the criteria determined in the Vancouver scar scale were used. Data were analyzed using the Mix Model, chi-square test, and t test. In this study, 166 samples of keloid and hypertrophic scars were cured using two methods (Cryotherapy, 83; IPL, 83). The recovery rate was higher in the Cryotherapy group than in the IPL group ( p  > 0.05), and the incidence of complications was also higher in the Cryotherapy group (14.5% vs. 12%). Moreover, patients were more satisfied, although not significantly so, with the cryotherapy method ( p  = 0.09). Both methods were highly successful in curing scars; participants were totally satisfied with both methods.

Choice of probe tone and classification of trace patterns in tympanometry undertaken in early infancy.

PubMed

Baldwin, Margaret

2006-07-01

Tympanometry using 226 Hz, 678 Hz, and 1000 Hz probe tones was undertaken on two groups of babies, age 2 to 21 weeks. A group of 104 babies with normal ABR thresholds or TEOAEs were compared with a second group of 107 babies who had evidence of temporary conductive hearing loss based on the findings of a test battery, which included air and bone conduction ABR. The tympanograms were classified by Method 1, a simple visual classification system, and Method 2, adapted from a system described by Marchant et al (1986). The majority of tympanograms recorded in both groups using the 226 Hz probe tone were 'normal' Type A, with no significant difference in middle ear pressure or static admittance. However, both classification methods demonstrated significant differences between the two groups using the higher frequency probe tones, with Method 2 being the preferred system of classification. Tympanometry using 226 Hz is invalid below 21 weeks and 1000 Hz is the frequency of choice.

Fracture of mandibular condyle—to open or not to open: an attempt to settle the controversy.

PubMed

Rastogi, Sanjay; Sharma, Siddharth; Kumar, Sanjeev; Reddy, Mahendra P; Niranjanaprasad Indra, B

2015-06-01

To compare the outcome of the open method versus the closed method of treatment for mandibular condylar fracture. Fifty patients with fractures of the mandibular condylar processes were evaluated. All fractures were displaced, with a degree of deviation between the condylar fragment and the ascending ramus of 10 to 45 degrees (mediolaterally). The patients were randomly divided into two groups, with group 1 receiving open reduction internal fixation and group 2 receiving closed reduction. The follow-up was done over the period of 6 months. Statistically significant improvement was seen in group 1 compared with group 2 in terms of anatomic reduction of the condyle, shortening of the ascending ramus, occlusal status, and deviation on mouth opening. A statistically significant difference was seen in the patients treated with the open method, with improved temporomandibular joint functions and fewer short- and long-term complications compared with those treated with the closed method. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Influence of different methods of cleaning custom bases on the shear bond strength of indirectly bonded brackets.

PubMed

Kanashiro, Lylian K; Robles-Ruíz, Julissa J; Ciamponi, Ana L; Medeiros, Igor S; Tortamano, André; Paiva, João B

2014-09-01

To determine the influence on shear bond strength and bond failure location of four cleaning methods for orthodontic bracket custom bases. In vitro laboratory study. Eighty bovine teeth were divided at random into four groups. The bracket custom bases were cleaned with different methods: group 1 with methyl methacrylate monomer, group 2 with acetone, group 3 with 50 μm aluminium oxide particles and group 4 with detergent. The brackets were indirectly bonded onto the teeth with the Sondhi Rapid-Set self-curing adhesive. The maximum required shear bond strength to debond the brackets was recorded. The bond failure location was evaluated using the Adhesive Remnant Index (ARI). One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) analysis (P<0·05) was used to detect significant differences in the bond strength. Kaplan-Meier survival plots and log-rank test were done to compare the survival distribution between the groups. The Kruskal-Wallis test (P<0·05) was used to evaluate the differences in the ARI scores. The mean bond strengths in groups 1, 2, 3 and 4 were 23·7±5·0, 25·3±5·1, 25·6±3·7 and 25·7±4·2 MPa, respectively. There were no significant statistically differences in either the bond strength or the ARI score between the groups. The four custom base-cleaning methods presented the same efficiencies on indirect bond of the brackets; thus, practitioners can choose the method that works best for them. © 2014 British Orthodontic Society.

[A study on training method for increasing adaptability to blood redistribution in human].

PubMed

Wu, Bin; You, Guang-xing; Wu, Ping; Xue, Yue-ying; Liu, Xing-hua; Su, Shuang-ning

2003-01-01

To verify validity of the increase in adaptability of blood redistribution in human body with repeated body position change training and to find preferable training method for increasing astronaut's adaptability of blood redistribution. Twelve subjects were randomly divided into group A and B. Six subjects in each group were trained with mode A and B repeated position change (9 times in 11 d) respectively. Their head-down tilt (HDT -30 degrees/30 min) tolerance and orthostatic tolerance were determined before and after training to verify training effects. 1) Two kinds of repeated body position change training modes increased all subjects' HDT tolerance. Compared with pre-training, during HDT test subjects' symptom scores in group B were significantly lower than those in group A (P<0.05) and after training decreasing magnitude of heart rate in group B increased significantly (P<0.01). Then mode B to be preferable training method in increasing HDT tolerance was suggested. 2) Two kinds of training modes improved all subjects' orthostatic tolerance. Compared with pre-training, during orthostatic tolerance test increasing magnitude of mean arterial blood pressure in group B increased significantly (P<0.05) and a trend of increasing magnitude of heart rate in group B was appeared smaller than in group A (P<0.10). Mode B to be preferable training method in increasing orthostatic tolerance was suggested too. Repeated body position change training could increase adaptability to blood redistribution in human body. Mode B was preferable training method and would be hopeful to be used in astronaut training.

Biases and Power for Groups Comparison on Subjective Health Measurements

PubMed Central

Hamel, Jean-François; Hardouin, Jean-Benoit; Le Neel, Tanguy; Kubis, Gildas; Roquelaure, Yves; Sébille, Véronique

2012-01-01

Subjective health measurements are increasingly used in clinical research, particularly for patient groups comparisons. Two main types of analytical strategies can be used for such data: so-called classical test theory (CTT), relying on observed scores and models coming from Item Response Theory (IRT) relying on a response model relating the items responses to a latent parameter, often called latent trait. Whether IRT or CTT would be the most appropriate method to compare two independent groups of patients on a patient reported outcomes measurement remains unknown and was investigated using simulations. For CTT-based analyses, groups comparison was performed using t-test on the scores. For IRT-based analyses, several methods were compared, according to whether the Rasch model was considered with random effects or with fixed effects, and the group effect was included as a covariate or not. Individual latent traits values were estimated using either a deterministic method or by stochastic approaches. Latent traits were then compared with a t-test. Finally, a two-steps method was performed to compare the latent trait distributions, and a Wald test was performed to test the group effect in the Rasch model including group covariates. The only unbiased IRT-based method was the group covariate Wald’s test, performed on the random effects Rasch model. This model displayed the highest observed power, which was similar to the power using the score t-test. These results need to be extended to the case frequently encountered in practice where data are missing and possibly informative. PMID:23115620

A case report: using SNOMED CT for grouping Adverse Drug Reactions Terms

PubMed Central

Alecu, Iulian; Bousquet, Cedric; Jaulent, Marie-Christine

2008-01-01

Background WHO-ART and MedDRA are medical terminologies used for the coding of adverse drug reactions in pharmacovigilance databases. MedDRA proposes 13 Special Search Categories (SSC) grouping terms associated to specific medical conditions. For instance, the SSC "Haemorrhage" includes 346 MedDRA terms among which 55 are also WHO-ART terms. WHO-ART itself does not provide such groupings. Our main contention is the possibility of classifying WHO-ART terms in semantic categories by using knowledge extracted from SNOMED CT. A previous paper presents the way WHO-ART term definitions have been automatically generated in a description logics formalism by using their corresponding SNOMED CT synonyms. Based on synonymy and relative position of WHO-ART terms in SNOMED CT, specialization or generalization relationships could be inferred. This strategy is successful for grouping the WHO-ART terms present in most MedDRA SSCs. However the strategy failed when SSC were organized on other basis than taxonomy. Methods We propose a new method that improves the previous WHO-ART structure by integrating the associative relationships included in SNOMED CT. Results The new method improves the groupings. For example, none of the 55 WHO-ART terms in the Haemorrhage SSC were matched using the previous method. With the new method, we improve the groupings and obtain 87% coverage of the Haemorrhage SSC. Conclusion SNOMED CT's terminological structure can be used to perform automated groupings in WHO-ART. This work proves that groupings already present in the MedDRA SSCs (e.g. the haemorrhage SSC) may be retrieved using classification in SNOMED CT. PMID:19007441

A comparison of the cooperative learning and traditional learning methods in theory classes on nursing students' communication skill with patients at clinical settings.

PubMed

Baghcheghi, Nayereh; Koohestani, Hamid Reza; Rezaei, Koresh

2011-11-01

The purpose of this study was to compare the effect of traditional learning and cooperative learning methods on nursing students' communication skill with patients. This was an experimental study in which 34 nursing students in their 2nd semester of program participated. They were divided randomly into two groups, a control group who were taught their medical/surgical nursing course by traditional learning method and an experimental group, who were taught the same material using cooperative learning method. Before and after the teaching intervention, the students' communication skills with patients at clinical settings were examined. The results showed that no significant difference between the two groups in students' communication skills scores before the teaching intervention, but did show a significant difference between the two groups in the interaction skills and problem follow up sub-scales scores after the teaching intervention. This study provides evidence that cooperative learning is an effective method for improving and increasing communication skills of nursing students especially in interactive skills and follow up the problems sub-scale, thereby it is recommended to increase nursing students' participation in arguments by applying active teaching methods which can provide the opportunity for increased communication skills. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

A randomized controlled trial of the Arctic Sun Temperature Management System versus conventional methods for preventing hypothermia during off-pump cardiac surgery.

PubMed

Grocott, Hilary P; Mathew, Joseph P; Carver, Elizabeth H; Phillips-Bute, Barbara; Landolfo, Kevin P; Newman, Mark F

2004-02-01

In this trial we compared the hypothermia avoidance abilities of the Arctic Sun Temperature Management System (a servo-regulated system that circulates temperature-controlled water through unique energy transfer pads adherent to the patient's body) with conventional temperature control methods. Patients undergoing off-pump coronary artery bypass (OPCAB) surgery were randomized to either the Arctic Sun System alone (AS group) or conventional methods (control group; increased room temperature, heated IV fluids, convective forced air warming system) for the prevention of hypothermia (defined by a temperature <36 degrees C). The AS group had nasopharyngeal temperature servo-regulated to a target of 36.8 degrees C. Temperature was recorded throughout the operative period and comparisons were made between groups for both the time and area under the curve (AUC) for a temperature <36 degrees C (AUC<36 degrees C). Twenty-nine patients (AS group = 14, control group = 15) were studied. The AS group had significantly less hypothermia than the control group, both for duration of time <36 degrees C (2.5 [0-22] min, median [interquartile range] AS group versus 118 [49-192] min, control group; P = 0.0008) as well as for AUC<36 degrees C (0.3 [0-2.2] degrees C x min, AS group versus 17.1 [3.6-173.4] degrees C x min, control group; P = 0.002). The Arctic Sun Temperature Management System significantly reduced intraoperative hypothermia during OPCAB surgery. Importantly, this was achieved in the absence of any other temperature modulating techniques, including the use of IV fluid warming or increases in the ambient operating room temperature. The Arctic Sun Temperature Management System was more effective than conventional methods in preventing hypothermia during off-pump coronary artery bypass graft surgery.

[An oral sensitization food allergy model in Brown-Norway rats].

PubMed

Huang, Juan; Zhong, Yan; Cai, Wei; Zhang, Hongbo

2009-01-01

To develop an oral-sensitized animal model of food allergy using Brown-Norway (BN) rats and evaluate the sensitivity of ELISA and passive cutaneous anaphylaxis (PCA) in detecting ovalbumin-specific IgE antibody (OVA-IgE) level in sensitized animals. Sixteen 3-week old female BN rats were randomly divided into 3 groups: negative control group orally gavaged with saline, positive control group sensitized by intraperitoneal injection of 0. lmg/d OVA, and, study group sensitized by daily gavage of 1 mg/d ovalbumin (OVA). OVA-IgE was analyzed by ELISA and PCA method at week 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9. At week 13, OVA-IgE level was analyzed after orally challenged by 1.0 ml of 100 mg/ml OVA. The ELISA result showed that the OVA-IgE level in study group was significantly increased at week 6, 7 and week 8 compared with negative control group (P < 0.05), and the highest level was found at week 6. There was no significant difference for the level of OVA-IgE between study group and positive control group. The sensitization rate in study group was 60%, 80% and 80% at week 6, 7 and 8 respectively, which was similar to positive control group. All PCA results in study group were negative, while in positive control group it was positive. Oral sensitization could be used as a suitable method to establish an animal model of food allergy, which is more comparable with the natural sensitization process in food allergy patients. ELISA method is more sensitive in detecting OVA-IgE level in oral sensitized animal model than PCA method.

Reactive codoping of GaAlInP compound semiconductors

DOEpatents

Hanna, Mark Cooper [Boulder, CO; Reedy, Robert [Golden, CO

2008-02-12

A GaAlInP compound semiconductor and a method of producing a GaAlInP compound semiconductor are provided. The apparatus and method comprises a GaAs crystal substrate in a metal organic vapor deposition reactor. Al, Ga, In vapors are prepared by thermally decomposing organometallic compounds. P vapors are prepared by thermally decomposing phospine gas, group II vapors are prepared by thermally decomposing an organometallic group IIA or IIB compound. Group VIB vapors are prepared by thermally decomposing a gaseous compound of group VIB. The Al, Ga, In, P, group II, and group VIB vapors grow a GaAlInP crystal doped with group IIA or IIB and group VIB elements on the substrate wherein the group IIA or IIB and a group VIB vapors produced a codoped GaAlInP compound semiconductor with a group IIA or IIB element serving as a p-type dopant having low group II atomic diffusion.

Sarma-based key-group method for rock slope reliability analyses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yarahmadi Bafghi, A. R.; Verdel, T.

2005-08-01

The methods used in conducting static stability analyses have remained pertinent to this day for reasons of both simplicity and speed of execution. The most well-known of these methods for purposes of stability analysis of fractured rock masses is the key-block method (KBM).This paper proposes an extension to the KBM, called the key-group method (KGM), which combines not only individual key-blocks but also groups of collapsable blocks into an iterative and progressive analysis of the stability of discontinuous rock slopes. To take intra-group forces into account, the Sarma method has been implemented within the KGM in order to generate a Sarma-based KGM, abbreviated SKGM. We will discuss herein the hypothesis behind this new method, details regarding its implementation, and validation through comparison with results obtained from the distinct element method.Furthermore, as an alternative to deterministic methods, reliability analyses or probabilistic analyses have been proposed to take account of the uncertainty in analytical parameters and models. The FOSM and ASM probabilistic methods could be implemented within the KGM and SKGM framework in order to take account of the uncertainty due to physical and mechanical data (density, cohesion and angle of friction). We will then show how such reliability analyses can be introduced into SKGM to give rise to the probabilistic SKGM (PSKGM) and how it can be used for rock slope reliability analyses. Copyright

Method for Improving Mg Doping During Group-III Nitride MOCVD

DOEpatents

Creighton, J. Randall; Wang, George T.

2008-11-11

A method for improving Mg doping of Group III-N materials grown by MOCVD preventing condensation in the gas phase or on reactor surfaces of adducts of magnesocene and ammonia by suitably heating reactor surfaces between the location of mixing of the magnesocene and ammonia reactants and the Group III-nitride surface whereon growth is to occur.

The Self-Formation of Collaborative Groups in a Problem Based Learning Environment

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Raiyn, Jamal; Tilchin, Oleg

2016-01-01

The aim of this paper is to present "the three steps method" of the self-formation of collaborative groups in a problem-based learning environment. The self-formation of collaborative groups is based on sharing of accountability among students for solving instructional problems. The steps of the method are planning collaborative problem…

Charting the Learning Journey of a Group of Adults Returning to Education

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Mooney, Des

2011-01-01

Using a qualitative case study method the researcher studied a group of adult returning students completing a childcare course. Methods used included focus groups, a questionnaire and observations. Using a holistic analysis approach (Yin 2003) of the case the researcher then focused on a number of key issues. From this analysis the themes of…

Selective extraction of metal ions with polymeric extractants by ion exchange/redox

DOEpatents

Alexandratos, Spiro D.

1987-01-01

The specification discloses a method for the extraction of metal ions having a reduction potential of above about +0.3 from an aqueous solution. The method includes contacting the aqueous solution with a polymeric extractant having primary phosphinic acid groups, secondary phosphine oxide groups, or both phosphinic acid and phosphine oxide groups.

Effects of the School-to-Work Group Method among Young People

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Koivisto, Petri; Vuori, Jukka; Nykyri, Elina

2007-01-01

This study examines effects of the School-to-Work Group Method among 17-25-year-old young people facing the transition from vocational college to work. After baseline measurement (N=416) participants were randomized into experimental and control groups. The results of ten month follow-up (N=334) showed notable beneficial impacts of the group…

Content-related interactions and methods of reasoning within self-initiated organic chemistry study groups

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Christian, Karen Jeanne

2011-12-01

Students often use study groups to prepare for class or exams; yet to date, we know very little about how these groups actually function. This study looked at the ways in which undergraduate organic chemistry students prepared for exams through self-initiated study groups. We sought to characterize the methods of social regulation, levels of content processing, and types of reasoning processes used by students within their groups. Our analysis showed that groups engaged in predominantly three types of interactions when discussing chemistry content: co-construction, teaching, and tutoring. Although each group engaged in each of these types of interactions at some point, their prevalence varied between groups and group members. Our analysis suggests that the types of interactions that were most common depended on the relative content knowledge of the group members as well as on the difficulty of the tasks in which they were engaged. Additionally, we were interested in characterizing the reasoning methods used by students within their study groups. We found that students used a combination of three content-relevant methods of reasoning: model-based reasoning, case-based reasoning, or rule-based reasoning, in conjunction with one chemically-irrelevant method of reasoning: symbol-based reasoning. The most common way for groups to reason was to use rules, whereas the least common way was for students to work from a model. In general, student reasoning correlated strongly to the subject matter to which students were paying attention, and was only weakly related to student interactions. Overall, results from this study may help instructors to construct appropriate tasks to guide what and how students study outside of the classroom. We found that students had a decidedly strategic approach in their study groups, relying heavily on material provided by their instructors, and using the reasoning strategies that resulted in the lowest levels of content processing. We suggest that instructors create more opportunities for students to explore model-based reasoning, and to create opportunities for students to be able to co-construct in a collaborative manner within the context of their organic chemistry course.

The Use of the Delphi and Other Consensus Group Methods in Medical Education Research: A Review.

PubMed

Humphrey-Murto, Susan; Varpio, Lara; Wood, Timothy J; Gonsalves, Carol; Ufholz, Lee-Anne; Mascioli, Kelly; Wang, Carol; Foth, Thomas

2017-10-01

Consensus group methods, such as the Delphi method and nominal group technique (NGT), are used to synthesize expert opinions when evidence is lacking. Despite their extensive use, these methods are inconsistently applied. Their use in medical education research has not been well studied. The authors set out to describe the use of consensus methods in medical education research and to assess the reporting quality of these methods and results. Using scoping review methods, the authors searched the Medline, Embase, PsycInfo, PubMed, Scopus, and ERIC databases for 2009-2016. Full-text articles that focused on medical education and the keywords Delphi, RAND, NGT, or other consensus group methods were included. A standardized extraction form was used to collect article demographic data and features reflecting methodological rigor. Of the articles reviewed, 257 met the inclusion criteria. The Modified Delphi (105/257; 40.8%), Delphi (91/257; 35.4%), and NGT (23/257; 8.9%) methods were most often used. The most common study purpose was curriculum development or reform (68/257; 26.5%), assessment tool development (55/257; 21.4%), and defining competencies (43/257; 16.7%). The reporting quality varied, with 70.0% (180/257) of articles reporting a literature review, 27.2% (70/257) reporting what background information was provided to participants, 66.1% (170/257) describing the number of participants, 40.1% (103/257) reporting if private decisions were collected, 37.7% (97/257) reporting if formal feedback of group ratings was shared, and 43.2% (111/257) defining consensus a priori. Consensus methods are poorly standardized and inconsistently used in medical education research. Improved criteria for reporting are needed.

Mechanical and Pharmacologic Methods of Labor Induction: A Randomized Controlled Trial

PubMed Central

Levine, Lisa D.; Downes, Katheryne L.; Elovitz, Michal A.; Parry, Samuel; Sammel, Mary D.; Srinivas, Sindhu K

2016-01-01

Objective To evaluate the effectiveness of four commonly used induction methods. Methods This randomized trial compared four induction methods: Misoprostol alone, Foley alone, Misoprostol–cervical Foley concurrently, and Foley–oxytocin concurrently,. Women undergoing labor induction with full term (≥37 weeks), singleton, vertex presenting gestations, with no contraindication to vaginal delivery, intact membranes, Bishop score ≤6, and cervical dilation ≤2cm were included. Women were enrolled only once during the study period. Our primary outcome was time to delivery. Neither patients nor providers were blinded to assigned treatment group since examinations are required for placement of all methods; however, research personnel were blinded during data abstraction. A sample size of 123 per group (N=492) was planned to compare the four groups pairwise (P≤.008), with a 4-hour reduction in delivery time considered clinically meaningful. Results From May 2013 through June 2015, 997 women were screened and 491 were randomized and analyzed. Demographic and clinical characteristics were similar among the four treatment groups. When comparing all induction method groups, combination methods achieved a faster median time to delivery than single-agent methods, (misoprostol–Foley: 13.1 hours, Foley–oxytocin: 14.5 hours, misoprostol: 17.6 hours, Foley: 17.7 hours, p<0.001). When censored for cesarean and adjusting for parity, women who received misoprostol–Foley delivered almost twice as likely to deliver before women who received misoprostol alone (hazard ratio (HR, 95% CI) 1.92 [1.42–2.59]) or Foley alone (HR, 95%CI: 1.87 [1.39–2.52]), whereas Foley–oxytocin was not statistically different from single-agent methods. Conclusion After censoring for cesarean and adjusting for parity, misoprostol–cervical Foley resulted in twice the chance of delivering before either single-agent method. PMID:27824758

Performance Analysis of Entropy Methods on K Means in Clustering Process

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dicky Syahputra Lubis, Mhd.; Mawengkang, Herman; Suwilo, Saib

2017-12-01

K Means is a non-hierarchical data clustering method that attempts to partition existing data into one or more clusters / groups. This method partitions the data into clusters / groups so that data that have the same characteristics are grouped into the same cluster and data that have different characteristics are grouped into other groups.The purpose of this data clustering is to minimize the objective function set in the clustering process, which generally attempts to minimize variation within a cluster and maximize the variation between clusters. However, the main disadvantage of this method is that the number k is often not known before. Furthermore, a randomly chosen starting point may cause two points to approach the distance to be determined as two centroids. Therefore, for the determination of the starting point in K Means used entropy method where this method is a method that can be used to determine a weight and take a decision from a set of alternatives. Entropy is able to investigate the harmony in discrimination among a multitude of data sets. Using Entropy criteria with the highest value variations will get the highest weight. Given this entropy method can help K Means work process in determining the starting point which is usually determined at random. Thus the process of clustering on K Means can be more quickly known by helping the entropy method where the iteration process is faster than the K Means Standard process. Where the postoperative patient dataset of the UCI Repository Machine Learning used and using only 12 data as an example of its calculations is obtained by entropy method only with 2 times iteration can get the desired end result.

Comparison of Two Anesthetic Methods for Intravitreal Ozurdex Injection

PubMed Central

Karabaş, V. Levent; Özkan, Berna; Koçer, Çiğdem Akdağ; Altıntaş, Özgül; Pirhan, Dilara; Yüksel, Nurşen

2015-01-01

Purpose. To determine whether subconjunctival lidocaine injection maintains additional anesthetic effect during intravitreal Ozurdex injection. Methods. 63 patients who were diagnosed as central or branch retinal vein occlusion and planned to receive Ozurdex injection for macular edema were prospectively included in the study. The patients were randomized into one of the two anesthetic groups. The first group received topical proparacaine drop and lidocaine applied pledget. The second group received subconjunctival lidocaine injection in addition to the anesthetics in group 1. Results. Mean pain score was 1.90 ± 2.39 in group 1 and 1.71 ± 2.09 in group 2 (p = 0.746). Mean subconjunctival hemorrhage grade was 1.67 ± 0.17 in group 1 and 0.90 ± 0.14 in group 2 (p = 0.001). There was no relationship between the amount of subconjunctival hemorrhage and pain score of the patients. Conclusions. There was no difference in pain scores between the two anesthetic methods. The addition of subconjunctival lidocaine injection offered no advantage in pain relief compared to lidocaine-applied pledgets. PMID:25949822

Comparison of two anesthetic methods for intravitreal ozurdex injection.

PubMed

Karabaş, V Levent; Özkan, Berna; Koçer, Çiğdem Akdağ; Altıntaş, Özgül; Pirhan, Dilara; Yüksel, Nurşen

2015-01-01

Purpose. To determine whether subconjunctival lidocaine injection maintains additional anesthetic effect during intravitreal Ozurdex injection. Methods. 63 patients who were diagnosed as central or branch retinal vein occlusion and planned to receive Ozurdex injection for macular edema were prospectively included in the study. The patients were randomized into one of the two anesthetic groups. The first group received topical proparacaine drop and lidocaine applied pledget. The second group received subconjunctival lidocaine injection in addition to the anesthetics in group 1. Results. Mean pain score was 1.90 ± 2.39 in group 1 and 1.71 ± 2.09 in group 2 (p = 0.746). Mean subconjunctival hemorrhage grade was 1.67 ± 0.17 in group 1 and 0.90 ± 0.14 in group 2 (p = 0.001). There was no relationship between the amount of subconjunctival hemorrhage and pain score of the patients. Conclusions. There was no difference in pain scores between the two anesthetic methods. The addition of subconjunctival lidocaine injection offered no advantage in pain relief compared to lidocaine-applied pledgets.

On physical property tensors invariant under line groups.

PubMed

Litvin, Daniel B

2014-03-01

The form of physical property tensors of a quasi-one-dimensional material such as a nanotube or a polymer can be determined from the point group of its symmetry group, one of an infinite number of line groups. Such forms are calculated using a method based on the use of trigonometric summations. With this method, it is shown that materials invariant under infinite subsets of line groups have physical property tensors of the same form. For line group types of a family of line groups characterized by an index n and a physical property tensor of rank m, the form of the tensor for all line group types indexed with n > m is the same, leaving only a finite number of tensor forms to be determined.

A pilot study of a heuristic algorithm for novel template identification from VA electronic medical record text.

PubMed

Redd, Andrew M; Gundlapalli, Adi V; Divita, Guy; Carter, Marjorie E; Tran, Le-Thuy; Samore, Matthew H

2017-07-01

Templates in text notes pose challenges for automated information extraction algorithms. We propose a method that identifies novel templates in plain text medical notes. The identification can then be used to either include or exclude templates when processing notes for information extraction. The two-module method is based on the framework of information foraging and addresses the hypothesis that documents containing templates and the templates within those documents can be identified by common features. The first module takes documents from the corpus and groups those with common templates. This is accomplished through a binned word count hierarchical clustering algorithm. The second module extracts the templates. It uses the groupings and performs a longest common subsequence (LCS) algorithm to obtain the constituent parts of the templates. The method was developed and tested on a random document corpus of 750 notes derived from a large database of US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) electronic medical notes. The grouping module, using hierarchical clustering, identified 23 groups with 3 documents or more, consisting of 120 documents from the 750 documents in our test corpus. Of these, 18 groups had at least one common template that was present in all documents in the group for a positive predictive value of 78%. The LCS extraction module performed with 100% positive predictive value, 94% sensitivity, and 83% negative predictive value. The human review determined that in 4 groups the template covered the entire document, with the remaining 14 groups containing a common section template. Among documents with templates, the number of templates per document ranged from 1 to 14. The mean and median number of templates per group was 5.9 and 5, respectively. The grouping method was successful in finding like documents containing templates. Of the groups of documents containing templates, the LCS module was successful in deciphering text belonging to the template and text that was extraneous. Major obstacles to improved performance included documents composed of multiple templates, templates that included other templates embedded within them, and variants of templates. We demonstrate proof of concept of the grouping and extraction method of identifying templates in electronic medical records in this pilot study and propose methods to improve performance and scaling up. Published by Elsevier Inc.

Experiential Learning Methods, Simulation Complexity and Their Effects on Different Target Groups

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kluge, Annette

2007-01-01

This article empirically supports the thesis that there is no clear and unequivocal argument in favor of simulations and experiential learning. Instead the effectiveness of simulation-based learning methods depends strongly on the target group's characteristics. Two methods of supporting experiential learning are compared in two different complex…

The Analysis of Discourse as Evaluation of Productive Thinking.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Tripp, D. H.

This paper provides a thorough description of a method of analyzing and scoring group discussions from a particular point of view. After discussing shortcomings of traditional methods of reporting data from group discussions and problems inherent in the use of paper-and-pencil creativity tests, the author describes a method which was developed as…

Analysis of the Interaction of Student Characteristics with Method in Micro-Teaching.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Chavers, Katherine; And Others

A study examined the comparative effects on microteaching performance of (1) eight different methods of teacher training and (2) the interaction of method with student characteristics. Subjects, 71 enrollees in an educational psychology course, were randomly assigned to eight treatment groups (including one control group). Treatments consisted of…

Changing Patterns in Methods of Suicide by Race and Sex.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

McIntosh, John L.; Santos, John F.

1982-01-01

Examined annual official national statistics for specific methods of suicide by sex and racial group from 1923 to 1978. Shifts were found in suicide methods employed, most notably for women and Asian Americans. Generally, firearm use increased among nearly all ethnic/racial-sex groups while the use of poisons declined. (JAC)

Wispy Prosthesis: A Novel Method in Denture Weight Reduction

PubMed Central

Anne, Gopinadh; Budeti, Sreedevi; Anche, Sampath Kumar; Zakkula, Srujana; Atla, Jyothi; Jyothula, Ravi Rakesh Dev; Peddinti, Vijaya Kumar

2016-01-01

Introduction Stability and retention of the denture becomes at stake with the increase in weight of the denture prosthesis. As a consequence, different materials and methods have been introduced to overcome these issues but denture weight reduction still remains to be a cumbersome and strenuous procedure. Aim To introduce a novel technique for the fabrication of denture prosthesis where in the weight of the denture will not affect the retention and stability of the denture. Materials and Methods Four groups with a sample size of 10 each, were included where in one group was control and other three were study groups. The control group samples were made completely solid and the study group samples were packed with materials like bean balls, cellulose balls and polyacrylic fibers. The weight of all the samples of each study group was measured and compared with the control group. The observations were analyzed statistically by paired t-test. Results It was observed that the bean balls group produced a weight reduction of 31.3%, cellulose balls group 27.4% and polyacrylic fibers group 24.5% when compared to that of the control group. Conclusion This novel technique will eliminate the problems that were associated in creating hollowness and at the same time will reduce the weight of the prosthesis and among all the study groups, bean balls group were found to reduce maximum weight of the prosthesis. PMID:27190947

[Comparative study of two treatment methods for acute periodontal abscess].

PubMed

Jin, Dong-mei; Wang, Wei-qian

2012-10-01

The aim of this short-term study was to compare the clinical efficacy of 2 different methods to treat acute periodontal abscesses. After patient selection, 100 cases of acute periodontal abscess were randomly divided into two groups. The experimental group was treated by supra- and subgingival scaling, while the control group was treated by incision and drainage. A clinical examination was carried out to record the following variables: subjective clinical variables including pain, edema, redness and swelling; objective clinical variables including gingival index(GI), bleeding index(BI), probing depth(PD),suppuration, lymphadenopathy and tooth mobility. The data was analyzed with SPSS 19.0 software package. RESULES: Subjective clinical variables demonstrated statistically significant improvements with both methods from the first day after treatment and lasted for at least 30 days(P<0.05), but the results of experimental group showed much better than the control group 1 day and 7 days after treatment. 30 days after treatment, there was no significant difference between the two groups in pain and swelling improvement(P>0.05), but the experimental group showed more improvement in edema and redness than the control group(P<0.05).On improving objective variables, the experimental group showed significant improvement in GI,BI,PD and suppuration 1 day after treatment(P<0.05).After 7 days, all objective clinical variables in the experimental group improved significantly(P<0.05) in the control group, there were significant improvements in GI,suppuration,lymphadenopathy and tooth mobility(P<0.05) but the four variables of the experimental group showed more improvement than the control group(P<0.05).After 30 days, all objective clinical variables improved significantly in both groups as compared to baseline, but in the experimental group, improvements were more significant regarding to GI,BI,PD,suppuration and tooth mobility(P<0.05). The method of supra- and subgingival scaling was rapid and effective in treatment of acute periodontal abscesses.

Hierarchical semi-numeric method for pairwise fuzzy group decision making.

PubMed

Marimin, M; Umano, M; Hatono, I; Tamura, H

2002-01-01

Gradual improvements to a single-level semi-numeric method, i.e., linguistic labels preference representation by fuzzy sets computation for pairwise fuzzy group decision making are summarized. The method is extended to solve multiple criteria hierarchical structure pairwise fuzzy group decision-making problems. The problems are hierarchically structured into focus, criteria, and alternatives. Decision makers express their evaluations of criteria and alternatives based on each criterion by using linguistic labels. The labels are converted into and processed in triangular fuzzy numbers (TFNs). Evaluations of criteria yield relative criteria weights. Evaluations of the alternatives, based on each criterion, yield a degree of preference for each alternative or a degree of satisfaction for each preference value. By using a neat ordered weighted average (OWA) or a fuzzy weighted average operator, solutions obtained based on each criterion are aggregated into final solutions. The hierarchical semi-numeric method is suitable for solving a larger and more complex pairwise fuzzy group decision-making problem. The proposed method has been verified and applied to solve some real cases and is compared to Saaty's (1996) analytic hierarchy process (AHP) method.

The effect of explanations on mathematical reasoning tasks

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Norqvist, Mathias

2018-01-01

Studies in mathematics education often point to the necessity for students to engage in more cognitively demanding activities than just solving tasks by applying given solution methods. Previous studies have shown that students that engage in creative mathematically founded reasoning to construct a solution method, perform significantly better in follow up tests than students that are given a solution method and engage in algorithmic reasoning. However, teachers and textbooks, at least occasionally, provide explanations together with an algorithmic method, and this could possibly be more efficient than creative reasoning. In this study, three matched groups practiced with either creative, algorithmic, or explained algorithmic tasks. The main finding was that students that practiced with creative tasks did, outperform the students that practiced with explained algorithmic tasks in a post-test, despite a much lower practice score. The two groups that got a solution method presented, performed similarly in both practice and post-test, even though one group got an explanation to the given solution method. Additionally, there were some differences between the groups in which variables predicted the post-test score.

Influence of inner circular sealing area impression method on the retention of complete dentures.

PubMed

Wang, Cun-Wei; Shao, Qi; Sun, Hui-Qiang; Mao, Meng-Yun; Zhang, Xin-Wei; Gong, Qi; Xiao, Guo-Ning

2015-01-01

The aims of the present study were to describe an impression method of "inner circular sealing area" and to evaluate the effect of the method on retention, aesthetics and comfort of complete dentures, which lack labial base for patients with maxillary protrusions. Three patients were subjected to the experiment, and two sets of complete maxillary dentures were made for each patient; the first set was made without labial base via an inner circular sealing area method (experimental group) and the second had an intact base that was made with conventional methods (control group). Retention force tests were implemented with a tensile strength assessment device to assess the retention and a visual analogue scale (VAS) was used to evaluate the comfort between the two groups. Results showed larger retention force, better aesthetics and more comfort in the experimental group. The improved two-step impression method formed an inner circular sealing area that prevented damage to the peripheral border seal effect of the denture caused by incomplete bases and obtained better denture retention.

Use of contraceptive methods and contraceptive recommendations among health care providers actively involved in contraceptive counseling -- results of an international survey in 10 countries.

PubMed

Gemzell-Danielsson, Kristina; Cho, SiHyun; Inki, Pirjo; Mansour, Diana; Reid, Robert; Bahamondes, Luis

2012-12-01

This study was conducted to determine the personal choices of contraceptive methods among an international sample of contraception health care professionals (HCPs) and to determine if these choices are concordant with their recommendations to women. In an anonymous online survey, 1001 HCPs actively involved in contraceptive counseling [obstetrician/gynecologists (OB/GYNs), general practitioners (GPs) and midwives (only in Sweden)] from 10 countries (Australia, Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, Korea, Mexico, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom) were asked about their personal use of contraceptive methods and their recommendations to women in two different clinical scenarios: for spacing between children (Group A) and after completion of the family (Group B). The largest HCP group was OB/GYNs (67.1%), followed by GPs (31.4%) and midwives (1.5%). A total of 42.7% of respondents were male, and 57.3% were female. The majority of respondents were aged 36-45 years (38.9%) or 46-55 years (42.8%), 79.7% had children, and 53.9% were currently using contraception (by themselves or by their partners). Among 540 contraceptive users, the three most common methods were the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system (LNG-IUS; 29.3%), combined oral contraceptives (COCs; 20.0%) and condoms (17.0%). OB/GYNs were more likely to be using the LNG-IUS than GPs (p=.014). Gender did not seem to influence contraceptive preference. Reasons for these choices were largely influenced by family situation and high contraceptive efficacy (for the LNG-IUS) or side effects caused by other methods (for condoms). The top contraceptive recommendation was COCs for Group A and the LNG-IUS for Group B. HCPs currently using COCs and the LNG-IUS were more likely to recommend these methods than other contraceptive methods for Group A and Group B, respectively. The most popular contraceptive method in this sample of HCPs was the LNG-IUS. Choice of contraceptive method was driven by family situation, age and profession. It appears that, in this sample, personal contraceptive use influences contraceptive recommendations. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Protein immobilization onto various surfaces using a polymer-bound isocyanate

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kang, Hyun-Jin; Cha, Eun Ji; Park, Hee-Deung

2015-01-01

Silane coupling agents have been widely used for immobilizing proteins onto inorganic surfaces. However, the immobilization method using silane coupling agents requires several treatment steps, and its application is limited to only surfaces containing hydroxyl groups. The aim of this study was to develop a novel method to overcome the limitations of the silane-based immobilization method using a polymer-bound isocyanate. Initially, polymer-bound isocyanate was dissolved in organic solvent and then was used to dip-coat inorganic surfaces. Proteins were then immobilized onto the dip-coated surfaces by the formation of urea bonds between the isocyanate groups of the polymer and the amine groups of the protein. The reaction was verified by FT-IR in which NCO stretching peaks disappeared, and CO and NH stretching peaks appeared after immobilization. The immobilization efficiency of the newly developed method was insensitive to reaction temperatures (4-50 °C), but the efficiency increased with reaction time and reached a maximum after 4 h. Furthermore, the method showed comparable immobilization efficiency to the silane-based immobilization method and was applicable to surfaces that cannot form hydroxyl groups. Taken together, the newly developed method provides a simple and efficient platform for immobilizing proteins onto surfaces.

Systemic Synthesis Questions [SSynQs] as Tools to Help Students to Build Their Cognitive Structures in a Systemic Manner

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hrin, Tamara N.; Fahmy, Ameen F. M.; Segedinac, Mirjana D.; Milenković, Dušica D.

2016-08-01

Many studies dedicated to the teaching and learning of organic chemistry courses have emphasized that high school students have shown significant difficulties in mastering the concepts of this discipline. Therefore, the aim of our study was to help students to overcome these difficulties by applying systemic synthesis questions, [SSynQs], as the instructional method in our intervention. This work shows that students from the group exposed to the new teaching method achieved higher scores on final testing than students from the control group, who were taught by the traditional method, when students' achievements in conventional, linear questions [LQs] and in [SSynQs] were studied. These results were followed by observation of lower levels of mental effort by students from the intervention group, and higher levels of mental effort in the control group, invested during solving both types of questions. This correlation between achievement and mental effort resulted in high instructional efficiency for the applied method in the intervention group, [SSynQs], and low instructional efficiency for the traditional teaching and learning method applied in the control group. A systemic triangular relation between achievement, mental effort, and instructional efficiency, established by each group and gender, emphasized that the application of [SSynQs] was more suited to female students than for male students because of [SSynQs] characteristics as teaching and learning tools and because of learning style and ability differences between genders.

Achieving femoral artery hemostasis after cardiac catheterization: a comparison of methods.

PubMed

Schickel, S I; Adkisson, P; Miracle, V; Cronin, S N

1999-11-01

Cardiac catheterization is a common procedure that involves the introduction of a small sheath (5F-8F) into the femoral artery for insertion of other diagnostic catheters. After cardiac catheterization, local compression of the femoral artery is required to prevent bleeding and to achieve hemostasis. Traditional methods of achieving hemostasis require significant time and close supervision by medical personnel and can contribute to patients' discomfort. VasoSeal is a recently developed device that delivers absorbable collagen into the supra-arterial space to promote hemostasis. To compare outcomes between patients receiving a collagen plug and patients in whom a traditional method of achieving hemostasis was used after diagnostic cardiac catheterization. An outcomes tracking tool was used to analyze the medical records of 95 patients in whom a traditional method was used (traditional group) and 81 patients in whom VasoSeal was used (device group) to achieve hemostasis. Complications at the femoral access site, patients' satisfaction, and times to hemostasis, ambulation, and discharge were compared. Hematomas of 6-cm diameter occurred in 5.3% of the traditional group; no complications occurred in the device group. The device group also achieved hemostasis faster and had earlier ambulation (P < .001). Patients in the device group were discharged a mean of 5 hours sooner than patients in the traditional group (P < .05). No significant differences were found in patients' satisfaction. VasoSeal is a safe and effective method of achieving hemostasis after cardiac catheterization that can hasten time to hemostasis, ambulation, and discharge.

Group foliation of finite difference equations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Thompson, Robert; Valiquette, Francis

2018-06-01

Using the theory of equivariant moving frames, a group foliation method for invariant finite difference equations is developed. This method is analogous to the group foliation of differential equations and uses the symmetry group of the equation to decompose the solution process into two steps, called resolving and reconstruction. Our constructions are performed algorithmically and symbolically by making use of discrete recurrence relations among joint invariants. Applications to invariant finite difference equations that approximate differential equations are given.

Agreement between self-reported data on medicine use and prescription records vary according to method of analysis and therapeutic group.

PubMed

Nielsen, Merete Willemoes; Søndergaard, Birthe; Kjøller, Mette; Hansen, Ebba Holme

2008-09-01

This study compared national self-reported data on medicine use and national prescription records at the individual level. Data from the nationally representative Danish health survey conducted in 2000 (n=16,688) were linked at the individual level to national prescription records covering 1999-2000. Kappa statistics and 95% confidence intervals were calculated. Applying the legend time method to medicine groups used mainly on a chronic basis revealed good to very good agreement between the two data sources, whereas medicines used as needed showed fair to moderate agreement. When a fixed-time window was applied for analysis, agreement was unchanged for medicines used mainly on a chronic basis, whereas agreement increased somewhat compared to the legend time method when analyzing medicines used as needed. Agreement between national self-reported data and national prescription records differed according to method of analysis and therapeutic group. A fixed-time window is an appropriate method of analysis for most therapeutic groups.

A Test of the Active-Day Fraction Method of Sunspot Group Number Calibration: Dependence on the Level of Solar Activity

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Willamo, T.; Usoskin, I. G.; Kovaltsov, G. A.

2018-04-01

The method of active-day fraction (ADF) was proposed recently to calibrate different solar observers to standard observational conditions. The result of the calibration may depend on the overall level of solar activity during the observational period. This dependency is studied quantitatively using data of the Royal Greenwich Observatory by formally calibrating synthetic pseudo-observers to the full reference dataset. It is shown that the sunspot group number is precisely estimated by the ADF method for periods of moderate activity, may be slightly underestimated by 0.5 - 1.5 groups ({≤} 10%) for strong and very strong activity, and is strongly overestimated by up to 2.5 groups ({≤} 30%) for weak-to-moderate activity. The ADF method becomes inapplicable for the periods of grand minima of activity. In general, the ADF method tends to overestimate the overall level of activity and to reduce the long-term trends.

Focus-on-form instructional methods promote deaf college students' improvement in English grammar.

PubMed

Berent, Gerald P; Kelly, Ronald R; Aldersley, Stephen; Schmitz, Kathryn L; Khalsa, Baldev Kaur; Panara, John; Keenan, Susan

2007-01-01

Focus-on-form English teaching methods are designed to facilitate second-language learners' noticing of target language input, where "noticing" is an acquisitional prerequisite for the comprehension, processing, and eventual integration of new grammatical knowledge. While primarily designed for teaching hearing second-language learners, many focus-on-form methods lend themselves to visual presentation. This article reports the results of classroom research on the visually based implementation of focus-on-form methods with deaf college students learning English. Two of 3 groups of deaf students received focus-on-form instruction during a 10-week remedial grammar course; a third control group received grammatical instruction that did not involve focus-on-form methods. The 2 experimental groups exhibited significantly greater improvement in English grammatical knowledge relative to the control group. These results validate the efficacy of visually based focus-on-form English instruction for deaf students of English and set the stage for the continual search for innovative and effective English teaching methodologies.

A review of the effectiveness of stress management skills training on academic vitality and psychological well-being of college students.

PubMed

Alborzkouh, P; Nabati, M; Zainali, M; Abed, Y; Shahgholy Ghahfarokhi, F

2015-01-01

Objective: Carrying out the appropriate psychological interventions to improve vitality and mental well-being is critical. The study was carried out to review the effectiveness of stress management training on the academic life and mental well-being of the students of Shahed University. Methodology: The method used was quasi-experimental with a pretest-posttest plan and control group. Therefore, a total of 40 students of Shahed University of Tehran were selected by a convenience sampling method and were organized into two groups: experimental and control group. Both groups were pretested by using an academic vitality inventory and an 84-question psychological well-being inventory. Then, the experimental group received stress management skills training for ten sessions, and the control group did not receive any intervention. Next, both groups were post-tested, and the data were analyzed with SPSS-21 software by using descriptive and inferential statistical methods. Findings: The findings showed that the stress management skills training significantly contributed to promoting the academic vitality and psychological well-being of students (p < 0.001). Conclusions: It was concluded from this research that teaching the methods for dealing with stress was an effective strategy to help students exposed to high stress and pressure, and this was due to its high efficiency, especially when it was held in groups, had a small cost, and it was accepted by the individuals.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Babaei Jandaghi, Ali; Habibzadeh, Habib; Falahatkar, Siavash

PurposeTo compare the procedural time and complication rate of coaxial technique with those of noncoaxial technique in transperineal prostate biopsy.Materials and MethodsTransperineal prostate biopsy with coaxial (first group, n = 120) and noncoaxial (second group, n = 120) methods was performed randomly in 240 patients. The procedural time was recorded. The level of pain experienced during the procedure was assessed on a visual analogue scale (VAS), and the rate of complications was evaluated in comparison of the two methods.ResultsThe procedural time was significantly shorter in the first group (p < 0.001). In the first group, pain occurred less frequently (p = 0.002), with a significantly lower VAS scoremore » being experienced (p < 0.002). No patient had post procedural fever. Haematuria (p = 0.029) and haemorrhage from the site of biopsy (p < 0.001) were seen less frequently in the first group. There was no significant difference in the rate of urethral haemorrhage between the two groups (p = 0.059). Urinary retention occurred less commonly in the first group (p = 0.029). No significant difference was seen in the rate of dysuria between the two groups (p = 0.078).ConclusionsTransperineal prostate biopsy using a coaxial needle is a faster and less painful method with a lower rate of complications compared with conventional noncoaxial technique.« less

[Osteogenic potential of bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells from ovariectomied osteoporotic rat].

PubMed

Li, Dong-ju; Ge, Dong-xia; Wu, Wen-chao; Wu, Jiang; Li, Liang

2005-05-01

To investigate the difference of osteogenic potential of bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) between healthy rats and osteoporotic rats. We established the animal model of osteoporosis by performing ovariectom on the 3-month-old female Sprague-Dawley rats. Bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells(MSCs) were isolated from the rats of control group and of ovariectomized (ovx) group by means of the density-gradient centrifugation method, and the 3rd-4th passage MSCs were used in all the experiments. The experiments comprised 4 groups: (1) Marrow mesenchymal stem cells control group (MSCs control group); (2) Marrow mesenchymal stem cells ovx group (MSCs ovx group); (3) Osteogenesis induction control group (OSI control group); (4) Osteogenesis induction ovx group (OSI ovx group). Cell cycle and proliferation index (PI) of MSCs were detected by flow cytometry. The expression of alkaline phosphatase (ALP) was detected by dynamics method with substrate of phosphoric acid para-Nitro benzene. The levels of osteocalcin were detected with the isotope labelling method. (1) PI of MSCs was lower in MSCs ovx group than in MSCs control group. (2) The expression of alkaline phosphatase (ALP) was much higher in OSI control group than in the MSCs control group; the expression of alkaline phosphatase (ALP) was much higher in the OSI control group than in OSI ovx group after 7-day and 14-day osteogenic induction. (3) The level of osteocalcin was much higher in the OSI control group than in the MSCs control group after 14-day, 21-day, 28-day osteogenic induction. The level of osteocalcin was much higher in the OSI control group than in the OSI ovx group. Both the proliferative potential and the osteogenic potential of bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) from the ovariectomized osteoporotic rat are decreased.

The Impact of Team-Based Learning on Nervous System Examination Knowledge of Nursing Students.

PubMed

Hemmati Maslakpak, Masomeh; Parizad, Naser; Zareie, Farzad

2015-12-01

Team-based learning is one of the active learning approaches in which independent learning is combined with small group discussion in the class. This study aimed to determine the impact of team-based learning in nervous system examination knowledge of nursing students. This quasi-experimental study was conducted on 3(rd) grade nursing students, including 5th semester (intervention group) and 6(th) semester (control group). The traditional lecture method and the team-based learning method were used for educating the examination of the nervous system for intervention and control groups, respectively. The data were collected by a test covering 40-questions (multiple choice, matching, gap-filling and descriptive questions) before and after intervention in both groups. Individual Readiness Assurance Test (RAT) and Group Readiness Assurance Test (GRAT) used to collect data in the intervention group. In the end, the collected data were analyzed by SPSS ver. 13 using descriptive and inferential statistical tests. In team-based learning group, mean and standard deviation was 13.39 (4.52) before the intervention, which had been increased to 31.07 (3.20) after the intervention and this increase was statistically significant. Also, there was a statistically significant difference between the scores of RAT and GRAT in team-based learning group. Using team-based learning approach resulted in much better improvement and stability in the nervous system examination knowledge of nursing students compared to traditional lecture method; therefore, this method could be efficiently used as an effective educational approach in nursing education.

Experiences of patients with multiple sclerosis from group counseling.

PubMed

Mazaheri, Mina; Fanian, Nasrin; Zargham-Boroujeni, Ali

2011-01-01

Group counseling is one of the most important methods in somatic and psychological rehabilitation of the multiple sclerosis (M.S.) patients. Knowing these patients' experiences, feelings, believes and emotion based on learning in group is necessary to indicate the importance of group discussion on quality of life of the patients. This study was done to achieve experiences of M.S. patients from group training. This was a qualitative study using phenomenological method. The samples were selected using purposeful sampling. Ten patients from M.S. society who had passed group training were included in the study. The group training was done through seven sessions weekly and voluntarily. The participants were interviewed using in-depth interview. The average time of each interview was between 30-50 minutes which has been recorded digitally and moved to a compact disc to transcribe and analysis. The data analyzed using 7-step Colaizzi method. The data were transformed into 158 codes, 12 sub-concepts and 4 main concepts including emotional consequences, communication, quality of life and needs. M.S can lead to multiple problems in patients such as somatic, behavioral, emotional and social disorders. Group psychotherapy is one of the methods which can decrease these problems and improve rehabilitation of the patients. Group discussion helps patients to overcome adverse feelings, behaviors and thoughts and guides them to move in a meaningful life. It also can improve quality of life and mental health of the patients.

Training Methods and Training Instructors' Qualification Are Related to Recruits' Fitness Development During Basic Military Training.

PubMed

Roos, Lilian; Hofstetter, Marie-Claire; Mäder, Urs; Wyss, Thomas

2015-11-01

Adequate physical fitness is essential for successful military service. Military organizations worldwide therefore make continuous efforts to improve their army's physical training (PT) programs. To investigate the effect of the training methods and the qualification of PT instructors on the development of recruits' physical fitness, the present study compared the outcomes of 2 training groups. Both study groups participated in approximately 145 minutes per week of PT. The control group executed the standard army PT prepared and supervised by army PT instructors. Content of the PT in the intervention group was similar to that of the control group, but their training sessions' methods were different. Their training sessions were organized, prepared, and delivered by more and better-qualified supervisors (tertiary-educated physical education teachers). After 10 weeks of training, the participants of the intervention group experienced a significantly greater physical fitness improvement than those of the control group (positive change in endurance 32 and 17%, balance 30 and 21%, and core strength 74 and 45%, respectively). In both groups, the recruits with the lowest initial fitness levels significantly increased their performance. In the intervention group, but not the control, one-third of the recruits with the highest initial fitness levels were able to further improve their general fitness performance. This study demonstrates that the training methods and quality of instruction during PT sessions are relevant for recruits' fitness development in basic military training.

The influence of pelvic adjustment on vertical jump height in female university students with functional leg length inequality.

PubMed

Gong, Wontae

2015-01-01

[Purpose] This study aimed to investigate the effect of pelvic adjustment on vertical jump height (VJH) in female university students with functional leg length inequality (FLLI). [Subjects] Thirty female university students with FLLI were divided into a pelvic adjustment group (n = 15) and a stretching (control) group (n = 15). [Methods] VJH was measured using an OptoGait. [Results] After the intervention, jump height improved significantly compared with the pre-intervention height only in the pelvic adjustment group, while FLLI showed statistically significant improvement in both groups. [Conclusion] Pelvic adjustment as per the Gonstead method can be applied as a method of reducing FLLI and increasing VJH.

Evaluating methods of mouse euthanasia on the oocyte quality: cervical dislocation versus isoflurane inhalation.

PubMed

Roustan, Audrey; Perrin, Jeanne; Berthelot-Ricou, Anaïs; Lopez, Erica; Botta, Alain; Courbiere, Blandine

2012-04-01

Cervical dislocation is a commonly used method of mouse euthanasia. Euthanasia by isoflurane inhalation is an alternative method which allows the sacrifice of several mice at the same time with an anaesthesia, in the aim to decrease pain and animal distress. The objective of our study was to assess the impact of these two methods of euthanasia on the quality of mouse oocytes. By administering gonadotropins, we induced a superovulation in CD1 female mice. Mice were randomly assigned to euthanasia with cervical dislocation and isoflurane inhalation. Oviducts were collected and excised to retrieve metaphase II oocytes. After microscopic examination, oocytes were classified into three groups: intact, fragmented/cleaved and atretic. Intact metaphase II oocytes were employed for biomedical research. A total of 1442 oocytes in the cervical dislocation group were compared with 1230 oocytes in the isoflurane group. In the cervical dislocation group, 93.1% of the oocytes were intact, versus 65.8% in the isoflurane group (P ≤ 0.001). In light of these results, we conclude that cervical dislocation is the best method of mouse euthanasia for obtaining intact oocytes for biomedical research.

Suicide among young people aged 10-29 in Sweden.

PubMed

Hultén, A; Wasserman, D

1992-06-01

This study analyses the incidence of suicide among children and young people aged between 10 and 29 in Sweden, during the period 1974-1986. The study comprises 4,624 individuals whose deaths were the outcome of verified, E950-E959 (n = 3,511) and undetermined, E980-E989 (n = 1,113) suicides. Regression analysis of different age groups separately and all age groups combined shows that the frequency of suicide among children and young people in Sweden did not increase in this period. Nonetheless, mortality figures are high, especially for boys and young men aged 15-29. The maximum suicide-mortality rate (43.2 per 10,000) is noted for young men aged 25-29 in 1984. The male-female ratio with respect to deaths from suicide is 2.5 for the entire group, the smallest difference being in the 15-19 age group (1.7) and the largest in the 25-29 age group (2.8). Methods of committing suicide vary between the sexes and the various age groups. Boys and young men use violent methods more often, and this situation has remained stable throughout the 13-year period. Girls use non-violent methods to a greater extent, but young women aged 18-29 use violent and non-violent methods to almost the same extent. During the 13-year period studied, a change took place in the girls' and young women's choice of methods towards more violent methods in the 1980s compared with the 1970s. Regardless of sex, there are significantly (p less than 0.001) fewer married and more divorced people among those committing suicide compared with corresponding age groups in the overall population.

Determination of glomerular filtration rate (GFR) from fractional renal accumulation of iodinated contrast material: a convenient and rapid single-kidney CT-GFR technique.

PubMed

Yuan, XiaoDong; Tang, Wei; Shi, WenWei; Yu, Libao; Zhang, Jing; Yuan, Qing; You, Shan; Wu, Ning; Ao, Guokun; Ma, Tingting

2018-07-01

To develop a convenient and rapid single-kidney CT-GFR technique. One hundred and twelve patients referred for multiphasic renal CT and 99mTc-DTPA renal dynamic imaging Gates-GFR measurement were prospectively included and randomly divided into two groups of 56 patients each: the training group and the validation group. On the basis of the nephrographic phase images, the fractional renal accumulation (FRA) was calculated and correlated with the Gates-GFR in the training group. From this correlation a formula was derived for single-kidney CT-GFR calculation, which was validated by a paired t test and linear regression analysis with the single-kidney Gates-GFR in the validation group. In the training group, the FRA (x-axis) correlated well (r = 0.95, p < 0.001) with single-kidney Gates-GFR (y-axis), producing a regression equation of y = 1665x + 1.5 for single-kidney CT-GFR calculation. In the validation group, the difference between the methods of single-kidney GFR measurements was 0.38 ± 5.57 mL/min (p = 0.471); the regression line is identical to the diagonal (intercept = 0 and slope = 1) (p = 0.727 and p = 0.473, respectively), with a standard deviation of residuals of 5.56 mL/min. A convenient and rapid single-kidney CT-GFR technique was presented and validated in this investigation. • The new CT-GFR method takes about 2.5 min of patient time. • The CT-GFR method demonstrated identical results to the Gates-GFR method. • The CT-GFR method is based on the fractional renal accumulation of iodinated CM. • The CT-GFR method is achieved without additional radiation dose to the patient.

Outcomes of gastrointestinal defect closure with an over-the-scope clip system in a multicenter experience: An analysis of a successful suction method

PubMed Central

Kobara, Hideki; Mori, Hirohito; Fujihara, Shintaro; Nishiyama, Noriko; Chiyo, Taiga; Yamada, Takayoshi; Fujiwara, Masao; Okano, Keiichi; Suzuki, Yasuyuki; Murota, Masayuki; Ikeda, Yoshitaka; Oryu, Makoto; AboEllail, Mohamed; Masaki, Tsutomu

2017-01-01

AIM To demonstrate the clinical outcomes of a multicenter experience and to suggest guidelines for choosing a suction method. METHODS This retrospective study at 5 medical centers involved 58 consecutive patients undergoing over-the-scope clips (OTSCs) placement. The overall rates of technical success (TSR), clinical success (CSR), complications, and procedure time were analyzed as major outcomes. Subsequently, 56 patients, excluding two cases that used the Anchor device, were divided into two groups: 14 cases of simple suction (SS-group) and 42 cases using the Twin Grasper (TG-group). Secondary evaluation was performed to clarify the predictors of OTSC success. RESULTS The TSR, CSR, complication rate, and median procedure time were 89.7%, 84.5%, 1.8%, and 8 (range 1-36) min, respectively, demonstrating good outcomes. However, significant differences were observed between the two groups in terms of the mean procedure time (5.9 min vs 14.1 min). The CSR of the SS- and TG-groups among cases with a maximum defect size ≤ 10 mm and immediate or acute refractory bleeding was 100%, which suggests that SS is a better method than TG in terms of time efficacy. The CSR in the SS-group (78.6%), despite the technical success of the SS method (TSR, 100%), tended to decrease due to delayed leakage compared to that in the TG-group (TSR, CSR; 88.1%), indicating that TG may be desirable for leaks and fistulae with defects of the entire layer. CONCLUSION OTSC system is a safe and effective therapeutic option for gastrointestinal defects. Individualized selection of the suction method based on particular clinical conditions may contribute to the improvement of OTSC success. PMID:28321166

Comparison of microleakage of Scotchbond™ Universal Adhesive with methacrylate resin in Class V restorations by two methods: Swept source optical coherence tomography and dye penetration

PubMed Central

Kermanshah, Hamid; Khorsandian, Hossein

2017-01-01

Background: One of the most important factors in restoration failure is microleakage at the restoration interface. Furthermore, a new generation of bonding, Scotchbond Universal (multi-mode adhesive), has been introduced to facilitate the bonding steps. The aim of this study was to compare the microleakage of Class V cavities restored using Scotchbond™ Universal with Scotchbond Multi-Purpose in two procedures. Materials and Methods: Eighteen freshly extracted human molars were used in this study. Thirty-six standardized Class V cavities were prepared on the buccal and lingual surfaces. The teeth were divided into three groups: (1) Group A: Scotchbond Universal with “self-etching” procedure and nanohybrid composite Filtek Z350. (2) Group B: Scotchbond Universal with “total etching” procedure and Filtek Z350. (3) Group C: Scotchbond Multi-Purpose and Filtek Z350. Microleakage at enamel and dentinal margins was evaluated after thermocycling under 5000 cycles by two methods of microleakage assay: swept source optical coherence tomography (OCT) and dye penetration. Wilcoxon's signed-rank test and Kruskal–Wallis test were used to analyze microleakage. Results: In silver nitrate dye penetration method, group A exhibited the minimum microleakage at dentin margins and group C exhibited the minimum microleakage at enamel margins (P < 0.05). Furthermore, in OCT method, group C demonstrated the minimum microleakage at enamel margins (P = 0.047), with no difference in the microleakage rate at dentin margins. Conclusion: Scotchbond Universal with “self-etching” procedure at dentin margin exhibited more acceptable performance compared to the Scotchbond Multi-Purpose with the two methods. PMID:28928782

Flow Cytometry of Human Primary Epidermal and Follicular Keratinocytes

PubMed Central

Gragnani, Alfredo; Ipolito, Michelle Zampieri; Sobral, Christiane S; Brunialti, Milena Karina Coló; Salomão, Reinaldo; Ferreira, Lydia Masako

2008-01-01

Objective: The aim of this study was to characterize using flow cytometry cultured human primary keratinocytes isolated from the epidermis and hair follicles by different methods. Methods: Human keratinocytes derived from discarded fragments of total skin and scalp hair follicles from patients who underwent plastic surgery in the Plastic Surgery Division at UNIFESP were used. The epidermal keratinocytes were isolated by using 3 different methods: the standard method, upon exposure to trypsin for 30 minutes; the second, by treatment with dispase for 18 hours and with trypsin for 10 minutes; and the third, by treatment with dispase for 18 hours and with trypsin for 30 minutes. Follicular keratinocytes were isolated using the standard method. Results: On comparing the group treated with dispase for 18 hours and with trypsin for 10 minutes with the group treated with dispase for 18 hours and with trypsin for 30 minutes, it was observed that the first group presented the largest number of viable cells, the smallest number of cells in late apoptosis and necrosis with statistical significance, and no difference in apoptosis. When we compared the group treated with dispase for 18 hours and with trypsin for 10 minutes with the group treated with trypsin, the first group presented the largest number of viable cells, the smallest number of cells in apoptosis with statistical significance, and no difference in late apoptosis and necrosis. When we compared the results of the group treated with dispase for 18 hours and with trypsin for 10 minutes with the results for follical isolation, there was a statistical difference in apoptosis and viable cells. Conclusion: The isolation method of treatment with dispase for 18 hours and with trypsin for 10 minutes produced the largest number of viable cells and the smallest number of cells in apoptosis/necrosis. PMID:18350110

Methods of Costing in Universities. Brief Comparison Between the NCHEMS Approach and the Approach Used by the French-Speaking Research Group Associated with the IMHE Programme.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Cossu, Claude

1975-01-01

A group of French universities modified the NCHEMS accounting method for use in a study of its budget control procedures and cost-evaluation methods. The conceptual differences in French university education (as compared to American higher education) are keyed to the adjustments in the accounting method. French universities, rather than being…

Peyton's 4-Steps-Approach in comparison: Medium-term effects on learning external chest compression – a pilot study

PubMed Central

Münster, Tobias; Stosch, Christoph; Hindrichs, Nina; Franklin, Jeremy; Matthes, Jan

2016-01-01

Introduction: The external chest compression is a very important skill required to maintain a minimum of circulation during cardiac arrest until further medical procedures can be taken. Peyton’s 4-Steps-Approach is one method of skill training, the four steps being: Demonstration, Deconstruction, Comprehension and Execution. Based on CPR skill training, this method is widely, allegedly predominantly used, although there are insufficient studies on Peyton’s 4-Steps-Approach for skill training in CPR in comparison with other methods of skill training. In our study, we compared the medium- term effects on learning external chest compression with a CPR training device in three different groups: PEY (Peyton’s 4-Steps-Approach), PMOD (Peyton’s 4-Steps-Approach without Step 3) and STDM, the standard model, according to the widely spread method “see one, do one” (this is equal to Peyton’s step 1 and 3). Material and Methods: This prospective and randomised pilot study took place during the summer semester of 2009 at the SkillsLab and Simulation Centre of the University of Cologne (Kölner interprofessionelles Skills Lab und Simulationszentrum - KISS). The subjects were medical students (2nd and 3rd semester). They volunteered for the study and were randomised in three parallel groups, each receiving one of the teaching methods mentioned above. One week and 5/6 months after the intervention, an objective, structured single assessment was taken. Compression rate, compression depth, correct compressions, and the sum of correct checklist items were recorded. Additionally, we compared cumulative percentages between the groups based on the correct implementation of the resuscitation guidelines during that time. Results: The examined sample consisted of 134 subjects (68% female; age 22±4; PEY: n=62; PMOD: n=31; STDM: n=41). There was no difference between the groups concerning age, gender, pre-existing experience in CPR or time of last CPR course. The only significant difference between the groups was the mean compression rate (bpm): Group 1 (PEY) with 99±17 bpm, Group 2 (PMOD) with 101±16 bpm and Group 3 (STDM) with 90±16 bpm (p=0,007 for Group 3 vs. Group 1 and Group 3 vs. Group 2, Mann-Whitney- U-Test). We observed no significant differences between the groups after the second assessment. Conclusion: Our study showed that there are no essential differences in external chest compression during CPR performed by medical students dependent on the teaching method (Peyton vs. “Non-Peyton”) implemented with regard to the medium-term effects. The absence of benefits could possibly be due to the simplicity of external chest compression. PMID:27579360

Effectiveness of different tutorial recitation teaching methods and its implications for TA training

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Endorf, Robert

2008-04-01

We present results from a comparative study of student understanding for students who attended recitation classes that used different teaching methods. The purpose of the study was to evaluate which teaching methods would be the most effective for recitation classes associated with large lectures in introductory physics courses. Student volunteers from our introductory calculus-based physics course at the University of Cincinnati attended a special recitation class that was taught using one of four different teaching methods. A total of 272 students were divided into approximately equal groups for each method. Students in each class were taught the same topic, ``Changes in Energy and Momentum,'' from ``Tutorials in Introductory Physics'' by Lillian McDermott, Peter Shaffer and the Physics Education Group at the University of Washington. The different teaching methods varied in the amount of student and teacher engagement. Student understanding was evaluated through pretests and posttests. Our results demonstrate the importance of the instructor's role in teaching recitation classes. The most effective teaching method was for students working in cooperative learning groups with the instructors questioning the groups using Socratic dialogue. In addition, we investigated student preferences of modes of instruction through an open-ended survey. Our results provide guidance and evidence for the teaching methods which should be emphasized in training course instructors.

Process for preparing group Ib-IIIa-VIa semiconducting films

DOEpatents

Birkmire, Robert W.; Schultz, Jerold M.; Marudachalam, Matheswaran; Hichri, Habib

1997-01-01

Methods are provided for the production of supported monophasic group I-III-VI semiconductor films. In the subject methods, a substrate is coated with group I and III elements and then contacted with a reactive group VI element containing atmosphere under conditions sufficient to produce a substrate coated with a composite of at least two different group I-III-IV alloys. The resultant composite coated substrate is then annealed in an inert atmosphere under conditions sufficient to convert the composite coating to a monophasic group I-III-VI semiconductor film. The resultant supported semiconductor films find use in photovoltaic applications, particularly as absorber layers in solar cells.

Process for preparing group Ib-IIIa-VIa semiconducting films

DOEpatents

Birkmire, R.W.; Schultz, J.M.; Marudachalam, M.; Hichri, H.

1997-10-07

Methods are provided for the production of supported monophasic group I-III-VI semiconductor films. In the subject methods, a substrate is coated with group I and III elements and then contacted with a reactive group VI element containing atmosphere under conditions sufficient to produce a substrate coated with a composite of at least two different group I-III-IV alloys. The resultant composite coated substrate is then annealed in an inert atmosphere under conditions sufficient to convert the composite coating to a monophasic group I-III-VI semiconductor film. The resultant supported semiconductor films find use in photovoltaic applications, particularly as absorber layers in solar cells. 4 figs.

Focus groups: a useful tool for curriculum evaluation.

PubMed

Frasier, P Y; Slatt, L; Kowlowitz, V; Kollisch, D O; Mintzer, M

1997-01-01

Focus group interviews have been used extensively in health services program planning, health education, and curriculum planning. However, with the exception of a few reports describing the use of focus groups for a basic science course evaluation and a clerkship's impact on medical students, the potential of focus groups as a tool for curriculum evaluation has not been explored. Focus groups are a valid stand-alone evaluation process, but they are most often used in combination with other quantitative and qualitative methods. Focus groups rely heavily on group interaction, combining elements of individual interviews and participant observation. This article compares the focus group interview with both quantitative and qualitative methods; discusses when to use focus group interviews; outlines a protocol for conducting focus groups, including a comparison of various styles of qualitative data analysis; and offers a case study, in which focus groups evaluated the effectiveness of a pilot preclinical curriculum.

The impact of group therapy training on social communications of Afghan immigrants

PubMed Central

Mehrabi, Tayebeh; Musavi, Tayebeh; Ghazavi, Zahra; Zandieh, Zahra; Zamani, Ahmadreza

2011-01-01

BACKGROUND: Mental training considers sharing of mental health care information as the primary objective. The secondary objectives include facilitating dialogue about feelings such as isolation, sadness, labeling, loneliness and possible strategies for confronting with these feelings. Group therapy trainings have supportive functioning in accepting the environment so that the members are able to be part of the indigenous groups. However, no study has been ever done on the impact of this educational method on the communication problems of this group. This study aimed to determine the impact of group therapy training on the communication problems of Afghan immigrants. METHODS: This was a clinical trial study. Eighty-eight Afghan men were investigated. Sampling method was simple sampling method. Thereafter, the study subjects were divided randomly into two groups of test and control based on the inclusion criteria. Data collection tool was a self-made questionnaire about the social problems. For analyzing the data, software SPSS, independent t-test and paired t-test were used. RESULTS: Reviewing the data indicated lower mean score of the social problems after implementing the group therapy training in social communication compared with before implementing the group therapy training. Paired t-test showed a significant difference between mean scores of the social communication problems before and after the implementation of group therapy training. CONCLUSIONS: Given the effectiveness of the intervention, group therapy training on social problems in social communication of Afghan immigrants is recommended. This program should be part of continuous education and training of the Afghan immigrants. PMID:22224098

Is it photosensitization or photodegradation when UV-B irradiation is combined with BDE-47? Evidence from the growth and reproduction changes of rotifer Brachionus plicatilis.

PubMed

Liu, Chunchen; Tang, Xuexi; Zhou, Bin; Jiang, Yongshun; Lv, Mengchen; Zang, Yu; Wang, You

2018-07-01

Ecotoxicological methods were applied in the present study, and the marine rotifer Brachionus plicatilis was used as the toxic endpoint to depict what occurred when 2,2',4,4'-tetrabromodiphenyl ether (BDE-47) was combined with solar ultraviolet-B radiation (UV-B). B. plicatilis was exposed to three different combination methods of BDE-47 and UV-B at an equal toxicity ratio, including normal rotifer co-cultured with UV-B-irradiated BDE-47 (known as Method I), UV-B-irradiated rotifer co-cultured with BDE-47 exposure (known as Method II) and normal rotifer co-cultured with the simultaneous addition of BDE-47 and UV-B irradiation (known as Method III). Acute and chronic experiments were preformed to determine the toxicity differentiation according to the growth and reproduction changes in the rotifer. Twenty-four-hour acute experiments showed that the modes of three combined methods changed from antagonism to additive, to synergistic with the concentration/dose increment, and the contribution rates of Method I and Method II to Method III were calculated by approximately 40.4% and 59.6%, respectively. Chronic exposure to either the single stressor or the combination of stressors inhibited the growth and reproduction of the rotifer, demonstrating the inhibition of the population growth rate and the decrease in the larvae production. Three combined groups presented more serious damages compared to groups with single stress exposure, and the ascending sequence of toxicity was Method I

Gene for ataxia-telangiectasia complementation group D (ATDC)

DOEpatents

Murnane, J.P.; Painter, R.B.; Kapp, L.N.; Yu, L.C.

1995-03-07

Disclosed herein is a new gene, an AT gene for complementation group D, the ATDC gene and fragments thereof. Nucleic acid probes for the gene are provided as well as proteins encoded by the gene, cDNA therefrom, preferably a 3 kilobase (kb) cDNA, and recombinant nucleic acid molecules for expression of the proteins. Further disclosed are methods to detect mutations in the gene, preferably methods employing the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Also disclosed are methods to detect AT genes from other AT complementation groups. 30 figs.

Evaluating the safety, efficacy and complications of electrotherapy and its comparison with conventional method of hemorrhoidectomy

PubMed Central

Nikooiyan, Payam; Mohammadi Sardo, Hamzeh; Poursaeidi, Bahram; Zaherara, Motahareh; Ahmadi, Bijan

2016-01-01

Aim: This study was performed to evaluate the efficacy, safety and complications of electrotherapy compared with conventional hemorrhoidectomy (Ferguson technique). Background: Ferguson hemorrhoidectomy is always associated with considerable pain and postoperative complications. Still, the electrotherapy method in which the hemorrhoidal tissue is not removed may not improve critical complications. Patients and methods: This randomized clinical trial was performed on patients with hemorrhoids referring to hospitals affiliated to the Kerman University of Medical Sciences during 2014-2015. One hundred and twenty patients presented with symptomatic hemorrhoids grade I, II, III, and IV were randomized into two groups. Group 1 (60 patients) underwent electrotherapy using 30 mA direct current and group 2 (60 patients) were submitted to Ferguson hemorrhoidectomy. The groups were compared regarding postoperative pain severity and complications, including recurrent symptoms, infection and recovery time to return to normal activities. The p≤ 0.05 was considered statistically significant. Results: More than 70% of patients in group 2 complained of severe pain, but in group 1, no more than 30% of patients experienced severe pain up to 6 hours post-surgery and 70% complained of mild pain 2-3 days post-surgery. Twenty four-hour hospitalization in group 2 and group 1 were 97% and 78%, respectively, whilst patients in electrotherapy group could be treated as outpatients. The mean return time to usual activities was 15 and 1.5 days for group 2 and 1, respectively. Conclusion: Electrotherapy with a direct current of 30 mA significantly reduce postoperative pain and the recovery period. This method showed a good success rate and less complication than the Ferguson method. As a result, because of more effectiveness, less pain, as well as shorter recovery time and getting back to normal activities, we recommend this procedure for the treatment of symptomatic hemorrhoids grade I, II, and III. PMID:27895851

Use of concept maps to promote electrocardiogram diagnosis learning in undergraduate medical students

PubMed Central

Dong, Ruimin; Yang, Xiaoyan; Xing, Bangrong; Zou, Zihao; Zheng, Zhenda; Xie, Xujing; Zhu, Jieming; Chen, Lin; Zhou, Hanjian

2015-01-01

Concept mapping is an effective method in teaching and learning, however this strategy has not been evaluated among electrocardiogram (ECG) diagnosis learning. This study explored the use of concept maps to assist ECG study, and sought to analyze whether this method could improve undergraduate students’ ECG interpretation skills. There were 126 undergraduate medical students who were randomly selected and assigned to two groups, group A (n = 63) and group B (n = 63). Group A was taught to use concept maps to learn ECG diagnosis, while group B was taught by traditional methods. After the course, all of the students were assessed by having an ECG diagnostic test. Quantitative data which comprised test score and ECG features completion index was compared by using the unpaired Student’s t-test between the two groups. Further, a feedback questionnaire on concept maps used was also completed by group A, comments were evaluated by a five-point Likert scale. The test scores of ECGs interpretation was 7.36 ± 1.23 in Group A and 6.12 ± 1.39 in Group B. A significant advantage (P = 0.018) of concept maps was observed in ECG interpretation accuracy. No difference in the average ECG features completion index was observed between Group A (66.75 ± 15.35%) and Group B (62.93 ± 13.17%). According qualitative analysis, majority of students accepted concept maps as a helpful tool. Difficult to learn at the beginning and time consuming are the two problems in using this method, nevertheless most of the students indicated to continue using it. Concept maps could be a useful pedagogical tool in enhancing undergraduate medical students’ ECG interpretation skills. Furthermore, students indicated a positive attitude to it, and perceived it as a resource for learning. PMID:26221331

In vitro culture thawed human ovarian tissue: NIV versus slow freezing method.

PubMed

Xiao, Zhun; Wang, Yan; Li, Ling-Ling; Li, Shang-wei

2013-01-01

The aim of this study was to determine if the needle immersed vitrification method (NIV) can improve the growth potential of thawed ovarian tissue in vitro culture. Human ovarian cortical tissues were cryopreserved using NIV and slow freezing method. After 14 days of culture, the preservation outcomes of NIV and slow freezing groups were analyzed histologically using light microscope and apoptosis was assessed by TUNEL assay. The result showed that the percentage of morphologically abnormal primordial follicles was lower in NIV group than in slow freezing group (P < 0.05). The incidence of TUNEL-positive primordial follicles was lower in NIV group than in slow freezing group (P < 0.05). The study showed that cryopreservation of human ovarian tissue with NIV was effective in improving the growth potential of frozen-thawed ovarian tissue in vitro culture.

Form gene clustering method about pan-ethnic-group products based on emotional semantic

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chen, Dengkai; Ding, Jingjing; Gao, Minzhuo; Ma, Danping; Liu, Donghui

2016-09-01

The use of pan-ethnic-group products form knowledge primarily depends on a designer's subjective experience without user participation. The majority of studies primarily focus on the detection of the perceptual demands of consumers from the target product category. A pan-ethnic-group products form gene clustering method based on emotional semantic is constructed. Consumers' perceptual images of the pan-ethnic-group products are obtained by means of product form gene extraction and coding and computer aided product form clustering technology. A case of form gene clustering about the typical pan-ethnic-group products is investigated which indicates that the method is feasible. This paper opens up a new direction for the future development of product form design which improves the agility of product design process in the era of Industry 4.0.

Comparison of Floseal(r) and electrocautery in hemostasis after total knee arthroplasty

PubMed Central

Helito, Camilo Partezani; Gobbi, Riccardo Gomes; Castrillon, Lucas Machado; Hinkel, Betina Bremer; Pécora, José Ricardo; Camanho, Gilberto Luis

2013-01-01

Objective To evaluate whether hemostasis with eletrocauterization in comparison with Floseal(r) leads to different bleeding rates during total knee arthroplasty. Methods A comparative study was performed between two groups: group with ten consecutive total knee arthroplasties with Floseal(r) used as hemostatic method and control group with ten consecutive total knee arthroplasties with eletrocauterization as hemostatic method. Bleeding parameters such as debit of the drain, liquid infusion and blood transfusion rate were recorded. Results Floseal(r) group received less blood transfusion, less liquid infusion and lower drainage in absolute numbers compared to the control group. However, no parameter was statistically significant. Conclusion Hemostasis with Floseal(r) is as effective as hemostasis with eletrocauterization, what makes it a viable alternative to patients with contraindication to electric scalpel use. Level of Evidence II, Prospective Comparative Study. PMID:24453689

A Programmatic Description of a Social Skills Group for Young Children with Autism

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Leaf, Justin B.; Dotson, Wesley H.; Oppenheim-Leaf, Misty L.; Sherman, James A.; Sheldon, Jan B.

2012-01-01

Deficits in social skills are a common problem for children with autism. One method of developing appropriate social skills in children with autism has been group instruction. To date, however, group instruction has produced mixed results. The purpose of this article is to describe a promising method of teaching social skills to children in small…

Postgraduate Taught Portfolio Review--The Cluster Approach, Non-Subject-Based Grouping of Courses and Relevant Performance Indicators

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Konstantinidis-Pereira, Alicja

2018-01-01

This paper summarises a new method of grouping postgraduate taught (PGT) courses introduced at Oxford Brookes University as a part of a Portfolio Review. Instead of classifying courses by subject, the new cluster approach uses statistical methods to group the courses based on factors including flexibility of study options, level of specialisation,…

Using Molecular Modeling in Teaching Group Theory Analysis of the Infrared Spectra of Organometallic Compounds

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Wang, Lihua

2012-01-01

A new method is introduced for teaching group theory analysis of the infrared spectra of organometallic compounds using molecular modeling. The main focus of this method is to enhance student understanding of the symmetry properties of vibrational modes and of the group theory analysis of infrared (IR) spectra by using visual aids provided by…

The Implementation of PAIKEM (Active, Innovative, Creative, Effective, and Exciting Learning) and Conventional Learning Method to Improve Student Learning Results

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Priyono

2018-01-01

The research aims to find the differences in students' learning results by implementing both PAIKEM (Active, Innovative, Creative, Effective, and Exciting Learning) and conventional learning methods for students with high and low motivation. This research used experimental design on two groups, a group of high motivation students and a group of…

Logging costs and production rates for the group selection cutting method

Treesearch

Philip M. McDonald

1965-01-01

Young-growth, mixed-conifer stands were logged by a group-selection method designed to create openings 30, 60, and 90 feet in diameter. Total costs for felling, limbing, bucking, and skidding on these openings ranged from $7.04 to $7.99 per thousand board feet. Cost differences between openings were not statistically significant. Logging costs for group selection...

Graded core/shell semiconductor nanorods and nanorod barcodes

DOEpatents

Alivisatos, A. Paul; Scher, Erik C.; Manna, Liberato

2010-12-14

Graded core/shell semiconductor nanorods and shaped nanorods are disclosed comprising Group II-VI, Group III-V and Group IV semiconductors and methods of making the same. Also disclosed are nanorod barcodes using core/shell nanorods where the core is a semiconductor or metal material, and with or without a shell. Methods of labeling analytes using the nanorod barcodes are also disclosed.

Graded core/shell semiconductor nanorods and nanorod barcodes

DOEpatents

Alivisatos, A. Paul; Scher, Erik C.; Manna, Liberato

2013-03-26

Graded core/shell semiconductor nanorods and shapped nanorods are disclosed comprising Group II-VI, Group III-V and Group IV semiconductors and methods of making the same. Also disclosed are nanorod barcodes using core/shell nanorods where the core is a semiconductor or metal material, and with or without a shell. Methods of labeling analytes using the nanorod barcodes are also disclosed.

EFFECT OF METHOD OF READING TRAINING ON INITIAL LEARNING AND TRANSFER.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

JEFFREY, W.E.; SAMUELS, S. JAY

IN A THREE-STAGE STUDY OF THE EFFECTS OF THE PHONIC AND LOOK-SAY METHODS OF READING ON THE TRANSFER OF READING SKILLS, 60 KINDERGARTEN CHILDREN WERE DIVIDED INTO A LETTER GROUP, A WORD GROUP, AND A CONTROL GROUP. MATERIALS USED WERE SIX GRAPHEMES DESIGNED DIFFERENTLY FROM ENGLISH LETTERS AND ASSIGNED TO SIX SINGLE ENGLISH PHONEMES. DURING STAGE…

Comparison of the effects of storytelling and creative drama methods on children's awareness about personal hygiene.

PubMed

Soleymani, Mohammad Reza; Hemmati, Soheila; Ashrafi-Rizi, Hassan; Shahrzadi, Leila

2017-01-01

Maintaining and improving the health situation of children requires them to become more aware about personal hygiene through proper education. Based on several studies, teachings provided through informal methods are fully understandable for children. Therefore, the goal of this study is to compare the effects of creative drama and storytelling education methods on increasing the awareness of children regarding personal hygiene. This is an applied study conducted using semiempirical method in two groups. The study population consisted of 85 children participating in 4 th center for Institute for the Intellectual Development of Children and Young Adults in Isfahan, 40 of which were randomly selected and placed in storytelling and creative drama groups with 20 members each. The data gathering tool was a questionnaire created by the researchers whose content validity was confirmed by health education experts. The gathered information were analyzed using both descriptive (average and standard deviation) and analytical (independent t -test and paired t -test) statistical methods. The findings showed that there was a meaningful difference between the awareness score of both groups before and after intervention. The average awareness score of storytelling group was increased from 50.69 to 86.83 while the average score of creative drama group was increased from 57.37 to 85.09. Furthermore, according to paired t -test results, there was no significant difference between average scores of storytelling and creative drama groups. The results of the current study showed that although both storytelling and creative drama methods are effective in increasing the awareness of children regarding personal hygiene, there is no significant difference between the two methods.

The interaction between cations and anionic groups inducing SHG enhancement in a series of apatite-like crystals: A first-principles study

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Jing, Qun; University of Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing 100049; Department of Physics, School of Science, Shihezi University, Shihezi 832000

2014-11-15

It is an interesting topic to reveal the origin of the SHG intensity enhancement after substitution from alkali and alkali-earth metal atoms to cadmium in a series of apatite-like borates KSr{sub 4}(BO{sub 3}){sub 3}, Ca{sub 5}(BO{sub 3}){sub 3}F, Cd{sub 5}(BO{sub 3}){sub 3}F. Combined with the first-principles method, SHG-density method and real-space atom-cutting method, the electronic structure, the optical properties and the contribution of respective ion and ion groups have been investigated. Second harmonic generation (SHG) responses are mainly attributed to BO{sub 3} groups with π conjugated configuration and their alignment framework. The contributions of A site are more important inmore » CaBOF and CdBOF compounds than in KSrBO. It is also demonstrated that the strong covalent interactions between the boron–oxygen groups and the cadmium atoms contribute the enhancement of SHG responses after substitution from alkali and alkali-earth metal atoms. - graphical abstract: Combined with the first-principles method, SHG-density method and real-space atom-cutting method, the enhancement of SHG response are attributed to the interaction between cadmium and BO{sub 3} groups. - Highlights: • SHG response on a series of apatite-like borates was studied by a SHG-density method. • SHG responses are mainly attributed to BO{sub 3} groups and their alignment framework. • The contributions of A site are more important in CaBOF and CdBOF than in KSrBO. • Covalent interaction between BO and Cd is responsible for SHG of CdBOF.« less

Method of operating a neutronic reactor

DOEpatents

Woods, Wallace K.

1976-05-25

1. A method of operating a reactor having an active portion of a given length between a charging end and a discharging end, a first end region of the reactor extending from the charging end for one-quarter to one-third of said given length, a second end region extending from the discharging end for one-quarter to one-third of said given length, and a middle region extending between said end regions, said method comprising the steps of inserting end to end in the active region through the charging end a first group of bodies filling the middle region and a second group of bodies filling the first end region, irradiating the first and second groups of bodies while in the middle and first end regions, removing the first group from the reactor through the second end region, shifting the second group through the middle region to the second end region, inserting new first and second groups of bodies through the charging face into the middle and first end regions of the reactor, respectively, and irradiating the original second group and the new first and second groups while in the second end, middle, and first end regions, respectively, removing the original second group and the new first group from the reactor through the second end region, shifting the new second group through the middle region to the second end region, and irradiating the new second group again, whereby the first groups of bodies are irradiated only once and the second groups are irradiated twice.

Protective Effects of Thymoquinone and Melatonin on Intestinal Ischemia–reperfusion Injury

PubMed Central

Tas, Ufuk; Ayan, Murat; Sogut, Erkan; Kuloglu, Tuncay; Uysal, Murat; Tanriverdi, Halil I.; Senel, Ufuk; Ozyurt, Birsen; Sarsilmaz, Mustafa

2015-01-01

Background/Aim: In the present study, we aimed to compare the potential protective effects of thymoquinone and melatonin by using equivalent dose, on oxidative stress-induced ischemia–reperfusion (IR) injury in the intestinal tissue of rats. Materials and Methods: The study was performed using 32 male Wistar–Albino rats (weighing 180–200 g) randomly divided into four groups: Group I, sham group; Group II, IR group; Group III, IR with melatonin group; and Group IV, IR with thymoquinone group. After laparotomy, ischemia and reperfusion were performed for 60 and 120 min, respectively, on all the groups. Intestinal tissue sections were stained using routine histological methods and examined under the light microscope. In addition, the sections were immunohistochemically stained using the TUNEL method for determination of apoptosis. Superoxide dismutase (SOD) activity, glutathione peroxidase (GSH-Px) activity, and malondialdehyde (MDA) levels in the intestinal tissue were also measured. Results: The IR group had significantly elevated tissue SOD activity, GSH-Px activity, and MDA levels compared with the sham group. Administration of thymoquinone and melatonin efficiently reduced these increases. Statistically significant number of apoptotic cells was observed in the intestinal tissue of IR group rats compared with the sham group. Treatment with thymoquinone and melatonin markedly reduced the number of apoptotic cells. Conclusion The effects of melatonin and thymoquinone on IR-induced oxidative stress in rat intestines were similar. Our findings suggest that melatonin and thymoquinone protect against IR-induced injury to intestinal tissues. PMID:26458854

Inequalities in healthy life expectancy between ethnic groups in England and Wales in 2001

PubMed Central

Wohland, Pia; Rees, Phil; Nazroo, James; Jagger, Carol

2015-01-01

Objectives. We aim to develop robust estimates of disability-free life expectancy (DFLE) and healthy life expectancy (HLE) for ethnic groups in England and Wales in 2001 and to examine observed variations across ethnic groups. Design. DFLE and HLE by age and gender for five-year age groups were computed for 16 ethnic groups by combining the 2001 Census data on ethnicity, self-reported limiting long-term illness and self-rated health using mortality by ethnic group estimated by two methods: the Standardised Illness Ratio (SIR) method and the Geographically Weighted Method (GWM). Results. The SIR and GWM methods differed somewhat in their estimates of life expectancy (LE) at birth but produced very similar estimates of DFLE and HLE by ethnic group. For the more conservative method (GWM), the range in DFLE at birth was 10.5 years for men and 11.9 years for women, double that in LE. DFLE at birth was highest for Chinese men (64.7 years, 95% CI 64.0–65.3) and women (67.0 years, 95% CI 66.4–67.6). Over half of the ethnic minority groups (men: 10; women: 9) had significantly lower DFLE at birth than White British men (61.7 years, 95% CI 61.7–61.7) or women (64.1 years, 95% CI 64.1–64.2), mostly the Black, Asian and mixed ethnic groups. The lowest DFLE observed was for Bangladeshi men (54.3 years, 95% CI 53.7–54.8) and Pakistani women (55.1 years, 95% CI 54.8–55.4). Notable were Indian women whose LE was similar to White British women but who had 4.3 years less disability-free (95% CI 4.0–4.6). Conclusions. Inequalities in DFLE between ethnic groups are large and exceed those in LE. Moreover, certain ethnic groups have a larger burden of disability that does not seem to be associated with shorter LE. With the increasing population of the non-White British community, it is essential to be able to identify the ethnic groups at higher risk of disability, in order to target appropriate interventions. PMID:24897306

Inequalities in healthy life expectancy between ethnic groups in England and Wales in 2001.

PubMed

Wohland, Pia; Rees, Phil; Nazroo, James; Jagger, Carol

2015-01-01

We aim to develop robust estimates of disability-free life expectancy (DFLE) and healthy life expectancy (HLE) for ethnic groups in England and Wales in 2001 and to examine observed variations across ethnic groups. DFLE and HLE by age and gender for five-year age groups were computed for 16 ethnic groups by combining the 2001 Census data on ethnicity, self-reported limiting long-term illness and self-rated health using mortality by ethnic group estimated by two methods: the Standardised Illness Ratio (SIR) method and the Geographically Weighted Method (GWM). The SIR and GWM methods differed somewhat in their estimates of life expectancy (LE) at birth but produced very similar estimates of DFLE and HLE by ethnic group. For the more conservative method (GWM), the range in DFLE at birth was 10.5 years for men and 11.9 years for women, double that in LE. DFLE at birth was highest for Chinese men (64.7 years, 95% CI 64.0-65.3) and women (67.0 years, 95% CI 66.4-67.6). Over half of the ethnic minority groups (men: 10; women: 9) had significantly lower DFLE at birth than White British men (61.7 years, 95% CI 61.7-61.7) or women (64.1 years, 95% CI 64.1-64.2), mostly the Black, Asian and mixed ethnic groups. The lowest DFLE observed was for Bangladeshi men (54.3 years, 95% CI 53.7-54.8) and Pakistani women (55.1 years, 95% CI 54.8-55.4). Notable were Indian women whose LE was similar to White British women but who had 4.3 years less disability-free (95% CI 4.0-4.6). Inequalities in DFLE between ethnic groups are large and exceed those in LE. Moreover, certain ethnic groups have a larger burden of disability that does not seem to be associated with shorter LE. With the increasing population of the non-White British community, it is essential to be able to identify the ethnic groups at higher risk of disability, in order to target appropriate interventions.

Establishing Upper Limits for Item Ratings for the Angoff Method: Are Resulting Standards More 'Realistic'?

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Reid, Jerry B.

This report investigates an area of uncertainty in using the Angoff method for setting standards, namely whether or not a judge's conceptualizations of borderline group performance are realistic. Ratings are usually made with reference to the performance of this hypothetical group, therefore the Angoff method's success is dependent on this point.…

Personalized Introductory Courses: A Longitudinal Study. OASIS Research Report No. 1.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hedges, Larry V.

This study investigated the long term effects of the Personalized System of Instruction (PSI) method at the University of California, San Diego. Groups of 139 and 137 undergraduate students took three physics courses taught by either the PSI method or the lecture/discussion method. Students from these groups were compared in two subsequent…

Challenge inoculations to test for Dutch elm disease tolerance: a summary of Methods used by various researchers

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

A variety of methods have been used by different research groups to “challenge” inoculate American elms (Ulmus americana) with the purpose of determining whether some clones may be resistant to the Dutch elm disease fungus. The methods used by seven research groups are described, along with observat...

Methods of Suicide by Age: Sex and Race Differences among the Young and Old.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

McIntosh, John L.; Santos, John F.

1986-01-01

Annual official statistics for specific methods of suicide (firearms, hanging, poisons) by age for different sex and racial groups (Whites, Blacks, non-Whites excluding Black) were examined from 1960 to 1978. Comparisons among the age-sex-race groups, along with trends over time and differences in the methods employed, were noted. (Author/ABL)

Awareness of dysgeusia and gustatory tests in patients undergoing chemotherapy for breast cancer.

PubMed

Kuba, Sayaka; Fujiyama, Rie; Yamanouchi, Kosho; Morita, Michi; Sakimura, Chika; Hatachi, Toshiko; Matsumoto, Megumi; Yano, Hiroshi; Takatsuki, Mitsuhisa; Hayashida, Naomi; Nagayasu, Takeshi; Eguchi, Susumu

2018-05-12

We analyzed the prevalence of gustatory test abnormalities in breast cancer (BC) patients undergoing chemotherapy. We enrolled 43 BC patients undergoing chemotherapy and 38 BC patients who had never undergone chemotherapy (control group). Two gustatory tests were conducted: an instillation method examining the threshold for four basic taste stimuli and an electrogustometry method measuring the threshold for perception with electric stimulation at the front two-thirds of the tongue (cranial nerve VII) and at the back third of the tongue (cranial nerve IX). The results of the two gustatory tests and clinicopathological factors were compared between the chemotherapy and control groups and between patients with and without awareness of dysgeusia in the chemotherapy group. In the chemotherapy group, 19 (44%) patients were aware of dysgeusia and 8 (19%) had hypogeusia using the instillation method. Although more patients had parageusia in the chemotherapy than control group, no significant differences in the results of the two gustatory tests were observed. Patients with dysgeusia awareness had a higher threshold at cranial nerve IX using the electrogustometry method than those without dysgeusia awareness; no significant differences in hypogeusia were observed using the instillation method. In fact, 74% (14/19) of patients with dysgeusia awareness could identify the four tastes accurately using the instillation method. Similar results were observed for the instillation and electrogustometry methods at cranial nerve VII. While approximately half of the chemotherapy patients were aware of dysgeusia, 81% (35/43) of them could accurately identify the four basic tastes using the instillation method.

[Analysis of dynamic changes of flavonoids and alkaloids during different drying process of Morus alba leaves].

PubMed

Bai, Yong-liang; Duan, Jin-ao; Su, Shu-lan; Qian, Ye-fei; Qian, Da-wei; Ouyang, Zhen

2014-07-01

To find out dynamic changes of flavonoids and alkaloids in Morus alba leaves by analyzing influence of different drying method and drying degrees, in order to provide evidence for quality evaluation of Morus alba leaves. Different drying methods, programmed temperature methods and constant temperature methods were adopted to dry Morus alba leaves samples respectively. Contents of flavonoids and alkaloids were analyzed by HPLC-PDA and LC-TQ/MS respectively. It's shown obviously that the content of flavonoids were influenced heavily by different drying methods. Methods that suitable for flavonoids were freezing-dried > shade-dried > dried > sun-dried > microwave-dried > infrared-dried; Methods that suitable for alkaloids were freezing-dried > shade-dried > dried > sun-dried > infrared-dried > microwave-dried. The 55 -65 degrees C group was shown to be the lowest in both flavonoids and DNJ while the 85 - 95 degrees C group was shown to be the best for DNJ. For fagomine, the 45 degrees C group was shown to be the lowest concentrations while the 95 - 105 degrees C group was shown to be the highest. Samples with different moisture were shown to be different in content of flavonoids and alkaloids. And samples with 10% moisture contain highest flavonoids while those with 30% - 50% moisture contain lowest flavonoids. Content of DNJ and fagomine raised as moisture decreasing. In addition, the 55 - 65 degrees C group was better than the 95 -105 degrees C one in alkaloids content. The results provide optimal drying methods and condition for drying Morus alba leaves, and foundations for uncovering biochemical transform of Morus alba leaves.

Alignment-free genome tree inference by learning group-specific distance metrics.

PubMed

Patil, Kaustubh R; McHardy, Alice C

2013-01-01

Understanding the evolutionary relationships between organisms is vital for their in-depth study. Gene-based methods are often used to infer such relationships, which are not without drawbacks. One can now attempt to use genome-scale information, because of the ever increasing number of genomes available. This opportunity also presents a challenge in terms of computational efficiency. Two fundamentally different methods are often employed for sequence comparisons, namely alignment-based and alignment-free methods. Alignment-free methods rely on the genome signature concept and provide a computationally efficient way that is also applicable to nonhomologous sequences. The genome signature contains evolutionary signal as it is more similar for closely related organisms than for distantly related ones. We used genome-scale sequence information to infer taxonomic distances between organisms without additional information such as gene annotations. We propose a method to improve genome tree inference by learning specific distance metrics over the genome signature for groups of organisms with similar phylogenetic, genomic, or ecological properties. Specifically, our method learns a Mahalanobis metric for a set of genomes and a reference taxonomy to guide the learning process. By applying this method to more than a thousand prokaryotic genomes, we showed that, indeed, better distance metrics could be learned for most of the 18 groups of organisms tested here. Once a group-specific metric is available, it can be used to estimate the taxonomic distances for other sequenced organisms from the group. This study also presents a large scale comparison between 10 methods--9 alignment-free and 1 alignment-based.

Application of Ponseti method in patients older than 6 months with congenital talipes equinovarus.

PubMed

Wang, Yan-zhou; Wang, Xiao-wen; Zhang, Peng; Wang, Xing-shan

2009-08-18

To evaluate the effectiveness of Ponseti method in the treatment of congenital talipes equinovarus (CTE) in children older than 6 months. Ponseti method was used to treat 157 cases (227 feet) of CTE in children older than 6 months. All cases were classified by age and by the degree of deformity severity. The age group classification was: (1) I Group (6 months to 12 months), 113 feet in 81 cases; (2) II Group (1 to 3 years old), 78 feet in 52 cases; (3) III Group (> 3 years old), 36 feet in 24 cases. The degree of deformity of CTE was evaluated with Pirani scoring system. The cases were classified into three groups according to the deformity degree: (1) Mild Group (scoring 1-2.5), 85 feet in 56 cases; (2) Moderate Group (scoring 3-4.5), 104 feet in 71 cases; (3) Severe Group (scoring 5-6), 38 feet in 30 cases. A Pirani score of 0-0.5 is regarded as an excellent result. For each group, we evaluated the number of casts used, the percentage of excellent result according to the Pirani score, and the percentage of percutaneous achillotenotomy. The result was compared among different groups. The overall percentage of excellent result among all cases was 96.92%. Among the age groups, the percentage of excellence was not statistically different between I Group and II Group (P > 0.05). The percentage of excellence was lower in the III group than the other groups (P > 0.01). Among the groups classified by deformity degree, the percentage of excellence was the lowest in severe group (P < 0.05), and the difference between the mild group and moderate group was not statistically different (P > 0.05). The number of casts used among different groups were different (P < 0.01). Among different groups, the percentages of percutaneous achillotenotomy were significantly different (P < 0.01). 209 feet in 148 cases were followed up for average time duration of 3 years and 11 months. Relapse was observed in 40 feet in 29 cases. The percentages of relapse were not statistically different among different groups (P > 0.05). Using Ponseti method to treat CTE for children older than 6 months can achieve excellent results in this study.

A comparative study on vaccination pain in the methods of massage therapy and mothers’ breast feeding during injection of infants referring to Navabsafavi Health Care Center in Isfahan

PubMed Central

Esfahani, Mitra Savabi; Sheykhi, Sanaz; Abdeyazdan, Zahra; Jodakee, Mohamadreza; Boroumandfar, Khadijeh

2013-01-01

Background: Vaccination is one of the most common painful procedures in infants. The irreversible consequences due to pain experiences in infants are enormous. Breast feeding and massage therapy methods are the non-drug methods of pain relief. Therefore, this research aimed to compare the vaccination-related pain in infants who underwent massage therapy or breast feeding during injection. Materials and Methods: This study is a randomized clinical trial. Ninety-six infants were allocated randomly and systematically to three groups (breast feeding, massage, and control groups). The study population comprised all infants, accompanied by their mothers, referring to one of the health centers in Isfahan for vaccination of hepatitis B and DPT at 6 months of age and for MMR at 12 months of age. Data gathering was done using questionnaire and checklist [neonatal infant pain scale (NIPS)]. Data analysis was done using descriptive and inferential statistical methods with SPSS software. Results: Findings of the study showed that the three groups had no statistically significant difference in terms of demographic characteristics (P > 0/05). The mean pain scores in the breast feeding group, massage therapy, and control group were 3.4, 3.9, and 4.8, respectively (P < 0.05). Then the least significant difference (LSD) post hoc test was performed. Differences between the groups, i.e. massage therapy and breast feeding (P = 0.041), breast feeding group and control (P < 0.001), and massage therapy and control groups (P = 0.002) were statistically significant. Conclusion: Considering the results of the study, it seems that breast feeding during vaccination has more analgesic effect than massage therapy. Therefore, it is suggested as a noninvasive, safe, and accessible method without any side effects for reducing vaccination-related pain. PMID:24554949

Effects of recycling and bonding agent application on bond strength of stainless steel orthodontic brackets

PubMed Central

Bahnasi, Faisal I.; Abu-Hassan, Mohame I.

2013-01-01

Objectives: 1) to assess different methods of recycling orthodontic brackets, 2) to evaluate Shear Bond Strength (SBS) of (a) new, (b) recycled and (c) repeated recycled stainless steel brackets (i) with and (ii) without bracket base primer. Study Design: A total of 180 extracted human premolar teeth and 180 premolar stainless steel brackets were used. One hundred teeth and 100 brackets were divided into five groups of 20-teeth each. Four methods of recycling orthodontic brackets were used in each of the first four groups while the last one (group V) was used as the control. Groups (I-V) were subjected to shear force within half an hour until the brackets debond. SBS was measured and the method showing the highest SBS was selected. A New group (VI) was recycled twice with the selected method. Six subgroups (1-6) were established; the primer was applied for three sub-groups, and the composite was applied for all brackets. Brackets were subjected to the same shear force, and SBS was measured for all sub-groups. Results: There was a significant difference between the mean SBS of the sandblasting method and the means of SBS of each of the other three methods. There was however, no significant difference between the mean SBS of the new bracket and the mean SBS of recycled bracket using sandblasting. The mean SBS of all sub-groups were more than that recommended by Reynolds (17) in 1975. Brackets with primer showed slightly higher SBS compared to those of brackets without bonding agent. Conclusion: To decrease cost, sandblasted recycled orthodontic brackets can be used as an alternative to new brackets. It is recommended to apply a bonding agent on the bracket base to provide greater bond strength. Key words:Recycled bracket, shear bond strength, sandblasting, stainless steel orthodontic bracket. PMID:24455081

Board Game in Physics Classes—a Proposal for a New Method of Student Assessment

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dziob, Daniel

2018-03-01

The aim of this study was to examine the impact of assessing students' achievements in a physics course in the form of a group board game. Research was conducted in two groups of 131 high school students in Poland. In each school, the research sample was divided into experimental and control groups. Each group was taught by the same teacher and participated in the same courses and tests before the game. Just after finishing the course on waves and vibrations (school 1) and optics (school 2), experimental groups took part in a group board game to assess their knowledge. One week after the game, the experimental and control groups (not involved in the game) took part in the post-tests. Students from the experimental groups performed better in the game than in the tests given before the game. As well their results in the post-tests were significantly higher statistically than students from the control groups. Simultaneously, student's opinions in the experimental groups about the board game as an assessment method were collected in an open-descriptive form and in a short questionnaire, and analyzed. Results showed that students experienced a positive attitude toward the assessment method, a reduction of test anxiety and an increase in their motivation for learning.

Method of independently operating a group of stages within a diffusion cascade

DOEpatents

Benedict, Manson; Fruit, Allen J.; Levey, Horace B.

1976-06-08

1. A method of operating a group of the diffusion stages of a productive diffusion cascade with countercurrent flow, said group comprising a top and a bottom stage, which comprises isolating said group from said cascade, circulating the diffused gas produced in said top stage to the feed of said bottom stage while at the same time circulating the undiffused gas from said bottom stage to the feed of said top stage whereby major changes in

Direct amidation of esters with nitroarenes

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cheung, Chi Wai; Ploeger, Marten Leendert; Hu, Xile

2017-03-01

Esters are one of the most common functional groups in natural and synthetic products, and the one-step conversion of the ester group into other functional groups is an attractive strategy in organic synthesis. Direct amidation of esters is particularly appealing due to the omnipresence of the amide moiety in biomolecules, fine chemicals, and drug candidates. However, efficient methods for direct amidation of unactivated esters are still lacking. Here we report nickel-catalysed reductive coupling of unactivated esters with nitroarenes to furnish in one step a wide range of amides bearing functional groups relevant to the development of drugs and agrochemicals. The method has been used to expedite the syntheses of bio-active molecules and natural products, as well as their post-synthetic modifications. Preliminary mechanistic study indicates a reaction pathway distinct from conventional amidation methods using anilines as nitrogen sources. The work provides a novel and efficient method for amide synthesis.

The effect of adopting the IADPSG screening guidelines on the risk profile and outcomes of the gestational diabetes population.

PubMed

March, Melissa I; Modest, Anna M; Ralston, Steven J; Hacker, Michele R; Gupta, Munish; Brown, Florence M

2016-01-01

To compare characteristics and outcomes of women diagnosed with gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM) by the newer one-step glucose tolerance test and those diagnosed with the traditional two-step method. This was a retrospective cohort study of women with GDM who delivered in 2010-2011. Data are reported as proportion or median (interquartile range) and were compared using a Chi-square, Fisher's exact or Wilcoxon rank sum test based on data type. Of 235 women with GDM, 55.7% were diagnosed using the two-step method and 44.3% with the one-step method. The groups had similar demographics and GDM risk factors. The two-step method group was diagnosed with GDM one week later [27.0 (24.0-29.0) weeks versus 26.0 (24.0-28.0 weeks); p = 0.13]. The groups had similar median weight gain per week before diagnosis. After diagnosis, women in the one-step method group had significantly higher median weight gain per week [0.67 pounds/week (0.31-1.0) versus 0.56 pounds/week (0.15-0.89); p = 0.047]. In the one-step method group more women had suspected macrosomia (11.7% versus 5.3%, p = 0.07) and more neonates had a birth weight >4000 g (13.6% versus 7.5%, p = 0.13); however, these differences were not statistically significant. Other pregnancy and neonatal complications were similar. Women diagnosed with the one-step method gained more weight per week after GDM diagnosis and had a non-statistically significant increased risk for suspected macrosomia. Our data suggest the one-step method identifies women with at least equally high risk as the two-step method.

Usability and reproducibility of tear meniscus values generated via swept-source optical coherence tomography and the slit lamp with a graticule method.

PubMed

Imamura, Hitoshi; Tabuchi, Hitoshi; Nakakura, Shunsuke; Nagasato, Daisuke; Baba, Hiroaki; Kiuchi, Yoshiaki

2018-04-01

To investigate the usability and the reproducibility of the tear meniscus values via swept-source optical coherence tomography (SS-OCT) and the conventional slit lamp microscope method with a graticule. The right eye was examined in 90 healthy adult subjects who were grouped according to age (group 1: 20-39 years; group 2: 40-59 years; group 3: ≥60 years). The tear meniscus height (TMH) and tear meniscus area were measured using SS-OCT and TMH by the slit lamp microscope method. The reproducibility of each method was calculated using intraclass correlation coefficients (ICCs) in additionally enrolled 30 healthy young subjects. We also evaluated TMH at 3 mm from the corneal center in both temporal and nasal directions using SS-OCT. The mean of the TMH values measured by SS-OCT was significantly higher than those measured by the slit lamp method (328 vs. 212 μm, P < 0.001, respectively). High reproducibility was observed for each method (ICC > 0.75 for both). No statistically significant differences were found in TMH among the age groups using both SS-OCT and slit lamp methods (P = 0.985, 0.380, respectively). TMH values at both sides of the corneal center were significantly smaller than those at the corneal center (P < 0.0001). TMH values obtained by the slit lamp method were lower than those obtained by SS-OCT. However, both methods yielded highly reproducible TMH measurements, suggesting that they are clinically useful. Tear meniscus values did not vary by age but by measurement points in our cohort.

[Clinical observation of basic fibroblast growth factor combined with topical oxygen therapy in enhancing burn wound healing].

PubMed

Nie, Kaiyu; Li, Pengcheng; Zeng, Xueqin; Sun, Guangfeng; Jin, Wenhu; Wei, Zairong; Wang, Bo; Qi, Jianping; Wang, Yuming; Wang, Dali

2010-06-01

To investigate the efficacy of basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) combined with topical oxygen therapy for deep II degree burn wounds, by comparing the effects of bFGF combined with topical oxygen therapy and bFGF with routine therapy. From February 2004 to July 2009, 85 patients with deep II degree burn wounds (117 wounds) were enrolled and divided into 4 groups randomly according to different treatments. There was no significant difference in sex, age, disease course, wound size, and wound treatment size among 4 groups (P > 0.05). In group A, 18 patients (28 wounds) were treated routinely; in group B, 23 patients (30 wounds) were treated with routine methods and topical oxygen therapy; in group C, 19 patients (25 wounds) were treated with routine methods and bFGF therapy; and in group D, 25 patients (34 wounds) were treated with routine methods and bFGF/topical oxygen therapy. Topical oxygen therapy was administered to the wound for 90 minutes per day for 3 weeks. The bFGF therapy was applied everyday (150 U/cm2) for 3 weeks. All cases were followed up 6-12 months (9 months on average). The wound healing times in groups A, B, C, and D were (27.3 +/- 6.6), (24.2 +/- 5.8), (22.2 +/- 6.8), and (18.2 +/- 4.8) days, respectively; showing significant difference between group A and group D (P < 0.05). The wound healing rates in groups A, B, C, and D were 67.8% +/- 12.1%, 85.1% +/- 7.5%, 89.2% +/- 8.3%, and 96.1% +/- 5.6%, respectively; showing significant differences between group A and groups B, C, D (P < 0.05). The therapic effective rates in groups A, B, C, and D were 75%, 90%, 92%, and 100%, respectively; showing significant difference between group A and group D (P < 0.05). The Vancouver scar scale scoring of group D 6 months after treatment was better than that of group A (P < 0.05). The bFGF combined with topical oxygen therapy can enhance deep II degree burn wound healing. Furthermore, the therapy method is simple and convenient.